Hyundai - H - 1 - Owners Manual - 2008 - 2008

OWNER'S MANUAL Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out. This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle. Please note that some models are equipped with Right-Hand Drive (RHD). The explanations and illustrations for some operations in RHD models are opposite of those written in this manual. CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your Hyundai and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the Department of Transportation and other government agencies in your country. TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instructions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices. F2 SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE. These titles indicate the following: WARNING This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or other persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning. CAUTION This indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution. ✽ NOTICE This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided. F3 FOREWORD Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating people who drive Hyundais. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something of which we're very proud. Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggested that you read it carefully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car. The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized Hyundai dealer. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required. HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you. CAUTION Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 9-4 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual. Copyright 2008 Hyundai Motor Company. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor Company. F4 Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts 1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts? Hyundai Genuine Parts are the same parts used by Hyundai Motor Company to manufacture vehicles. They are designed and tested for the optimum safety, performance, and reliability to our customers. 2. Why should you use genuine parts? Hyundai Genuine Parts are engineered and built to meet rigid manufacturing requirements. Using imitation, counterfeit or used salvage parts is not covered under the Hyundai New Vehicle Limited Warranty or any other Hyundai warranty. A100A01L In addition, any damage to or failure of Hyundai Genuine Parts caused by the installation or failure of an imitation, counterfeit or used salvage part is not covered by any Hyundai Warranty. 3. How can you tell if you are purchasing Hyundai Genuine Parts? Look for the Hyundai Genuine Parts Logo on the package (see below). Hyundai Genuine Parts exported to are packaged with labels written only in English. Hyundai Genuine Parts are only sold through authorized Hyundai Dealerships. A100A02L A100A03L A100A04L F5 table of contents Introduction 1 Your vehicle at a glance 2 Safety features of your vehicle 3 Features of your vehicle 4 Driving your vehicle 5 What to do in an emergency 6 Maintenance 7 Consumer information 8 Specifications 9 Index I Introduction How to use this manual / 1-2 Fuel requirements / 1-2 Vehicle handling instructions / 1-5 Vehicle break-in process / 1-5 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster / 1-6 1 Introduction HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL A010000AUN We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can assist you in many ways. We strongly recommend that you read the entire manual. In order to minimize the chance of death or injury, you must read the WARNING and CAUTION sections in the manual. Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to enjoy your vehicle. By reading your manual, you learn about features, important safety information, and driving tips under various road conditions. The general layout of the manual is provided in the Table of Contents. A good place to start is the index; it has an alphabetical listing of all information in your manual. Sections: This manual has nine sections plus an index. Each section begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that section has the information you want. 1 2 FUEL REQUIREMENTS You will find various WARNINGs, CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this manual. These WARNINGs were prepared to enhance your personal safety.You should carefully read and follow ALL procedures and recommendations provided in these WARNINGs, CAUTIONs and NOTICEs. WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation in which harm, serious bodily injury or death could result if the warning is ignored. CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to your vehicle could result if the caution is ignored. ✽ NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or helpful information is being provided. Gasoline engine A020101AEN Unleaded Your new HYUNDAI vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having an Octane Rating of RON (Research Octane Number) 91 / AKI (Anti-Knock Index) 87 or higher. Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling. CAUTION NEVER USE LEADED FUEL. The use of leaded fuel is detrimental to the catalytic converter and will damage the engine control system’s oxygen sensor and affect emission control. Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified. (Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.) Introduction WARNING • Do not "top off" after the nozzle automatically shuts off when refueling. • Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident. A020102AEN Leaded (if equipped) For some countries, your vehicle is designed to use leaded gasoline. When you are going to use leaded gasoline, ask to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer whether leaded gasoline in your vehicle is available or not. Octane Rating of leaded gasoline is same with unleaded one. A020103AUN A020104AEN Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and ethanol (also known as grain alcohol), and gasoline or gasohol containing methanol (also known as wood alcohol) are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline. Do not use gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol, and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol. Either of these fuels may cause drivability problems and damage to the fuel system. Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur. Vehicle damage or drivability problems may not be covered by the manufacturer’s warranty if they result from the use of: 1. Gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol. 2. Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol. 3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol. Use of MTBE HYUNDAI recommends avoiding fuels containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) in your vehicle. Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) may reduce vehicle performance and produce vapor lock or hard starting. CAUTION Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty may not cover damage to the fuel system and any performance problems that are caused by the use of fuels containing methanol or fuels containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.) CAUTION Never use gasohol which contains methanol. Discontinue use of any gasohol product which impairs drivability. 1 3 Introduction A020105AUN Do not use methanol Fuels containing methanol (wood alcohol) should not be used in your vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and damage components of the fuel system. A020106AEN Gasolines for cleaner air To help contribute to cleaner air, HYUNDAI recommends that you use gasolines treated with detergent additives, which help prevent deposit formation in the engine. These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control System. A020107AUN Operation in foreign countries If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country, be sure to: • Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance. • Determine that acceptable fuel is available. 1 4 Diesel engine A020201AUN Diesel fuel Diesel engine must be operated only on commercially available diesel fuel that complies with EN 590 or comparable standard. (EN stands for "European Norm"). Do not use marine diesel fuel, heating oils, or non-approved fuel additives, as this will increase wear and cause damage to the engine and fuel system. The use of non-approved fuels and / or fuel additives will result in a limitation of your warranty rights. Diesel fuel of 52 to 54 cetane is used in your vehicle. If two types of diesel fuel are available, use summer or winter fuel properly according to the following temperature conditions. • Above -5°C(23°F) ... Summer type diesel fuel. • Below -5°C(23°F) ... Winter type diesel fuel. Watch the fuel level in the tank very carefully : If the engine stops through fuel failure, the circuits must be completely purged to permit restarting. CAUTION • Do not let any gasoline or water enter the tank. This would make it necessary to drain it out and to bleed the lines to avoid jamming the injection pump and damaging the engine. • In winter, in order to cut down incidents due to freezing, paraffin oil may be added to the fuel if the temperature drops to below 10°C(50°F). Never use more than 20% paraffin oil. Introduction A020202AUN Biodiesel Commercially supplied biodiesel blends of no more than 5% biodiesel, commonly known as "B5 biodiesel" may be used in your vehicle if it meets EN 14214 or equivalent specifications. (EN stands for "European Norm"). The use of biofuels made from rapeseed methyl ester (RME), fatty acid methyl ester (FAME), vegetable oil methyl ester (VME) etc. or mixing diesel with biodiesel will cause increased wear or damage to the engine and fuel system. Repair or replacement of worn or damaged components due to the use of non approved fuels will not be covered by the manufactures warranty. CAUTION • Never use any fuel, whether diesel or B5 biodiesel that fails to meet the latest petroleum industry specification. • Never use any fuel additives or treatments that are not recommended or approved by the vehicle manufacturer. VEHICLE HANDLING INSTRUCTIONS A090000AEN As with other vehicles of this type, failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control, an accident or vehicle rollover. Specific design characteristics (higher ground clearance, track, etc.) give this vehicle a higher center of gravity than other types of vehicles. In other words they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional 2-wheel drive vehicles. Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers. Again, failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control, an accident or vehicle rollover. Be sure to read the “Reducing the risk of a rollover” driving guidelines, in section 5 of this manual. VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS A030000AUN No special break-in period is needed. By following a few simple precautions for the first 1,000 km (600 miles) you may add to the performance, economy and life of your vehicle. • Do not race the engine. • While driving, keep your engine speed (rpm, or revolutions per minute) between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm. • Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time, either fast or slow. Varying engine speed is needed to properly break-in the engine. • Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly. • Don't let the engine idle longer than 3 minutes at one time. • Don't tow a trailer during the first 2,000 km (1,200 miles) of operation. 1 5 Introduction INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER A050000ATQ Door ajar warning light Immobilizer indicator (if equipped) Seat belt warning light (if equipped) Tailgate open warning light High beam indicator Low fuel level warning light Turn signal indicator Glow indicator (Diesel only) ABS warning light (if equipped) Fuel filter warning light (Diesel only) Parking brake & Brake fluid warning light 120 Overspeed warning light (if equipped) Engine oil pressure warning light O/D OFF O/D OFF indicator (if equipped) Charging system warning light ESP ESP indicator (if equipped) Malfunction indicator (if equipped) ESP OFF ESP OFF indicator (if equipped) km/h Air bag warning light (if equipped) * For more detailed explanations, refer to “Instrument cluster” in section 4. 1 6 Your vehicle at a glance Interior overview / 2-2 Instrument panel overview / 2-4 Engine compartment / 2-6 2 Your vehicle at a glance INTERIOR OVERVIEW Left-Hand drive type 1. Door lock/unlock button* ...................4-10 2. Outside rearview mirror control switch*...............................................4-30 3. Central door lock switch* ..................4-11 4. Power window switches*...................4-16 5. Air vent..............................................4-60 6. Front fog light switch*........................4-50 7. Rear fog light switch* .......................4-50 8. Head lamp leveling device*...............4-52 9. Instrument panel illumination control knob*.................................................4-33 10. Steering wheel tilt control* ..............4-26 11. Steering wheel ................................4-26 12. Fuse box .........................................7-45 13. Hood release lever..........................4-21 14. Brake pedal.....................................5-18 15. Accelerator pedal..............................5-6 16. Seat...................................................3-2 17. Fuel filler lid release button.............4-23 * : if equipped OTQ027001G B010000ATQ 2 2 Your vehicle at a glance Right-Hand drive type 1. Door lock/unlock button* ...................4-10 2. Outside rearview mirror control switch*...............................................4-30 3. Central door lock switch* ..................4-11 4. Power window switches*...................4-16 5. Air vent..............................................4-60 6. Front fog light switch*........................4-50 7. Rear fog light switch* .......................4-50 8. Head lamp levelling device*..............4-52 9. Instrument panel illumination control knob*.................................................4-33 10. Steering wheel tilt control* ..............4-26 11. Steering wheel ................................4-26 12. Fuse box .........................................7-45 13. Hood release lever..........................4-21 14. Brake pedal.....................................5-18 15. Accelerator pedal..............................5-6 16. Seat...................................................3-2 17. Fuel filler lid release button.............4-23 * : if equipped OTQ027001R B010000ATQ-EA 2 3 Your vehicle at a glance INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW Left-Hand drive type 1. Instrument cluster.............................4-32 2. Light control / Turn signals ...............4-47 3. Horn .................................................4-27 4. Wiper/Washer...................................4-52 5. Driver’s front air bag* .......................3-35 6. Ignition switch.....................................5-4 7. Digital clock* ....................................4-77 8. Audio*...............................................4-79 9. Hazard warning flasher switch ........................................4-46, 6-2 10. Climate control system* .................4-59 11. Parking brake .................................5-19 12. Shift lever ................................5-11, 5-8 13. Passenger’s front air bag* ..............3-35 14. Glove box .......................................4-72 * : if equipped OTQ027002G B020000ATQ 2 4 Your vehicle at a glance Right-Hand drive type 1. Instrument cluster.............................4-32 2. Light control / Turn signals ...............4-47 3. Horn .................................................4-27 4. Wiper/Washer...................................4-52 5. Driver’s front air bag* .......................3-35 6. Ignition switch.....................................5-4 7. Digital clock* ....................................4-77 8. Audio*...............................................4-79 9. Hazard warning flasher switch ........................................4-46, 6-2 10. Climate control system* .................4-59 11. Parking brake .................................5-19 12. Shift lever ................................5-11, 5-8 13. Passenger’s front air bag* ..............3-35 14. Glove box .......................................4-72 * : if equipped OTQ027002R B020000ATQ 2 5 Your vehicle at a glance ENGINE COMPARTMENT 1. Power steering fluid reservoir ...........7-23 2. Automatic transmission fluid dipstick*.............................................7-24 3. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-18 4. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-22 5. Fuse box ...........................................7-45 6. Negative battery terminal..................7-33 7. Positive battery terminal ...................7-33 8. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-19 9. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-18 10. Radiator cap ...................................7-21 11. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ...7-26 12. Air cleaner.......................................7-28 * : if equipped * The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OTQ077001 B030000ATQ 2 6 Seats / 3-2 Seat belts / 3-13 Child restraint system / 3-24 Air bag - supplemental restraint system / 3-35 Safety features of your vehicle 3 Safety features of your vehicle SEATS Front seat (1) Forward and backward (2) Seatback angle (3) Seat cushion height (Driver’s seat)* (4) Seat warmer (Driver’s seat)* (5) Headrest 2nd row seat* / 3rd row seat* (6) Forward and backward (7) Seatback angle (8) Headrest 4th row seat* (9) Forward and backward (10) Seat cushion folding (11) Headrest *: if equipped OTQ037001E C010000ATQ The actual seats in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 3 2 Safety features of your vehicle WARNING - Loose objects Loose objects in the driver’s foot area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, possibly causing an accident. Do not place anything under the front seats. WARNING - Uprighting seat When you return the seatback to its upright position, hold the seatback and return it slowly and be sure there are no other occupants around the seat. If the seatback is returned without being held and controlled, the back of the seat could spring forward resulting in accidental injury to a person struck by the seatback. WARNING - Driver responsibility for passengers Riding in a vehicle with the seatback reclined could lead to serious or fatal injury in an accident. If a seat is reclined during an accident, the occupant’s hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt applying great force to the unprotected abdomen. Serious or fatal internal injuries could result. The driver must advise the front passenger to keep the seatback in an upright position whenever the vehicle is in motion. WARNING - Driver’s seat • Never attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss of control, and an accident causing death, serious injury, or property damage. • Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position of the seatback. Storing items against a seatback or in any other way interfering with proper locking of a seatback could result in serious or fatal injury in a sudden stop or collision. • Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap portion of the seat belt snug and low across the hips. This is the best position to protect you in case of an accident. • In order to avoid unnecessary and perhaps severe air bag injuries, always sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while maintaining comfortable control of the vehicle. We recommend that your chest be at least 250 mm (10 inches) away from the steering wheel. 3 3 Safety features of your vehicle WARNING - Rear seatbacks • The rear seatback must be securely latched. If not, passengers and objects could be thrown forward resulting in serious injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or collision. • Luggage and other cargo should be laid flat in the cargo area. If objects are large, heavy, or must be piled, they must be secured. Under no circumstances should cargo be piled higher than the seatbacks. Failure to follow these warnings could result in serious injury or death in the event of a sudden stop, collision or rollover. • No passenger should ride in the cargo area or sit or lie on folded seatbacks while the vehicle is moving. All passengers must be properly seated in seats and restrained properly while riding. (Continued) 3 4 (Continued) • When resetting the seatback to the upright position, make sure it is securely latched by pushing it forward and backwards. • To avoid the possibility of burns, do not remove the carpet in the cargo area. Emission control devices beneath this floor generate high temperatures. OTQ037002 WARNING After adjusting the seat, always check that it is securely locked into place by attempting to move the seat forward or backward without using the lock release lever. Sudden or unexpected movement of the driver's seat could cause you to lose control of the vehicle resulting in an accident. Front seat adjustment C010101AUN Forward and backward To move the seat forward or backward: 1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever under the front edge of the seat cushion up and hold it. 2. Slide the seat to the position you desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place. Adjust the seat before driving, and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly. Safety features of your vehicle OTQ037003 OTQ037004 OTQ037008E C010102AUN C010103AUN C010107ATQ Seatback angle To recline the seatback: 1. Lean forward slightly and lift up on the seatback recline lever located on the outside of the seat at the rear. 2. Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback of the seat to the position you desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place. (The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock.) Seat cushion height (for driver’s seat) To change the height of the seat cushion, push the lever that is located on the outside of the seat cushion upwards or downwards. • To lower the seat cushion, push the lever down several times. • To raise the seat cushion, pull the lever up several times. Seat warmer (Driver’s seat, if equipped) The seat warmer is provided to warm the driver’s seat during cold weather. With the ignition switch in the ON position, push the switch to warm the driver's seat. During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed, keep the switch in the "OFF" position. • The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on. 3 5 Safety features of your vehicle ✽ NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in ON position, the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature. CAUTION • When cleaning the seats, do not use an organic solvent such as thinner, benzene, alcohol and gasoline. Doing so may damage the surface of the heater or seats. • To prevent overheating the seat warmer, do not place blankets, cushions or seat covers on the seats while the seat warmer is in operation. • Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmer. Damage to the seat warming components could occur. WARNING - Seat warmer burns Passengers should use extreme caution when using seat warmers due to the possibility of excess heating or burns. In particular, the driver must exercise extreme care for the following types of passengers: 1. Infants, children, elderly or handicapped persons, or hospital outpatients 2. Persons with sensitive skin or those that burn easily 3. Fatigued individuals 4. Intoxicated individuals 5. Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness (sleeping pills, cold tablets, etc.) C010104BTQ Headrest The driver's and front passenger's seats are equipped with a headrest for the occupant's safety and comfort. The headrest not only provides comfort for the driver and front passenger, but also helps to protect the head and neck in the event of a collision. 3 6 WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident, the headrest should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant's head. Generally, the center of gravity of most people's head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes. Also, adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible. For this reason, the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended. • Do not operate the vehicle with the headrests removed as severe injury to the occupants may occur in the event of an accident. Headrests may provide protection against neck injuries when properly adjusted. • Do not adjust the headrest position of the driver's seat while the vehicle is in motion. Safety features of your vehicle 3 OTQ037006 OTQ037007 Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest, pull it up to the desired position (1). To lower the headrest, push and hold the release button (2) on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position (3). Removal To remove the headrest, raise it as far as it can go then press the release button (1) while pulling upward (2). To reinstall the headrest, put the headrest poles (3) into the holes while pressing the release button (1). Then adjust it to the appropriate height. WARNING Make sure the headrest locks in position after adjusting it to properly protects the occupants. OTQ037036 C010108AUN Seatback pocket (if equipped) The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front passenger’s and driver’s seatbacks. WARNING - Seatback pockets Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the seatback pockets. In an accident they could come loose from the pocket and injure vehicle occupants. 3 7 Safety features of your vehicle 2. Slide the seat to the position you desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place. Adjust the seat before driving, and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly. Type A Type A OTQ037012 OTQ037011 Type B Type B OTQ037012G Type C OTQ037011G Rear seat adjustment C010301ATQ Forward and backward (2nd and 3rd row, if equipped) To move the seat forward or backward: 1. Pull up the seat slide adjustment lever under the front edge of the seat cushion and hold it. 3 8 OTQ037015 C010302ATQ Seatback angle (if equipped) Safety features of your vehicle To recline the seatback: 1. Pull or pull up the seatback recline lever. 2. Carefully lean back the seat and adjust the seatback to the position you desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place. (The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock.) C010303BUN Headrest The rear seats is equipped with headrests in the outboard seating positions (except center seating position) for the occupant's safety and comfort. The headrest not only provides comfort for passengers, but also helps to protect the head and neck in the event of a collision. WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident, the headrest should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant's head. Generally, the center of gravity of most people's head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes. Also, adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible. The use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended. • Do not operate the vehicle with the headrests removed as severe injury to an occupant may occur in the event of an accident. Headrests may provide protection against severe neck injuries when properly adjusted. OTQ037013 Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest, pull it up to the desired position (1). To lower the headrest, push and hold the release button (2) on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position (3). 3 9 Safety features of your vehicle CAUTION - Damaging rear seat belt buckles When you fold the rear (2nd and/or 3rd row) seatback, insert the buckle in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion. Doing so can prevent the buckle from being damaged by the rear seatback. 3 OTQ037014 Removal To remove the headrest, raise it as far as it can go then press the release button (1) while pulling upward (2). To reinstall the headrest, put the headrest poles (3) into the holes while pressing the release button (1). Then adjust it to the appropriate height. WARNING Make sure the headrest locks in position after adjusting it to properly protect the occupants. 3 10 OTQ037031 C010304ATQ Center seat folding (if equipped) 1. Stow the rear seat belt in the pocket to prevent the seat belt from being damaged. 2. Pull the release knob and fold the seatback forward. 3. Fold up the seat. WARNING - Uprighting seat When you return the seatback to its upright position, hold the seatback and return it slowly. If the seatback is returned without holding it, the back of the seat could spring forward resulting in injury caused by being struck by the seatback. CAUTION - Rear seat belts When returning the rear (2nd and/or 3rd row) seatbacks to the upright position, remember to return the rear shoulder belts to their proper position. Routing the seat belt webbing through the rear seat belt guides will help keep the belts from being trapped behind or under the seats. Safety features of your vehicle C010307ATQ Folding the rear seat (4th row seat, if equipped) The rear seat cushion may be folded to facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle. To fold the rear seat: 1. Stow the rear seat belt in the pocket to prevent the seat belt from being damaged. 2. Set the 3rd row seatback to the upright position and if necessary, slide the 3rd row seat forward. WARNING The purpose of the fold rear seat is to allow you to carry longer objects that could not be accommodated in the cargo area. Never allow passengers to sit on a improper position (ex : top of the folded seat, floor etc.) while the car is moving as this is not a proper seating position and no seat belts are available for use. This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or sudden stop. Objects carried on the cargo area should not extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks. Doing this could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops. OTQ037016 OTQ037017 3. Pull on the seatcushion folding lever, then fold the seat toward the rear of the vehicle. 4. Increase the luggauge compartment space by moving the rear seat using the sliding lever. 3 11 Safety features of your vehicle WARNING When you return the rear seat cushion to its locking position after being folded: Be careful not to damage the seat belt webbing or buckle. Do not allow the seat belt webbing or buckle to get caught or pinched in the rear seat. Ensure that the seat is completely locked into its proper position by pushing the seat cushion and seatback. Otherwise, in an accident or sudden stop, the seat could fold, which could result in serious injury or death. 3 12 WARNING - Cargo Cargo should always be secured to prevent it from being thrown about the vehicle in a collision and causing injury to the vehicle occupants. Do not place objects in the rear seats, since they cannot be properly secured and may hit the front seat occupants in a collision. OUN026140 WARNING - Cargo loading WARNING The headrest on the seat (especially the last row seat) should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height as the top of the occupant's eyes. If the tailgate is pushed down to close when a passenger's head is not against a properly adjusted headrest or a tall person is seated, the tailgate may hit the occupant's head, which could cause injury. Make sure the engine is off, the transmission is in P (Park) and the parking brake is securely applied whenever loading or unloading cargo. Failure to take these steps may allow the vehicle to move if the shift lever is inadvertently moved to another position. Safety features of your vehicle SEAT BELTS C020100AUN Seat belt restraint system WARNING • For maximum restraint system protection, the seat belts must always be used whenever the car is moving. • Seat belts are most effective when seatbacks are in the upright position. • Children age 12 and under must always be properly restrained in the rear seat. Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat, he/she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible. • Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back. An improperly positioned shoulder belt can cause serious injuries in a crash. The shoulder belt should be positioned midway over your shoulder across your collarbone. (Continued) (Continued) • Avoid wearing twisted seat belts. A twisted belt can't do its job as well. In a collision, it could even cut into you. Be sure the belt webbing is straight and not twisted. • Be careful not to damage the belt webbing or hardware. If the belt webbing or hardware is damaged, replace it. WARNING Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body, and should be worn low across the front of the pelvis, or the pelvis, chest and shoulders, as applicable; wearing the lap section of the belt across the abdominal area must be avoided. Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as possible, consistent with comfort, to provide the protection for which they have been designed. A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the occupant. (Continued) (Continued) Care should be taken to avoid contamination of the webbing with polishes, oils and chemicals and particularly battery acid. Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water. The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed, contaminated or damaged. It is essential to replace the entire assembly after it has been worn in a severe impact even if damage to the assembly is not obvious. Belts should not be worn with straps twisted. Each seat belt assembly must only be used by one occupant; it is dangerous to put a belt around a child being carried on the occupant's lap. WARNING No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack, or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack. 3 13 Safety features of your vehicle ✽ NOTICE If you are not able to pull out the seat belt from the retractor, firmly pull the belt out and release it. Then you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly. 1GQA2083 B180A01NF-1 D150302AEN-EE C020102AEN Seat belt warning (if equipped) As a reminder to the driver, the seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening. If the driver’s seat belt is unfastened after the ignition switch is ON, the seat belt warning light blinks again for approximately 6 seconds. Lap/shoulder belt To fasten your seat belt: To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab (1) into the buckle (2). There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle. The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips. If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt will extend and let you move around. If there is a sudden stop or impact, however, the belt will lock into position. It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly. Seat belt warning chime (if equipped) If the driver's seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it is unfastened after the ignition switch is ON, the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 6 seconds. At this time, if the seat belt is fastened, the chime will stop at once. 3 14 Safety features of your vehicle To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1). To lower it, push it down (3) while pressing the height adjuster button (2). Release the button to lock the anchor into position. Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position. Front seat WARNING B200A02NF WARNING You should place the lap belt portion as low as possible and snugly across your hips, not on your waist. If the lap belt is located too high on your waist, it may increase the chance of injury in the event of a collision. Both arms should not be under or over the belt. Rather, one should be over and the other under, as shown in the illustration. Never wear the seat belt under the arm nearest the door. OEN036029 Height adjustment (if equipped) You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of 5 positions for maximum comfort and safety. The height of the adjusting seat belt should not be too near your neck. The shoulder portion should be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder nearest the door and not your neck. To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position. • Verify the shoulder belt anchor is locked into position at the appropriate height. Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face. Improperly positioned seat belts can cause serious injuries in an accident. • Failure to replace seat belts after an accident could leave you with damaged seat belts that will not provide protection in the event of another collision leading to personal injury or death. Replace your seat belts after being in an accident as soon as possible. 3 15 Safety features of your vehicle OEN036030 B210A01NF-1 To release the seat belt: The seat belt is released by pressing the release button (1) in the locking buckle. When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor. If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then try again. B220A04NF-1 C020103AUN Lap belt (if equipped) To fasten your seat belt: To fasten a 2-point static type belt, insert the metal tab (1) into the locking buckle (2). There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle. Check to make sure the belt is properly locked and that the belt is not twisted. Too high Correct Shorten B220B01NF With a 2-point static type seat belt, the length must be adjusted manually so it fits snugly around your body. Fasten the belt and pull on the loose end to tighten. The belt should be placed as low as possible on your hips, not on your waist. If the belt is too high, it could increase the possibility of your being injured in an accident. 3 16 Safety features of your vehicle Type A OTQ037021 Type B OTQ037020 B210A02NF-1 When using the rear center seat belt, the buckle with the “CENTER” mark must be used. To release the seat belt: When you want to release the seat belt, press the button (1) in the locking buckle. WARNING The center lap belt latching mechanism is different from those for the rear seat shoulder belts. When fastening the rear seat shoulder belts or the center lap belt, make sure they are inserted into the correct buckles to obtain maximum protection from the seat belt system and assure proper operation. OTQ037022 Type C OTQ037022G C020105AUN Stowing the rear seat belt 3 17 Safety features of your vehicle • The rear seat belt buckles can be stowed in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion when not in use. • The center seat belt can be stowed with the plate and webbing rolled in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion. OEN036300 C020200AEN Pre-tensioner seat belt (if equipped) Your vehicle is equipped with driver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to make sure that the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant's body in certain frontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated in crashes where the frontal collision is severe enough. When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock into position. In certain frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant's body. 3 18 1KMB3311A The seat belt pre-tensioner system consists mainly of the following components. Their locations are shown in the illustration: 1. SRS air bag warning light 2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly 3. SRS control module Safety features of your vehicle WARNING To obtain maximum benefit from a pre-tensioner seat belt: 1. The seat belt must be worn correctly and adjusted to the proper position. Please read and follow all of the important information and precautions about your vehicle’s occupant safety features – including seat belts and air bags – that are provided in this manual. 2. Be sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts properly. ✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE • Both the driver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated in certain frontal collisions. • When the pre-tensioner seat belts are activated, a loud noise may be heard and fine dust, which may appear to be smoke, may be visible in the passenger compartment. These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous. • Although it is harmless, the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be breathed for prolonged periods. Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which the pre-tensioner seat belts were activated. Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pretensioner seat belt, the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position, and then it should turn off. CAUTION If the pre-tensioner seat belt is not working properly, this warning light will illuminate even if there is no malfunction of the SRS air bag. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to ON, or if it remains illuminated after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds, or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven, please have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the pre-tensioner seat belt and SRS air bag system as soon as possible. 3 19 Safety features of your vehicle WARNING • Pre-tensioners are designed to operate only one time. After activation, pre-tensioner seat belts must be replaced. All seat belts, of any type, should always be replaced after they have been worn during a collision. • The pre-tensioner seat belt assembly mechanisms become hot during activation. Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been activated. • Do not attempt to inspect or replace the pre-tensioner seat belts yourself. This must be done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Do not strike the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies. • Do not attempt to service or repair the pre-tensioner seat belt system in any manner. (Continued) 3 20 (Continued) • Improper handling of the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies, and failure to heed the warnings not to strike, modify, inspect, replace, service or repair the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies may lead to improper operation or inadvertent activation and serious injury. • Always wear the seat belts when driving or riding in a motor vehicle. C020300AUN Seat belt precautions WARNING All occupants of the vehicle must wear their seat belts at all times. Seat belts and child restraints reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries for all occupants in the event of a collision or sudden stop. Without a seat belt, occupants could be shifted too close to a deploying air bag, strike the interior structure or be thrown from the vehicle. Properly worn seat belts greatly reduce these hazards. Always follow the precautions about seat belts, air bags and occupant seating contained in this manual. Safety features of your vehicle C020306AUN Infant or small child You should be aware of the specific requirements in your country. Child and/or infant seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat. For more information about the use of these restraints, refer to “Child restraint system” in this section. WARNING Every person in your vehicle needs to be properly restrained at all times, including infants and children. Never hold a child in your arms or lap when riding in a vehicle. The violent forces created during a crash will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the interior. Always use a child restraint appropriate for your child's height and weight. ✽ NOTICE Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Safety Standards of your country. Before buying any child restraint system, make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Safety Standards of your country. The restraint must be appropriate for your child's height and weight. Check the label on the child restraint for this information. Refer to “Child restraint system” in this section. C020301AUN Larger children Children who are too large for child restraint systems should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap/shoulder belts. The lap portion should be fastened snug on the hips and as low as possible. Check belt fit periodically. A child's squirming could put the belt out of position. Children are afforded the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system in the rear seat. If a larger child (over age 12) must be seated in the front seat, the child should be securely restrained by the available lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position. Children age 12 and under should be restrained securely in the rear seat. NEVER place a child age 12 and under in the front seat. NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle. 3 21 Safety features of your vehicle If the shoulder belt portion slightly touches the child’s neck or face, try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint system. WARNING - Shoulder belts on small children • Never allow a shoulder belt to be in contact with a child’s neck or face while the vehicle is in motion. • If seat belts are not properly worn and adjusted on children, there is a risk of death or serious injury. C020302AUN C020305AUN Pregnant women The use of a seat belt is recommended for pregnant women to lessen the chance of injury in an accident. When a seat belt is used, the lap belt portion should be placed as low and snugly as possible on the hips, not across the abdomen. For specific recommendations, consult a physician. Do not lie down To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve maximum effectiveness of the restraint system, all passengers should be sitting up and the front and rear seats should be in an upright position when the car is moving. A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the front and rear seats are in a reclined position. C020303AUN Injured person A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported. When this is necessary, you should consult a physician for recommendations. C020304AUN One person per belt Two people (including children) should never attempt to use a single seat belt. This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident. 3 22 WARNING Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop. The protection of your restraint system (seat belts and air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seat. Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work properly. The more the seatback is reclined, the greater the chance that an occupant's hips will slide under the lap belt causing serious internal injuries or the occupant's neck could strike the shoulder belt. Drivers and passengers should always sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright. Safety features of your vehicle C020400AEN C020401AEN Care of seat belts Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected periodically for wear or damage of any kind. Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible. Seat belt systems should never be disassembled or modified. In addition, care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges, doors or other abuse. C020402AUN WARNING When you return the rear seat to its seating position after the rear seat has been folded, be careful not to damage the seat belt webbing or buckle. Be sure that the webbing or buckle does not get caught or pinched in the rear seat. A seat belt with damaged webbing or buckle could possibly fail during a collision or sudden stop, resulting in serious injury. If the webbing or buckles are damaged, get them replaced immediately. Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean and dry. If belts become dirty, they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric. C020403AEN When to replace seat belts Entire in-use seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident. This should be done even if no damage is visible. Additional questions concerning seat belt operation should be directed to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 3 23 Safety features of your vehicle CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM C030000AEN Children riding in the car should sit in the rear seat and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident, sudden stop or sudden maneuver. According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat. Larger children not in a child restraint should use one of the seat belts provided. You should be aware of the specific requirements in your country. Child and/or infant safety seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat. You must use a commercially available child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Safety Standards of your country. Child restraint systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt, or by a tether anchor and/or ISOFIX anchors (if equipped). Children could be injured or killed in a crash if their restraints are not properly secured. For small children and babies, a child seat or infant seat must be used. Before buying a particular child restraint system, make sure it fits your car seat and seat belts, and fits your child. Follow all the instructions provided by the manufacturer when installing the child restraint system. 3 24 WARNING • A child restraint system must be placed in the rear seat. Never install a child or infant seat on the front passenger's seat. Should an accident occur and cause the passenger-side air bag to deploy, it could severely injure or kill an infant or child seated in an infant or child seat. Thus only use a child restraint in the rear seat of your vehicle. • A seat belt or child restraint system can become very hot if it is left in a closed vehicle on a sunny day, even if the outside temperature does not feel hot. Be sure to check the seat cover and buckles before placing a child there. (Continued) (Continued) • When the child restraint system is not in use, store it in the luggage area or fasten it with a seat belt so that it will not be thrown forward in the case of a sudden stop or an accident. • Children may be seriously injured or killed by an inflating air bag. All children, even those too large for child restraints, must ride in the rear seat. Safety features of your vehicle WARNING To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries: • Children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat. A child riding in the front passenger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating air bag resulting in serious or fatal injuries. • Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use of the child restraint. • Always make sure the child seat is secured properly in the car and your child is securely restrained in the child seat. • Never hold a child in your arms or lap when riding in a vehicle. The violent forces created during a crash will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the car’s interior. • Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt could press deep into the child causing serious internal injuries. (Continued) (Continued) • Never leave children unattended in a vehicle – not even for a short time. The car can heat up very quickly, resulting in serious injuries to children inside. Even very young children may inadvertently cause the vehicle to move, entangle themselves in the windows, or lock themselves or others inside the vehicle. • Never allow two children, or any two persons, to use the same seat belt. • Children often squirm and reposition themselves improperly. Never let a child ride with the shoulder belt under their arm or behind their back. Always properly position and secure children in the rear seat. • Never allow a child to stand-up or kneel on the seat or floor of a moving vehicle. During a collision or sudden stop, the child can be violently thrown against the vehicle’s interior, resulting in serious injury. (Continued) (Continued) • Never use an infant carrier or a child safety seat that "hooks" over a seatback, it may not provide adequate security in an accident. • Seat belts can become very hot, especially when the car is parked in direct sunlight. Always check seat belt buckles before fastening them over a child. 3 25 Safety features of your vehicle For safety reasons, we recommend that the child restraint system be used in the rear seats. Rearward-facing child restraint system WARNING CRS Forward-facing child restraint system OTQ037038 C030100AEN Using a child restraint system For small children and babies, the use of a child seat or infant seat is required. This child seat or infant seat should be of appropriate size for the child and should be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 3 26 Never place a rear-facing child restraint in the front passenger seat, because of the danger that an inflating passenger-side air bag could impact the rear-facing child restraint and kill the child. WARNING - Child seat installation • A child can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint is not properly anchored to the car and the child is not properly restrained in the child restraint. Before installing the child restraint system, read the instructions supplied by the child restraint system manufacturer. • If the seat belt does not operate as described in this section, have the system checked immediately by your authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Failure to observe this manual's instructions regarding child restraint systems and the instructions provided with the child restraint system could increase the chance and/or severity of injury in an accident. Safety features of your vehicle 1GHA2260 2. Extend the latch plate tongue of the lap belt. 3. Route the lap belt through the restraint according to the seat manufacturer’s instructions. 4. Buckle the seat belt and adjust the lap belt for a snug hold on the child restraint by pulling on the loose end of the belt. After installation of the child restraint system, try to move it in all directions to be sure the child restraint system is securely installed. E2MS103005 C030102AUN Installing a child restraint system by lap/shoulder belt (if equipped) OTQ007002 C030101ATQ Installing a child restraint system by lap belt To install a child restraint system on the outboard or center rear seats, do the following: 1. Place the child restraint system on the rear seat. To install a child restraint system on the outboard or center rear seats, do the following: 1. Place the child restraint system in the seat and route the lap/shoulder belt around or through the restraint, following the restraint manufacturer’s instructions. Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted. 3 27 Safety features of your vehicle OEN036101 OEN036104 2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into the buckle. Listen for the distinct “click” sound. Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency. 3. Buckle the seat belt and allow the seat belt to take up any slack. After installation of the child restraint system, try to move it in all directions to be sure the child restraint system is securely installed. If you need to tighten the belt, pull more webbing toward the retractor. When you unbuckle the seat belt and allow it to retract, the retractor will automatically revert back to its normal seated passenger emergency locking usage condition. 3 28 1GHA2260 C030101AUN Installing a child restraint system by lap belt (on the center rear seat) (if equipped) - Except Europe To install a child restraint system on the center rear seats, do the following: 1. Place the child restraint system on the center rear seat. 2. Extend the latch plate tongue of the lap belt. 3. Route the lap belt through the restraint according to the seat manufacturer’s instructions. 4. Buckle the seat belt and adjust the lap belt for a snug hold on the child restraint by pulling on the loose end of the belt. After installation of the child restraint system, try to move it in all directions to be sure the child restraint system is securely installed. Safety features of your vehicle C030105ATQ Child seat restraint suitability for seat position using the seat belt - For Europe Use child safety seats that have been officially approved and are appropriate for your children. When using the child safety seats, refer to the following table. 8-seater Wagon Seating position Age group 0 : Up to 10 kg (0 - 9 months) 0+ : Up to 13 kg (0 - 2 years) I : 9 kg to 18 kg (9 months - 4 years) II & III : 15 kg to 36 kg (4 - 12 years) Front passenger 2nd outboard 2nd center 3rd outboard 3rd center X X X U U L4 L4 L4 U U L1, L2, L3 L1, L2, L3 L1, L2, L3 U U X X X U U 5/6-seater Van Seating position Age group 0 : Up to 10 kg (0 - 9 months) 0+ : Up to 13 kg (0 - 2 years) I : 9 kg to 18 kg (9 months - 4 years) II & III : 15 kg to 36 kg (4 - 12 years) Front passenger Front center 2nd outboard 2nd center X X X X L4 X L4 X L1, L2, L3 X L1, L2, L3 X X X X X L1 : Suitable for Romer Lord Plus (E1 03301136) approved for the use in this mass group L2 : Suitable for Romer DUO (E1 3301133) approved for the use in this mass group L3 : Suitable for BeSafe iZi COMFORT (E4 03443206) approved for the use in this mass group L4 : Suitable for Bebe comfort ELIOS (E2 037014) approved for the use in this mass group U : Suitable for "universal" category restraints approved for use in this mass group UF : Suitable for forward-facing "universal" category restraints approved for the use in this mass group X : Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group 3 29 Safety features of your vehicle WARNING A child can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint is not properly anchored to the car and the child is not properly restrained in the child restraint. Always follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use. OTQ037039L C030103ATQ Securing a child restraint seat with “Tether Anchor” system (if equipped) Child restraint hook holders are located behind the rear seats. 3 30 2GHA3300L 1. Route the child restraint seat strap over the seatback. For vehicles with adjustable headrest, route the tether strap under the headrest and between the headrest posts, otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatback. 2. Connect the tether strap hook to the appropriate child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the seat. WARNING - Tether strap Never mount more than one child restraint to a single tether or to a single lower anchorage point. The increased load caused by multiple seats may cause the tethers or anchorage points to break, causing serious injury or death. Safety features of your vehicle WARNING - Child restraint check Check that the child restraint system is secure by pushing and pulling it in different directions. Incorrectly fitted child restraints may swing, twist, tip or separate causing death or serious injury. WARNING - Child restraint anchorage • Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle. • The tether strap may not work properly if attached somewhere other than the correct tether anchor. OTQ038161E C030104ATQ Securing a child restraint system with “ISOFIX” system and “Tether Anchorage” system (if equipped) ISOFIX is a standardised method of fitting child seats that eliminates the need to use the standard adult seat belt to secure the seat in the vehicle. This enables a much more secure and positive location with the added benefit of easier and quicker installation. An ISOFIX-seat can only be installed if it has vehicle-specific approval in accordance with the requirements of ECER44. OTQ037040L There are ISOFIX marks located on the lower portion of each side of the rear seatbacks. These marks indicate the position of the lower anchors for child restraints so equipped. 3 31 Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Install the child restraint seat fully rearward against the seatback with the seatback in a vertical position, not reclined. To secure the child restraint seat 1. To engage the child restraint seat to the ISOFIX anchor, insert the child restraint seat latch into the ISOFIX anchor. Listen for the audible “click” sound. CAUTION WARNING OUN036140L On each side of the rear seat, between the cushion and backrest, are located a pair of ISOFIX anchorage points together with a top tether mounting behind the rear seats. During the installation, the seat has to be engaged at the anchorage-points in a way you can hear it clicking (check by pulling!) and has to be fixed with the Top Tether-belt on the belonging point behind rear seats. The installing and the use of a child-seat has to be done according to the installing-manual, which is added to the ISOFIX-seat. 3 32 When using the vehicle's "ISOFIX" system to install a child restraint system in the rear seat, all unused vehicle rear seat belt metal latch plates or tabs must be latched securely in their seat belt buckles and the seat belt webbing must be retracted behind the child restraint to prevent the child from reaching and taking hold of unretracted seat belts. Unlatched metal latch plates or tabs may allow the child to reach the unretracted seat belts which may result in strangulation and a serious injury or death to the child in the child restraint. Do not allow the rear seat belt webbing to get scratched or pinched by the ISOFIX-seat latch and ISOFIX anchor during the installation. 2. Connect the tether strap hook to the child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the seat. (Refer to the previous page.) Safety features of your vehicle WARNING • Do not install a child restraint seat at the center of the rear seat using the vehicle's ISOFIX anchors. The ISOFIX anchors are only provided for the left and right outboard rear seating positions. Do not misuse the ISOFIX anchors by attempting to attach a child restraint seat in the middle of the rear seat to the ISOFIX anchors. In a crash, the child restraint seat ISOFIX attachments may not be strong enough to secure the child restraint seat properly in the center of the rear seat and may break, causing serious injury or death. • Do not mount more than one child restraint to a child restraint lower anchorage point. The improper increased load may cause the anchorage points or tether anchor to break, causing serious injury or death. (Continued) (Continued) • Attach the ISOFIX or ISOFIX-compatible child restraint seat only to the appropriate locations shown in the illustration. • Always follow the installation and use instructions provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint. 3 33 Safety features of your vehicle C030106ATQ Child seat restraint suitability for vehicle ISOFIX positions- For Europe vehicle ISOFIX positions Mass Group Carrycot Size Class F Fixture ISO/L1 Front Passenger Rear Outboard - IUF G ISO/L2 - IUF 0 : UP to 10kg E ISO/R1 - IUF E ISO/R1 - IUF 0+ : UP to 13kg D ISO/R2 - IUF C ISO/R3 - IUF D ISO/R2 - IUF C ISO/R3 - IUF I : 9 to 18kg B ISO/F2 - IUF B1 ISO/F2X - IUF A ISO/F3 - IUF IUF = Suitable for ISOFIX forward child restraints systems of universal category approved for use in the mass group. * Both ISO/R2 and ISO/R3 are able to be set up only at the foremost position of the passenger seat. * ISOFIX child restraint system size classes and fixtures A - ISO/F3: Full-Height Forward-Facing toddler CRS (height 720mm) B - ISO/F2: Reduced-Height Forward-Facing toddler CRS (height 650mm) 3 34 B1 - ISO/F2X: Reduced-Height Second Version Back Surface Shape Forward-Facing toddler CRS (height 650mm) C - ISO/R3: Full-Size Rearward-Facing toddler CRS D - ISO/R2: Reduced-Size Rearward-Facing toddler CRS E - ISO/R1: Infant-Size Rearward-Facing CRS F - ISO/L1: Left Lateral Facing position CRS (carry-cot) G - ISO/L2: Right Lateral Facing position CRS (carry-cot) Safety features of your vehicle AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) C040000ATQ (1) Driver’s front air bag (2) Passenger’s front air bag* * : if equipped WARNING Even in vehicles with air bags, you and your passengers must always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk and severity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover. * The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OTQ037023 3 35 Safety features of your vehicle C040900ATQ How does the air bag system operate • Air bags are activated (able to inflate if necessary) only when the ignition switch is turned to the ON or START position. • Air bags inflate instantly in the event of a serious frontal collision in order to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury. • There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate. Generally, air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a collision and its direction. These two factors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment/ inflation signal. • Air bag deployment depends on a number of factors including vehicle speed, angles of impact and the density and stiffness of the vehicles or objects which your vehicle hits in the collision. The determining factors are not limited to those mentioned above. • The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant. It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident. 3 36 It is much more likely that you will simply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision. • In order to help provide protection in a severe collision, the air bags must inflate rapidly. The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of the extremely short time in which a collision occurs and the need to inflate the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures. This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life-threatening injuries in a severe collision and is thus a necessary part of air bag design. However, air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions, bruises and broken bones because the inflation speed also causes the air bags to expand with a great deal of force. • There are even circumstances under which contact with the steering wheel air bag can cause fatal injuries, especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the steering wheel. WARNING • To avoid severe personal injury or death caused by deploying air bags in a collision, the driver should sit as far back from the steering wheel air bag as possible (at least 250 mm (10 inches) away). The front passengers should always move their seats as far back as possible and sit back in their seat. • Air bags inflate instantly in the event of collision, and passengers may be injured by the air bag expansion force if they are not in proper position. • Air bag inflation may cause injuries including facial or bodily abrasions, injuries from broken glasses or burns. Safety features of your vehicle C040902ATQ Noise and smoke When the air bags inflate, they make a loud noise and they leave smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle. This is normal and is a result of the ignition of the air bag inflator. After the air bag inflates, you may feel substantial discomfort in breathing due to the contact of your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag, as well as from breathing the smoke and powder. Open your doors and/or windows as soon as possible after impact in order to reduce discomfort and prevent prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder. Though the smoke and powder are nontoxic, they may cause irritation to the skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If this is the case, wash and rinse with cold water immediately and consult a doctor if the symptom persists. WARNING When the air bags deploy, the air bag related parts in the steering wheel and/or instrument panel are very hot. To prevent injury, do not touch the air bag storage area’s internal components immediately after an air bag has inflated. 1JBH3051 C040903ATQ Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger’s seat. Never place a rear-facing child restraint in the front passenger’s seat. If the air bag deploys, it would impact the rear-facing child restraint, causing serious or fatal injury. In addition, do not place front-facing child restraints in the front passenger’s seat either. If the front passenger air bag inflates, it could cause serious or fatal injuries to the child. 3 37 Safety features of your vehicle When the ignition switch is turned ON, the warning light should illuminate for approximately 6 seconds, then go off. Have the system checked if: • The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON. • The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds. • The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion. WARNING • Extreme Hazard! Do not use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an air bag in front of it! • Never put a child restraint in the front passenger’s seat. If the front passenger air bag inflates, it can cause serious or fatal injuries. W7-147 C041000AEN Air bag warning light The purpose of the air bag warning light in your instrument panel is to alert you of a potential problem with your air bag Supplemental Restraint System (SRS). 3 38 Safety features of your vehicle OTQ038160L C040100ATQ SRS components and functions The SRS consists of the following components: 1. Driver's front air bag module 2. Passenger's front air bag module* 3. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies* 4. Air bag warning light 5. SRS control module (SRSCM) 6. Front impact sensors *: if equipped The SRSCM continually monitors all SRS components while the ignition switch is ON to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat belt deployment. The SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for about 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, after which the SRS air bag warning light should go out. If any of the following conditions occurs, this indicates a malfunction of the SRS. Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible. • The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON. • The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds. • The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion. Driver’s front air bag (1) B240B01L The front air bag modules are located both in the center of the steering wheel and in the front passenger's panel above the glove box. When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle, it will automatically deploy the front air bags. 3 39 Safety features of your vehicle Driver’s front air bag (2) Driver’s front air bag (3) Passenger’s front air bag B240B02L B240B03L Upon deployment, tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags. Further opening of the covers then allows full inflation of the air bags. A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt, slows the driver's or the passenger's forward motion, reducing the risk of head and chest injury. After complete inflation, the air bag immediately starts deflating, enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other controls. 3 40 B240B05L WARNING • Do not install or place any accessories (drink holder, cassette holder, sticker, etc.) on the front passenger's panel above the glove box in a vehicle with a passenger's air bag. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the passenger's air bag inflates. • When installing a container of liquid air freshener inside the vehicle, do not place it near the instrument cluster nor on the instrument panel surface. It may become a dangerous projectile and cause injury if the passenger's air bag inflates. Safety features of your vehicle WARNING • If an air bag deploys, there may be a loud noise followed by a fine dust released in the vehicle. These conditions are normal and are not hazardous - the air bags are packed in this fine powder. The dust generated during air bag deployment may cause skin or eye irritation as well as aggravate asthma for some persons. Always wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly with lukewarm water and a mild soap after an accident in which the air bags were deployed. • The SRS can function only when the ignition switch is in the ON position. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate, or continuously remains on after illuminating for about 6 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, or after the engine is started, comes on while driving, the SRS is not working properly. If this occurs, have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. (Continued) (Continued) • Before you replace a fuse or disconnect a battery terminal, turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the ignition key. Never remove or replace the air bag related fuse(s) when the ignition switch is in the ON position. Failure to heed this warning will cause the SRS air bag warning light to illuminate. Driver’s front air bag OTQ037024 C040400BTQ Driver's and passenger's front air bag (if equipped) Your vehicle is equipped with a Supplemental Restraint (Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating positions. The indications of the system's presence are the letters "SRS AIR BAG" embossed on the air bag pad cover in the steering wheel and the passenger's side front panel pad above the glove box. The SRS consists of air bags installed under the pad covers in the center of the steering wheel and the passenger's side front panel above the glove box. 3 41 Safety features of your vehicle Passenger’s front air bag WARNING OTQ037025 The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle's driver and/or the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity. 3 42 Always use seat belts and child restraints – every trip, every time, everyone! Air bags inflate with considerable force and in the blink of an eye. Seat belts help keep occupants in proper position to obtain maximum benefit from the air bag. Even with air bags, improperly and unbelted occupants can be severely injured when the air bag inflates. Always follow the precautions about seat belts, air bags and occupant safety contained in this manual. (Continued) (Continued) To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries and receive the maximum safety benefit from your restraint system: • Never place a child in any child or booster seat in the front seat. • ABC – Always Buckle Children in the back seat. It is the safest place for children of any age to ride. • Front air bags can injure occupants improperly positioned in the front seats. • Move your seat as far back as practical from the front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle. • You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags. Improperly positioned drivers and passengers can be severely injured by inflating air bags. • Never lean against the door or center console – always sit in an upright position. (Continued) Safety features of your vehicle (Continued) • No objects should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, and the front passenger's panel above the glove box, because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy. • Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system. Doing so could result in injury, due to accidental deployment of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inoperative. • If the SRS air bag warning light remains illuminated while the vehicle is being driven, have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible. (Continued) (Continued) • Air bags can only be used once – have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace the air bag immediately after deployment. • The SRS is designed to deploy the front air bags only when an impact is sufficiently severe and when the impact angle is less than 30° from the forward longitudinal axis of the vehicle. Additionally, the air bags will only deploy once. Seat belts must be worn at all times. • Front air bags are not intended to deploy in side-impact, rearimpact or rollover crashes. In addition, front air bags will not deploy in frontal crashes below the deployment threshold. (Continued) Rear impact OTQ036087G Side impact 1TQA2088 Rollover 1TQA2091 3 43 Safety features of your vehicle (Continued) • A child restraint system must never be placed in the front seat. The infant or child could be severely injured or killed by an air bag deployment in case of an accident. • Children age 12 and under must always be properly restrained in the rear seat. Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible. • For maximum safety protection in all types of crashes, all occupants including the driver should always wear their seat belts whether or not an air bag is also provided at their seating position to minimize the risk of severe injury or death in the event of a crash. Do not sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bag while the vehicle is in motion. (Continued) 3 44 (Continued) • Sitting improperly or out of position can result in serious or fatal injury in a crash. All occupants should sit upright with the seat back in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and the ignition key is removed. • The SRS air bag system must deploy very rapidly to provide protection in a crash. If an occupant is out of position because of not wearing a seat belt, the air bag may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries. Safety features of your vehicle C040800ATQ Why didn’t my air bag go off in a collision? (Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag) There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection. These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed impacts. In other words, just because your vehicle is damaged and even if it is totally unusable, don’t be surprised that the air bags did not inflate. 1 2 OTQ037026/OTQ037027/OTQ037028 Air bag collision sensors (1) SRS control module (2) Front impact sensor 3 45 Safety features of your vehicle WARNING • Do not hit or allow any objects to impact the locations where air bags or sensors are installed. This may cause unexpected air bag deployment, which could result in serious personal injury or death. • If the installation location or angle of the sensors is altered in any way, the air bags may deploy when they should not or they may not deploy when they should, causing severe injury or death. Therefore, do not try to perform maintenance on or around the air bag sensors. Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. (Continued) 3 46 (Continued) • Problems may arise if the sensor installation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper, body. Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Your vehicle has been designed to absorb impact and deploy the air bag(s) in certain collisions. Installing bumper guards or replacing a bumper with non-genuine parts may adversely affect your vehicle’s collision and air bag deployment performance. 1TQA2084 C040801ATQ Air bag inflation conditions Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending on the intensity, speed or angles of impact of the front collision. Safety features of your vehicle Although the front air bags (driver’s and front passenger’s air bags) are designed to inflate only in frontal collisions, they also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient impact. If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment. 1TQA2086 C040802ATQ Air bag non-inflation conditions • In certain low-speed collisions the air bags may not deploy. The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts in such collisions. OTQ036087 • Frontal air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions, because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact. In this case, inflated air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit. 3 47 Safety features of your vehicle 1TQA2088 1TQA2089 OTQ052215 • Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions, because occupants move to the direction of the collision, and thus in side impacts, frontal air bag deployment would not provide additional occupant protection. • In an angled collision, the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit, and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags. • Just before impact, drivers often brake heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to “ride” under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance. Air bags may not inflate in this "under-ride" situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly reduced by such “under-ride” collisions. 3 48 Safety features of your vehicle C041100ATQ SRS Care The SRS is virtually maintenance-free and so there are no parts you can safely service by yourself. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate, or continuously remains on, have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 1TQA2091 1TQA2092 • Air bags may not inflate in rollover accidents because air bag deployment would not provide protection to the occupants. • Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees, where the point of impact is concentrated to one area and the full force of the impact is not delivered to the sensors. Any work on the SRS system, such as removing, installing, repairing, or any work on the steering wheel must be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury. 3 49 Safety features of your vehicle WARNING • Modification to SRS components or wiring, including the addition of any kind of badges to the pad covers or modifications to the body structure, can adversely affect SRS performance and lead to possible injury. • For cleaning the air bag pad covers, use only a soft, dry cloth or one which has been moistened with plain water. Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system. • No objects should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, and the front passenger's panel above the glove box, because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to inflate. (Continued) 3 50 (Continued) • If the air bags inflate, they must be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring, or other components of the SRS system. Doing so could result in injury, due to accidental inflation of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inoperative. • If components of the air bag system must be discarded, or if the vehicle must be scrapped, certain safety precautions must be observed. An authorized HYUNDAI dealer knows these precautions and can give you the necessary information. Failure to follow these precautions and procedures could increase the risk of personal injury. • If your car was flooded and has soaked carpeting or water on the flooring, you shouldn't try to start the engine; have the car towed to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. C041300ATQ Additional safety precautions • Never let passengers ride in the cargo area or on top of a foldeddown back seat. All occupants should sit upright, fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor. • Passengers should not move out of or change seats while the vehicle is moving. A passenger who is not wearing a seat belt during a crash or emergency stop can be thrown against the inside of the vehicle, against other occupants, or out of the vehicle. • Each seat belt is designed to restrain one occupant. If more than one person uses the same seat belt, they could be seriously injured or killed in a collision. • Do not use any accessories on seat belts. Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seat belt and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash. • Passengers should not place hard or sharp objects between themselves and the air bags. Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap or in your mouth can result in injuries if an air bag inflates. Safety features of your vehicle • Keep occupants away from the air bag covers. All occupants should sit upright, fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor. If occupants are too close to the air bag covers, they could be injured if the air bags inflate. • Do not attach or place objects on or near the air bag covers. Any object attached to or placed on the front air bag covers could interfere with the proper operation of the air bags. • Do not modify the front seats. Modification of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components. • Do not place items under the front seats. Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring harnesses. • Never hold an infant or child on your lap. The infant or child could be seriously injured or killed in the event of a crash. All infants and children should be properly restrained in appropriate child safety seats or seat belts in the rear seat. WARNING • Sitting improperly or out of position can cause occupants to be shifted too close to a deploying air bag, strike the interior structure or be thrown from the vehicle resulting in serious injury or death. • Always sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with your seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and your feet on the floor. C041400AUN Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag-equipped vehicle If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle's frame, bumper system, front end or side sheet metal or ride height, this may affect the operation of your vehicle's air bag system. * * : if equipped OTQ037029 C041200AUN Air bag warning label Air bag warning labels are attached to alert the driver and passengers of potential risk of air bag system. Note that these government warnings focus on the risk to children, we also wants you to be aware of the risks which adults are exposed to. Those have been described in previous pages. 3 51 Keys / 4-2 Remote keyless entry / 4-4 Theft-alarm system / 4-6 Door locks / 4-8 Tailgate / 4-13 Windows / 4-16 Hood / 4-21 Fuel filler lid / 4-23 Features of your vehicle Steering wheel / 4-26 Mirrors / 4-28 Instrument cluster / 4-32 Rear parking assist system / 4-44 Hazard warning flasher / 4-46 Lighting / 4-47 Wipers and washers / 4-52 Interior light / 4-56 Defroster / 4-58 Manual climate control system / 4-59 Windshield defrosting and defogging / 4-70 Storage compartment / 4-72 Interior features / 4-74 Audio system / 4-79 4 Features of your vehicle KEYS D010200AEN Key operations Used to start the engine, lock and unlock the doors. WARNING - Ignition key OUN046100L D010100AEN Record your key number The key code number is stamped on the bar code tag attached to the key set. Should you lose your keys, this number will enable an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to duplicate the keys easily. Remove the bar code tag and store it in a safe place. Also, record the code number and keep it in a safe place (not in the vehicle). 4 2 Leaving children unattended in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous even if the key is not in the ignition switch. Children copy adults and they could place the key in the ignition switch. The ignition key would enable children to operate power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious bodily injury or even death. Never leave the keys in your vehicle with unsupervised children. WARNING Use only HYUNDAI original parts for the ignition key in your vehicle. If an aftermarket key is used, the ignition switch may not return to ON after START. If this happens, the starter will continue to operate causing damage to the starter motor and possible fire due to excessive current in the wiring. Features of your vehicle D010300CEN Immobilizer system (if equipped) Your vehicle may be equipped with an electronic engine immobilizer system to reduce the risk of unauthorized vehicle use. Your immobilizer system is comprised of a small transponder in the ignition key and electronic devices inside the vehicle. With the immobilizer system, whenever you insert your ignition key into the ignition switch and turn it to ON, it checks and determines and verifies if the ignition key is valid or not. If the key is determined to be valid, the engine will start. If the key is determined to be invalid, the engine will not start. To deactivate the immobilizer system: Insert the ignition key into the key cylinder and turn it to the ON position. To activate the immobilizer system: Turn the ignition key to the OFF position. The immobilizer system activates automatically. Without a valid ignition key for your vehicle, the engine will not start. WARNING In order to prevent theft of your vehicle, do not leave spare keys anywhere in your vehicle. Your Immobilizer password is a customer unique password and should be kept confidential. Do not leave this number anywhere in your vehicle. ✽ NOTICE When starting the engine, do not use the key with other immobilizer keys around. Otherwise the engine may not start or may stop soon after it starts. Keep each key separate in order to avoid a starting malfunction. CAUTION Do not put metal accessories near the ignition switch. The engine may not start for the metal accessories may interrupt the transponder signal from normally transmitting ✽ NOTICE If you need additional keys or lose your keys, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. CAUTION The transponder in your ignition key is an important part of the immobilizer system. It is designed to give years of trouble-free service, however you should avoid exposure to moisture, static electricity and rough handling. Immobilizer system malfunction could occur. CAUTION Do not change, alter or adjust the immobilizer system because it could cause the immobilizer system to malfunction and should only be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Malfunctions caused by improper alterations, adjustments or modifications to the immobilizer system are not covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty. 4 3 Features of your vehicle REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED) OTQ047002 Remote keyless entry system operations D020101APA Lock All doors (and tailgate) are locked if the lock/unlock button (1) is pressed when a front door is unlocked. If all doors (and tailgate) are closed, the hazard warning lights blink once to indicate that all doors (and tailgate) are locked. However, if any door (or tailgate) remains open, the hazard warning lights will not operate. If all doors (and tailgate) are closed after the lock button is pressed, the hazard warning lights blink. 4 4 D020102APA D020200AEN Unlock All doors (and tailgate) are unlocked if the lock/unlock button (1) is pressed when both front doors are locked. The hazard warning lights will blink twice again to indicate that all doors (and tailgate) are unlocked. After depressing this button, the doors (and tailgate) will be locked automatically unless you open any door within 30 seconds. Transmitter precautions ✽ NOTICE The transmitter will not work if any of following occur: • The ignition key is in ignition switch. • You exceed the operating distance limit (about 10 m [30 feet]). • The battery in the transmitter is weak. • Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal. • The weather is extremely cold. • The transmitter is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter. When the transmitter does not work correctly, open and close the door with the ignition key. If you have a problem with the transmitter, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. CAUTION Keep the transmitter away from water or any liquid. If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids, it will not be covered by your manufacturer vehicle warranty. Features of your vehicle CAUTION CAUTION Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance, it will not be covered by your manufacturer’s vehicle warranty. OTQ047003G D020300ATQ Battery replacement The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium battery which will normally last for several years. When replacement is necessary, use the following procedure. 1. Remove the screw (1) using a crosstip screwdriver. 2. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gently pry open the transmitter center cover. 3. Remove the battery cover (2). 4. Replace the battery with a new one. When replacing the battery, make sure the battery’s positive “+” symbol faces up as indicated in the illustration. 5. Install the battery in the reverse order of removal. • The keyless entry system transmitter is designed to give you years of trouble-free use, however it can malfunction if exposed to moisture or static electricity. If you are unsure how to use your transmitter or replace the battery, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Using the wrong battery can cause the transmitter to malfunction. Be sure to use the correct battery. • To avoid damaging the transmitter, don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it to heat or sunlight. 4 5 Features of your vehicle THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) D030100ATQ Armed stage Armed stage Disarmed stage Theft-alarm stage D030000AEN This system is designed to provide protection from unauthorized entry into the car. This system is operated in three stages: the first is the "Armed" stage, the second is the "Theft-alarm" stage, and the third is the "Disarmed" stage. If triggered, the system provides an audible alarm with blinking of the hazard warning lights. 4 6 Park the car and stop the engine. Arm the system as described below. 1. Remove the ignition key from the ignition switch and exit the vehicle. 2. Make sure that all doors (and tailgate) and engine hood are closed and latched. 3. Lock the doors using the transmitter of the keyless entry system. After completion of the steps above, the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that the system is armed. If any door (or tailgate) or engine hood remains open, the hazard warning lights will not blink and the theft-alarm will not arm. If all doors (and tailgate) and engine hood are closed after the lock button is pressed, the hazard warning lights blink once. ✽ NOTICE The theft-alarm system by the key can be activated by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. If you want this feature, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Do not arm the system until all passengers have left the vehicle. If the system is armed while a passenger(s) remains in the vehicle, the alarm may be activated when the remaining passenger(s) leave the vehicle. If any door (or tailgate) or engine hood is opened within 30 seconds after the system enters the armed stage, the system is disarmed to prevent an unnecessary alarm. Features of your vehicle D030200AEN-EE D030400ATQ Theft-alarm stage Disarmed stage The alarm will be activated if any of the following occurs while the system is armed. • A front or rear door is opened without using the transmitter. • The tailgate is opened without using the transmitter. • The engine hood is opened. The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously for approximately 30 seconds. To turn off the system, unlock the doors with the transmitter. The system will be disarmed when the doors (and tailgate) are unlocked with the transmitter. After depressing the unlock button, the hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the system is disarmed. After depressing the unlock button, if any door (or tailgate) is not opened within 30 seconds, the system will be rearmed. ✽ NOTICE - Immobilizer system • If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter, insert the key into the ignition switch and start the engine. Then the system will be disarmed. • If you lose your keys, consult your authorized HYUNDAI dealer. ✽ NOTICE - Non-immobilizer system • Avoid trying to start the engine while the alarm is activated. The vehicle starting motor is disabled during the theft-alarm stage. If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter, insert the key into the ignition switch, turn the ignition switch to the ON position and wait for 30 seconds. Then the system will be disarmed. • If you lose your keys, consult your authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 4 7 Features of your vehicle DOOR LOCKS Unlock Lock • Doors can also be locked and unlocked with the transmitter. (if equipped) • Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle. • When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely. Rear sliding doors ✽ NOTICE OTQ047005 D050100ATQ Operating door locks from outside the vehicle • Turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle to unlock and toward the front of the vehicle to lock. • If you lock/unlock the driver’s door with a key, all vehicle doors will lock/unlock automatically. (if equipped) • If you lock the front passenger’s door with a key all vehicle doors will lock automatically. (if equipped) 4 8 • In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions. • If the door is locked/unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch, the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components. OTQ047006 • Once the rear doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle and sliding the door towards the rear of the vehicle. • When the rear door is fully open, the door will lock into an open position. To close the door, pull out the door handle and slide the door towards the front of vehicle. Features of your vehicle ✽ NOTICE Front door WARNING Always remove the ignition key, engage the parking brake, close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended. When the rear sliding door is not fully open, it is not latched and may move unintentionally. This could result in a serious injury. CAUTION The left sliding door cannot be opened when the fuel filler lid is open. However, if the fuel filler lid is opened after the door is opened slightly, the left sliding door can be slide rearward. Close the left sliding door to prevent possible damage to the door or the fuel filler lid. OTQ047007 Rear sliding door OTQ047008 • To lock a door without the key, push the inside door lock button (1) or central door lock switch (2) to the “Lock” position and close the door (3). • If you lock the door with the central door lock switch (2), all vehicle doors will lock automatically. (if equipped) 4 9 Features of your vehicle Front door Unlock Lock OTQ047009 Rear sliding door Unlock Lock OTQ047010 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle D050201ATQ With the door lock button • To unlock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the “Unlock” position. The red mark (2) on button will be visible. 4 10 • To lock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the “Lock” position. If the door is locked properly, the red mark (2) on the door lock button will not be visible. • To open a door, pull the door handle (3) outward. • If the inner door handle of the driver’s door is pulled when the door lock button is in lock position, the button is unlocked and door opens. (if equipped) • Front doors cannot be locked if the ignition key is in the ignition switch and any front door is open. WARNING - Door lock malfunction If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle, try one or more of the following techniques to exit: • Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly (both electronic and manual) while simultaneously pulling on the door handle. • Operate the other door locks and handles, front and rear. • Lower a front window and use the key to unlock the door from outside. • Move to the cargo area and open the tailgate. (if equipped) Features of your vehicle WARNING - Doors OTQ047011 D050202ATQ With central door lock switch (if equipped) Operate by depressing the central door lock switch. • When pushing down on the portion (1) of the switch, all vehicle doors will lock. • When pushing down on the portion (2) of the switch, all vehicle doors will unlock. • If the key is in the ignition switch and any front door is open, the doors will not lock when the portion (1) of central door lock switch is pressed. • The doors should always be fully closed and locked while the vehicle is in motion to prevent accidental opening of the door. Locked doors will also discourage potential intruders when the vehicle stops or slows. • Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door. Opening a door when something is approaching can cause damage or injury. WARNING - Unlocked vehicles Leaving your vehicle unlocked can invite theft or possible harm to you or others from someone hiding in your vehicle while you are gone. Always remove the ignition key, engage the parking brake, close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended. WARNING - Unattended children An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot, causing death or severe injury to unattended children or animals who cannot escape the vehicle. Furthermore, children might operate features of the vehicle that could injure them, or they could encounter other harm, possibly from someone gaining entry to the vehicle. Never leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle. 4 11 Features of your vehicle 3. Close the rear door. To open the rear door, pull the outside door handle (1). Even though the doors may be unlocked, the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle until the rear door child safety lock is unlocked ( ). D050300AUN Impact sensing door unlock system (if equipped) All doors will be automatically unlocked when the impact is delivered to impact sensors while the ignition switch ON. However, the doors may not be unlocked if mechanical problems occur with the door lock system or battery. WARNING - Rear door locks D050400AFD Speed sensing door lock system (if equipped) When the speed of the vehicle keeps above 40 km/h for 1 second, it will automatically lock all doors. For activation of this feature, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. ✽ NOTICE An authorized HYUNDAI dealer can select some auto door lock/unlock features as follows; • Speed sensing auto door locking • Auto door unlock when the ignition key is removed from the ignition switch If you want to select a door lock/unlock feature, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 4 12 OTQ047012 D050500ATQ Child-protector rear door lock The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children from accidentally opening the rear doors from inside the vehicle. The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle. 1. Open the rear door. 2. Push the child safety lock located on the front edge of the door to the lock ( ) position. When the child safety lock is in the lock position, the rear door will not open even though the inner door handle is pulled. If children accidentally open the rear doors while the vehicle is in motion, they could fall out and be severely injured or killed. To prevent children from opening the rear doors from the inside, the rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle. Features of your vehicle TAILGATE • The tailgate can also be locked and unlocked with the key if the vehicle is equipped with a key hole on the tailgate. • If unlocked, the tailgate can be opened by pressing the handle switch and pulling the handle up. (Type A) • If unlocked, the tailgate can be opened by pulling the handle. (Type B) Type A OTQ047013 Type B ✽ NOTICE In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions. WARNING The tailgate swings upward. Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the tailgate. OTQ047212 If your vehicle is equipped with twin swing type tail gates, you may fully open (if equipped) as follows ; 1. Open the tail gate. 2. Remove the pin from the bracket hole and insert the pin into the pin hole. 3. Open the tail gate fully. OTQ047013G D070100ATQ Opening the tailgate • The tailgate is locked or unlocked when all doors are locked or unlocked with the key, transmitter or central door lock switch. (if equipped) CAUTION Make certain that you close the tailgate before driving your vehicle. Possible damage may occur to the tailgate lift cylinders and attached hardware if the tailgate is not closed prior to driving. 4 13 Features of your vehicle D070200AUN CAUTION Insert the pin into the bracket hole before closing the tail gate. Or the tail gate checker and/or vehicle damage is possible and a dangerous situation may occur. Closing the tailgate To close the tailgate, lower and push down the tailgate firmly. Make sure that the tailgate is securely latched. WARNING - Exhaust fumes OTQ047213 4. After use, before closing the tail gate, pull out the pin from the pin hole. 5. Align the checker arm hole and the tail gate bracket hole, and insert the pin into the bracket hole. 6. Close the tail gate. 4 14 If you drive with the tailgate open, you will draw dangerous exhaust fumes into your vehicle which can cause serious injury or death to vehicle occupants. If you must drive with the tailgate open, keep the air vents and all windows open so that additional outside air comes into the vehicle. Features of your vehicle WARNING - Rear cargo When someone is inadvertently locked in the luggage compartment, if the lever is pushed, the tailgate latch mechanism is released and the tailgate is opened by pushing rearward. Type A area Occupants should never ride in the rear cargo area where no restraints are available. To avoid injury in the event of an accident or sudden stops, occupants should always be properly restrained. WARNING OTQ047015 Type B OTQ047015G D070300AEN Emergency tailgate safety release (if equipped) • For emergencies, be fully aware of the location of the emergency tailgate safety release lever in this vehicle and how to open the tailgate if you are accidentally locked in the luggage compartment. • No one should be allowed to occupy the luggage compartment of the vehicle at any time. The luggage compartment is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash. • Use the release lever for emergencies only. Use extreme caution, especially while the vehicle is in motion. Your vehicle is equipped with the emergency tailgate safety release lever located on the bottom of the tailgate. 4 15 Features of your vehicle WINDOWS D080000ATQ (1) Driver’s door power window switch (2) Front passenger’s door power window switch (3) Window opening and closing (4) Automatic power window down (Driver’s window, if equipped) (5) Rear seat window (Type A) (6) Rear seat window (Type B) ✽ NOTICE Type A In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions. Type B OTQ047016G 4 16 Features of your vehicle D080100AUN Power windows (if equipped) The ignition switch must be in the ON position for power windows to operate. Each door has a power window switch that controls the door's window. The driver has a power window lock switch which can block the operation of passenger windows. The power windows can be operated for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position. However, if the front doors are opened, the power windows cannot be operated within the 30 second period after the ignition key removal. ✽ NOTICE While driving, if you notice buffeting and pulsation (wind shock) with either side window open, you should open the opposite window slightly to reduce the condition. OTQ047203 D080101ATQ OTQ047204 D080102ATQ Type A Type B Window opening and closing (if equipped) The driver’s door has a master power window switch that controls all the windows in the vehicle. To open or close a window, press down or pull up the front portion of the corresponding switch to the first detent position (3). Auto down window (Driver’s window, if equipped) Depressing the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position (4) completely lowers the driver’s window even when the switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation, pull up the switch momentarily to the opposite direction of the window movement. 4 17 Features of your vehicle CAUTION • To prevent possible damage to the power window system, do not open or close two windows or more at the same time. This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse. • Never try to operate the main switch on the driver's door and the individual door window switch in opposing directions at the same time. If this is done, the window will stop and cannot be opened or closed. 4 18 WARNING - Windows • NEVER leave the ignition key in the vehicle. • NEVER leave any child unattended in the vehicle. Even very young children may inadvertently cause the vehicle to move, entangle themselves in the windows, or otherwise injure themselves or others. • Always double check to make sure all arms, hands, head and other obstructions are safely out of the way before closing a window. • Do not allow children to play with the power windows. Serious injury can result from unintentional window operation by the child. • Do not extend face or arms outside through the window opening while driving. OTQ047204E D080103ATQ Type C Auto up/down window (Driver’s window, if equipped) Depressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position (4) completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation, pull up or depress and release the switch to the opposite direction of the movement. Features of your vehicle If the power window is not operated correctly, the automatic power window system must be reset as follows: 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. 2. Close driver’s window and continue pulling up on driver’s power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed. Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the window is blocked by an object or part of the body, the window will detect the resistance and will stop upward movement. The window will then lower approximately 30 cm (11.8 in.) to allow the object to be cleared. If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously, the window will stop upward movement then lower approximately 2.5 cm (1 in.). And if the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reversal feature, the automatic window reversal will not operate. ✽ NOTICE The automatic reverse feature for the driver’s window is only active when the “auto up” feature is used by fully pulling up the switch. The automatic reverse feature will not operate if the window is raised using the halfway position on the power window switch. WARNING Always check for obstructions before raising any window to avoid injuries or vehicle damage. If an object less than 4 mm (0.16 in.) in diameter is caught between the window glass and the upper window channel, the automatic reverse window may not detect the resistance and will not stop and reverse direction. 3FDA2015 D080200AFD Manual windows (if equipped) To raise or lower the window, turn the window regulator handle clockwise or counterclockwise. WARNING When opening or closing the windows, make sure your passenger's arms, hands and body are safely out of the way. 4 19 Features of your vehicle OTQ047017 D080200ATQ Rear seat window (Type A, if equipped) To open the window, move the window while pressing the handle the direction of the arrow. OTQ047018 Rear seat window (Type B, if equipped) To open the windows, pull the rear portion of the latch out. Swing the latch forward and out, then lock it into the open position by pushing outward until you hear a click. To close the windows, pull the handle inward. Then push the handle rearward until you hear a click. ✽ NOTICE In cold and wet climates, rear quarter panel windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions. 4 20 Features of your vehicle HOOD OTQ047019 D090100AUN Opening the hood 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood. The hood should pop open slightly. OTQ047020 OTQ047021 2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the hood slightly, pull the secondary latch (1) inside of the hood center and lift the hood (2). 3. Pull the support rod from the hood. 4. Hold the hood open with the support rod. WARNING - Hot parts Grasp the support rod in the area wrapped in rubber. The rubber will help prevent you from being burned by hot metal when the engine is hot. 4 21 Features of your vehicle D090200AUN Closing the hood 1. Before closing the hood, check the following: • All filler caps in engine compartment must be correctly installed. • Gloves, rags or any other combustible material must be removed from the engine compartment. 2. Return the support rod to its clip to prevent it from rattling. 3. Lower the hood until it is about 30 cm (1 ft.) above the closed position and let it drop. Make sure that it locks into place. 4 22 WARNING - Hood • Before closing the hood, ensure that all obstructions are removed from the hood opening. Closing the hood with an obstruction present in the hood opening may result in property damage or severe personal injury. • Do not leave gloves, rags or any other combustible material in the engine compartment. Doing so may cause a heat-induced fire. WARNING • Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmly latched before driving away. If it is not latched, the hood could fly open while the vehicle is being driven, causing a total loss of visibility, which might result in an accident. • The support rod must be inserted completely into the hole provided in the hood whenever you inspect the engine compartment. This will prevent the hood from falling and possibly injuring you. • Do not move the vehicle with the hood in the raised position, as vision is obstructed and the hood could fall or be damaged. Features of your vehicle FUEL FILLER LID D100101ATQ CAUTION The left sliding door cannot be opened when the fuel filler lid is open. However, if the fuel filler lid is opened after the door is opened slightly, the left sliding door can be slide rearward. Close the left sliding door to prevent possible damage to the door or the fuel filler lid. OTQ047022 OTQ047023 The fuel filler lid must be opened from inside the vehicle by pushing the fuel filler lid opener button located on the driver’s door. 1. Stop the engine. 2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the fuel filler lid opener button. 3. Pull the fuel filler lid (1) out to fully open. 4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel tank cap (2) counterclockwise. 5. Refuel as needed. D100100AUN Opening the fuel filler lid ✽ NOTICE If the fuel filler lid will not open because ice has formed around it, tap lightly or push on the lid to break the ice and release the lid. Do not pry on the lid. If necessary, spray around the lid with an approved de-icer fluid (do not use radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt. 4 23 Features of your vehicle D100200AEN Closing the fuel filler lid 1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until it “clicks”. This indicates that the cap is securely tightened. 2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it lightly and make sure that it is securely closed. D100300AEN WARNING - Refueling • If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can cover your clothes or skin and thus subject you to the risk of fire and burns. Always remove the fuel cap carefully and slowly. If the cap is venting fuel or if you hear a hissing sound, wait until the condition stops before completely removing the cap. • Do not "top off" after the nozzle automatically shuts off when refueling. • Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident. 4 24 WARNING - Refueling dangers Automotive fuels are flammable materials. When refueling, please note the following guidelines carefully. Failure to follow these guidelines may result in severe personal injury, severe burns or death by fire or explosion. • Read and follow all warning at the gas station facility. • Before refueling note the location of the Emergency Gasoline ShutOff, if available, at the gas station facility. • Before touching the fuel nozzle, you should eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touching another metal part of the vehicle, a safe distance away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other gas source. (Continued) (Continued) • Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refueling since you can generate static electricity by touching, rubbing or sliding against any item or fabric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.) capable of producing static electricity. Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors resulting in rapid burning. If you must reenter the vehicle, you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle, away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle or other gasoline source. • When using an approved portable fuel container, be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refueling. Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. Once refueling has begun, contact with the vehicle should be maintained until the filling is complete. (Continued) Features of your vehicle (Continued) Use only approved portable plastic fuel containers designed to carry and store gasoline. • Do not use cellular phones while refueling. Electric current and/or electronic interference from cellular phones can potentially ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. • When refueling, always shut the engine off. Sparks produced by electrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. Once refueling is complete, check to make sure the filler cap and filler door are securely closed, before starting the engine. • DO NOT use matches or a lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station especially during refueling. Automotive fuel is highly flammable and can, when ignited, result in fire. • If a fire breaks out during refueling, leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and immediately contact the manager of the gas station and then contact the local fire department. Follow any safety instructions they provide. CAUTION • Make sure to refuel with unleaded fuel only. • If the fuel filler cap requires replacement, use only a genuine HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent specified for your vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control system. • Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint. • After refueling, make sure the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident. OTQ047024G D100500AUN Emergency fuel filer lid release If the fuel filler lid does not open using the remote fuel filler lid release, you can open it manually. Unsnap and remove the panel in the cargo area. Pull the handle outward slightly. CAUTION Do not pull the handle excessively, otherwise the luggage area trim or release handle may be damaged. 4 25 Features of your vehicle STEERING WHEEL D130100AEN Power steering Power steering uses energy from the engine to assist you in steering the vehicle. If the engine is off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative, the vehicle may still be steered, but it will require increased steering effort. Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation, have the power steering checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. CAUTION Never hold the steering wheel against a stop (extreme right or left turn) for more than 5 seconds with the engine running. Holding the steering wheel for more than 5 seconds in either position may cause damage to the power steering pump. 4 26 ✽ NOTICE If the power steering drive belt breaks or if the power steering pump malfunctions, the steering effort will greatly increase. D130300AUN Tilt steering (if equipped) Tilt steering allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive. You can also raise it to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle. ✽ NOTICE If the vehicle is parked for extended periods outside in cold weather (below 10°C/14°F), the power steering may require increased effort when the engine is first started. This is caused by increased fluid viscosity due to the cold weather and does not indicate a malfunction. When this happens, increase the engine RPM by depressing accelerator until the RPM reaches 1,500 rpm then release or let the engine idle for two or three minutes to warm up the fluid. The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive, while permitting you to see the instrument panel warning lights and gauges. WARNING • Never adjust the angle of the steering wheel while driving. You may lose steering control and cause severe personal injury, death or accidents. • After adjusting, push the steering wheel both up and down to be certain it is locked in position. Features of your vehicle ✽ NOTICE To sound the horn, press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel (see illustration). The horn will operate only when this area is pressed. CAUTION OTQ047035 To change the steering wheel angle, pull down the lock-release lever (1), adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle (2), then pull up the lock-release lever to lock the steering wheel in place. Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to the desired position before driving. OTQ047036 Do not strike the horn severely to operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do not press on the horn with a sharppointed object. D130500AUN Horn To sound the horn, press the horn symbol on your steering wheel. Check the horn regularly to be sure it operates properly. 4 27 Features of your vehicle MIRRORS D140100AUN D140102AUN Inside rearview mirror Electric chromic mirror (ECM) (if equipped) The electric rearview mirror automatically controls the glare from the headlights of the car behind you in nighttime or low light driving conditions. The sensor mounted in the mirror senses the light level around the vehicle, and automatically controls the headlight glare from vehicles behind you. When the engine is running, the glare is automatically controlled by the sensor mounted in the rearview mirror. Whenever the shift lever is shifted into reverse (R), the mirror will automatically go to the brightest setting in order to improve the drivers view behind the vehicle. Adjust the rearview mirror to center on the view through the rear window. Make this adjustment before you start driving. Night WARNING - Rear visibility Do not place objects in the rear seat or cargo area which would interfere with your vision through the rear window. Day OTQ047037G D140101AUN Day/night rearview mirror (if equipped) Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day/night lever is in the day position. Pull the day/night lever toward you to reduce glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you during night driving. Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position. 4 28 CAUTION When cleaning the mirror, use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as that may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing. Features of your vehicle WARNING - Rearview mirrors Indicator 1 Sensor OTQ027002G To operate the electric rearview mirror: • Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn the automatic dimming function on. The mirror indicator light will illuminate. Press the ON/OFF button to turn the automatic dimming function off. The mirror indicator light will turn off. • The mirror defaults to the ON position whenever the ignition switch is turned on. OTQ047038G D140200AUN • The right outside rearview mirror is convex. In some countries, the left outside rearview mirror is also convex. Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear. • Use your interior rearview mirror or direct observation to determine the actual distance of following vehicles when changing lanes. Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles before driving. Your vehicle is equipped with both lefthand and right-hand outside rearview mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch. (if equipped) The mirror heads can be folded back to prevent damage during an automatic car wash or when passing in a narrow street. 4 29 Features of your vehicle CAUTION Do not scrape ice off the mirror face; this may damage the surface of the glass. If ice should restrict movement of the mirror, do not force the mirror for adjustment. To remove ice, use a deicer spray, or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water. CAUTION If the mirror is jammed with ice, do not adjust the mirror by force. Use an approved spray de-icer (not radiator antifreeze) to release the frozen mechanism or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt. 4 30 WARNING Do not adjust or fold the outside rearview mirrors while the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss of control, and an accident which could cause death, serious injury or property damage. OTQ047042 D140201AEN Remote control (if equipped) The electric remote control mirror switch allows you to adjust the position of the left and right outside rearview mirrors. To adjust the position of either mirror, push the switch (1) to R or L to select the right side mirror or the left side mirror, then press a corresponding point on the mirror adjustment control to position the selected mirror up, down, left or right. After adjustment, put the switch into neutral (center) position to prevent the inadvertent adjustment. Features of your vehicle CAUTION • The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the motor continues to operate while the switch is depressed. Do not depress the switch longer than necessary, the motor may be damaged. • Do not attempt to adjust the outside rearview mirror by hand. Doing so may damage the parts. OEN046215 D140202AEN Folding the outside rearview mirror To fold the outside rearview mirror, grasp the housing of the mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle. 4 31 Features of your vehicle INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Type A 1. Tachometer* 2. Turn signal indicators 3. Speedometer 4. Engine temperature gauge 5. Warning and indicator lights 6. Shift position indicator* (Automatic transmission only) 7. Odometer/Tripmeter Type B 8. Fuel gauge * : if equipped The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OTQ047044L/OTQ047044F D150000ATQ 4 32 Features of your vehicle Gauges Left-Hand drive type D150201AUN Speedometer The speedometer indicates the forward speed of the vehicle. The speedometer is calibrated in miles per hour and/or kilometers per hour. D150202AUN OTQ047046 Right-Hand drive type OTQ047046R D150100AEN-EE Instrument panel illumination (if equipped) When the vehicle’s parking lights or headlights are on, rotate the illumination control knob to adjust the instrument panel illumination intensity. Tachometer (if equipped) The tachometer indicates the approximate number of engine revolutions per minute (rpm). Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and/or over-revving the engine. When the door is open, or if the engine is not started within 1 minute, the tachometer pointer may move slightly in ON position with the engine OFF. This movement is normal and will not affect the accuracy of the tachometer once the engine is running. D150203AUN Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant when the ignition switch is ON. Do not continue driving with an overheated engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer to “If the engine overheats” in section 6. CAUTION If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the “H” or “130” position, it indicates overheating that may damage the engine. WARNING Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. The engine coolant is under pressure and could cause severe burns. Wait until the engine is cool before adding coolant to the reservoir. CAUTION Do not operate the engine within the tachometer's RED ZONE. This may cause severe engine damage. 4 33 Features of your vehicle D150204AUN Fuel gauge The fuel gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank. The fuel tank capacity is given in section 9. The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light, which will illuminate when the fuel tank is near empty. On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank. OTQ047048 D150205AUN WARNING - Fuel gauge Running out of fuel can expose vehicle occupants to danger. You must stop and obtain additional fuel as soon as possible after the warning light comes on or when the gauge indicator comes close to the “E” or “0” level. Odometer/Tripmeter (if equipped) Odometer (km or mi) The odometer indicates the total distance the vehicle has been driven. You will also find the odometer useful to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed. ✽ NOTICE It is forbidden that alteration of the odometer of any vehicle with the intent to change the mileage registered on the odometer. The alteration may void your warranty coverage. 4 34 OTQ047049 Tripmeter (km or mi) TRIP A: Tripmeter A TRIP B: Tripmeter B The tripmeter indicates the distance of individual trips selected by the driver. Features of your vehicle Left-Hand drive type All stored driving information (except odometer) is reset if the battery is disconnected. The odometer is always displayed until the display is turned off. Left-Hand drive type Push the TRIP button for less than 1 second to select distance to empty, average speed or tripmeter function as follows : OTQ047047 Right-Hand drive type OTQ047047 Distance to empty Right-Hand drive type Average speed Tripmeter OTQ047047R Tripmeter A or B can be selected by pressing the TRIP button for less than 1 second. Tripmeter A or B can be reset to 0.0 by pressing the TRIP button for 1 second or more, and then releasing. OTQ047047R D150206ATQ Trip computer (if equipped) The trip computer is a microcomputercontrolled driver information system that displays information related to driving, including distance to empty, tripmeter and average speed on the display when the ignition switch is in the ON position. 4 35 Features of your vehicle ✽ NOTICE Odometer OTQ047052 Distance to empty (km or miles) This mode indicates the estimated distance to empty based on the current fuel in the fuel tank and the amount of fuel delivered to the engine. When the remaining distance is below 50 km (30 miles), “---” will be displayed and the distance to empty indicator will blink. The meter’s working range is from 50 to 999 km (30 to 999 miles). 4 36 • If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupted, the “Distance to empty” function may not operate correctly. The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 6 liters (1.6 gallons) of fuel are added to the vehicle. • The fuel consumption and distance to empty values may vary significantly based on driving conditions, driving habits, and condition of the vehicle. • The distance to empty value is an estimate of the available driving distance. This value may differ from the actual driving distance available. Average speed Odometer OTQ047054 Average speed (km/h or mph) This mode calculates the average speed of the vehicle since the last average speed reset. Even if the vehicle is not in motion, the average speed keeps going while the engine is running. The meter's working range is from 0 to 220 km/h (0 to 140 mph). Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1 second, when the average speed is being displayed, clears the average speed to zero (---). Features of your vehicle Tripmeter Odometer OTQ047051 Tripmeter (km or miles) This mode indicates the distance of individual trip since the last tripmeter reset. The meter's working range is from 0.0 to 999.9 km (miles). Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1 second when the tripmeter is being displayed clears the tripmeter to zero (0.0). D150300AEN D150303AEN Warnings and indicators Anti-lock brake system (ABS) warning light (if equipped) This light illuminates if the ignition switch is turned ON and goes off in approximately 3 seconds if the system is operating normally. If the ABS warning light remains on, comes on while driving, or does not come on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, this indicates that there may be a malfunction with the ABS. If this occurs, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. The normal braking system will still be operational, but without the assistance of the anti-lock brake system. All warning lights are checked by turning the ignition switch ON (do not start the engine). Any light that does not illuminate should be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. After starting the engine, check to make sure that all warning lights are off. If any are still on, this indicates a situation that needs attention. When releasing the parking brake, the brake system warning light should go off. The fuel warning light will stay on if the fuel level is low. D150302AEN Air bag warning light (if equipped) This warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON position. This light also comes on when the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) is not working properly. If the AIR BAG warning light does not come on, or continuously remains on after operating for about 6 seconds when you turned the ignition switch to the ON position or started the engine, or if it comes on while driving, have the SRS inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 4 37 Features of your vehicle Electronic brake force distribution (EBD) system warning light If two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the ABS and EBD system. In this case, your ABS and regular brake system may not work normally. Have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. WARNING If the both ABS and brake warning lights are on and stay on, your vehicle’s brake system will not work normally during sudden braking. In this case, avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. 4 38 D150304AEN-EE D150305AUN Seat belt warning Turn signal indicator Seat belt warning light (if equipped) As a reminder to the driver, the seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening. If the driver’s seat belt is unfastened after the ignition switch is ON, the seat belt warning light blinks again for approximately 6 seconds. The blinking green arrows on the instrument panel show the direction indicated by the turn signals. If the arrow comes on but does not blink, blinks more rapidly than normal, or does not illuminate at all, a malfunction in the turn signal system is indicated. Your dealer should be consulted for repairs. Seat belt warning chime (if equipped) If the driver's seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it is unfastened after the ignition switch is ON, the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 6 seconds. At this time, if the seat belt is fastened, the chime will stop at once. D150306AUN High beam indicator This indicator illuminates when the headlights are on and in the high beam position or when the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash-to-Pass position. Features of your vehicle D150308AEN D150307AEN Engine oil pressure warning light This warning light indicates the engine oil pressure is low. If the warning light illuminates while driving: 1. Drive safely to the side of the road and stop. 2. With the engine off, check the engine oil level. If the level is low, add oil as required. If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available, call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. CAUTION If the engine is not stopped immediately after the engine oil pressure warning light is illuminated, severe damage could result. CAUTION If the oil pressure warning light stays on while the engine is running, serious engine damage may result. The oil pressure warning light comes on whenever there is insufficient oil pressure. In normal operation, it should come on when the ignition switch is turned on, then go out when the engine is started. If the oil pressure warning light stays on while the engine is running, there is a serious malfunction. If this happens, stop the car as soon as it is safe to do so, turn off the engine and check the oil level. If the oil level is low, fill the engine oil to the proper level and start the engine again. If the light stays on with the engine running, turn the engine off immediately. In any instance where the oil light stays on when the engine is running, the engine should be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer before the car is driven again. Parking brake & brake fluid warning light Parking brake warning This light is illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position. The warning light should go off when the parking brake is released while engine is running. The parking brake warning chime will sound to remind you that the parking brake is applied when you are driving above 10 km/h (6 mph). Always release the parking brake before you drive. Low brake fluid level warning If the warning light remains on, it may indicate that the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low. If the warning light remains on: 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle. 2. With the engine stopped, check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required. Then check all brake components for fluid leaks. 4 39 Features of your vehicle 3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks are found, the warning light remains on or the brakes do not operate properly. Have the vehicle towed to any authorized HYUNDAI dealer for a brake system inspection and necessary repairs. Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diagonal braking systems. This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail. With only one of the dual systems working, more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the car. Also, the car will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working. If the brakes fail while you are driving, shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the car as soon as it is safe to do so. To check bulb operation, check whether the parking brake and brake fluid warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is in the ON position. WARNING Driving the vehicle with a warning light on is dangerous. If the brake warning light remains on, have the brakes checked and repaired immediately by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 4 40 Low brake vacuum pressure warning (diesel engine only, if equipped) If the warning light remains on, it may indicate that the brake vacuum pump has any problem. Therefore you should avoid high speed driving or sudden stop, and you should depress the brake pedal deeper and harder than usual in braking. Make sure to have the brake system checked and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. WARNING • Continuous braking while driving on steep or long downhill may cause to descend the vacuum level in brake booster for a time and turn on the warning light. In this case, shift down the transmission. If the warning light illuminate continuously, stop the vehicle in the safe location and wait until the warning light goes off. • Driving the vehicle with a warning light on is dangerous. If the brake warning light remains on, have the brakes checked and repaired immediately by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. D150312AUN Shift pattern indicator (if equipped) The indicator displays to show the automatic transmission shift lever selection. D150339ASA O/D OFF Indicator (if equipped) O/D OFF This indicator comes on when the O/D system is deactivated. D150313AEN Charging system warning light This warning light indicates a malfunction of either the generator or electrical charging system. If the warning light comes on while the vehicle is in motion: 1. Drive to the nearest safe location. 2. With the engine off, check the generator drive belt for looseness or breakage. 3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a problem exists somewhere in the electrical charging system. Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer correct the problem as soon as possible. Features of your vehicle D150315AUN D150318ATQ D150320AFD Tailgate open warning light Low fuel level warning light This warning light blinks when the tailgate is not closed securely with the ignition in any position. This warning light indicates the fuel tank is nearly empty. When it comes on, you should add fuel as soon as possible. Driving with the fuel level warning light on or with the fuel level below “E” or “0” can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter. Malfunction indicator (MIL) (check engine light) CHECK (if equipped) This indicator light is part of the Engine Control System which monitors various emission control system components. If this light illuminates while driving, it indicates that a potential malfunction has been detected somewhere in the emission control system. This light will also illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, and will go out in a few seconds after the engine is started. If it illuminates while driving, or does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, take your vehicle to your nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked. Generally, your vehicle will continue to be drivable, but have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer promptly. D150316AUN Door ajar warning light This warning light illuminates when a door is not closed securely with the ignition in any position. D150317AFD Immobilizer indicator (if equipped) This light illuminates when the immobilizer key is inserted and turned to the ON position to start the engine. At this time, you can start the engine. The light goes out after the engine is running. If this light blinks when the ignition switch is in the ON position before starting the engine, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 4 41 Features of your vehicle CAUTION • Prolonged driving with the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light illuminated may cause damage to the emission control systems which could effect drivability and/or fuel economy. • If the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light illuminates, potential catalytic converter damage is possible which could result in loss of engine power. Have the Engine Control System inspected as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. CAUTION - Diesel engine (if equipped) If the malfunction indicator light blinking, have the Particulate Filter System inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer (before driving more than 50 km/31 miles). 4 42 D150327AUN D150324AFD Key reminder warning chime (if equipped) If the driver’s door is opened while the ignition key is left in the ignition switch (ACC or LOCK position), the key reminder warning chime will sound. This is to prevent you from locking your keys in the vehicle. The chime sounds until the key is removed from the ignition switch or the driver’s door is closed. ESP OFF indicator (if equipped) D150323AUN-EE ESP indicator (Electronic ESP Stability Program) (if equipped) The ESP indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON, but should go off after approximately 3 seconds. When the ESP is on, it monitors the driving conditions and under normal driving conditions, the ESP light will remain off. When a slippery or low traction condition is encountered, the ESP will operate, and the ESP indicator will blink to indicate the ESP is operating. ESP OFF The ESP OFF indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON, but should go off after approximately 3 seconds. To switch to ESP OFF mode, press the ESP OFF button. The ESP OFF indicator will illuminate indicating the ESP is deactivated. If this indicator stays on when ESP OFF is not selected, the ESP may have a malfunction. Take your car to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked. ✽ NOTICE After reconnecting or recharging a discharged battery, the ESP OFF indicator may illuminate. In this case, turn the steering wheel half way to the left and right while the ignition switch is in the ON position. Then, restart the engine after the ignition is off. If the ESP OFF indicator does not turn off, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. Features of your vehicle D150328AEN D150329AEN D150330AEN Glow indicator (Diesel engine) Fuel filter warning light (Diesel engine) Overspeed warning (if equipped) The indicator light illuminates when the ignition switch is placed at the ON position. The engine can be started after the preheat indicator light goes off. The illuminating time varies with the water temperature, air temperature and battery condition. This warning light illuminates for 3 seconds after the ignition switch is set to the ON position and then it will go out. If it lights up while the engine is running, it indicates that water has accumulated inside the fuel filter. If this happens, remove the water from the fuel filter. For more information, refer to “Fuel filter” in section 7. Overspeed warning light If you drive with the speed of 120 km/h or more, the overspeed warning light will blink. This is to prevent you from driving your vehicle with overspeed. ✽ NOTICE If the engine was not started within 10 seconds after the preheating is completed, turn the ignition switch once more to the LOCK position during 10 seconds, and then to the ON position, in order to preheat again. CAUTION If the preheat indicator light continues to illuminate or flash on and off after the engine has warmed up or while driving, check the system by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. CAUTION When the fuel filter warning light is illuminated, engine power (vehicle speed & idle speed) may decrease. If you keep driving with the warning light on, you can damage your vehicle's engine parts and injection system of the Common Rail. If this occurs, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. 120 km/h Overspeed warning chime If you drive with the speed of 120 km/h or more, the overspeed warning chime will sound for about 5 seconds. This is to prevent you from driving your vehicle with overspeed. 4 43 Features of your vehicle REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) WARNING The rear parking assist system is a supplementary function only. The operation of the rear parking assist system can be affected by several factors (including environmental conditions). It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the area behind the vehicle before and while backing up. Sensors OTQ047055 D170000AEN The rear parking assist system assists the driver during backward movement of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within a distance of 120 cm (47 in.) behind the vehicle. This system is a supplemental system and it is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and objects detectable by the back sensors are limited. Whenever backing-up, pay as much attention to what is behind you as you would in a vehicle without a rear parking assist system. 4 44 Operation of the rear parking assist system D170101AEN Operating condition • This system will activate when backing up with the ignition switch ON. If the vehicle is moving at a speed over 5 km/h (3 mph), the system may not be activated correctly. • The sensing distance while the rear parking assist system is in operation is approximately 120 cm (47 in.). • When more than two objects are sensed at the same time, the closest one will be recognized first. D170102AUN Types of warning sound • When an object is 120 cm to 81 cm (47 in. to 32 in.) from the rear bumper: Buzzer beeps intermittently. • When an object is 80 cm to 41 cm (31 in. to 16 in.) from the rear bumper: Buzzer beeps more frequently. • When an object is within 40 cm (15 in.) of the rear bumper: Buzzer sounds continuously. Features of your vehicle D170200AEN Non-operational conditions of rear parking assist system The rear parking assist system may not operate properly when: 1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It will operate normally when the moisture has been cleared.) 2. The sensor is covered with foreign matter, such as snow or water, or the sensor cover is blocked. (It will operate normally when the material is removed or the sensor is no longer blocked.) 3. Driving on uneven road surfaces (unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, gradient). 4. Objects generating excessive noise (vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes) are within range of the sensor. 5. Heavy rain or water spray exists. 6. Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are within range of the sensor. 7. The sensor is covered with snow. 8. Trailer towing The detecting range may decrease when: 1. The sensor is stained with foreign matter such as snow or water. (The sensing range will return to normal when removed.) 2. Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold. The following objects may not be recognized by the sensor: 1. Sharp or slim objects such as ropes, chains or small poles. 2. Objects which tend to absorb the sensor frequency such as clothes, spongy material or snow. 3. Undetectable objects smaller than 1 m (40 in.) in height and narrower than 14 cm (6 in.) in diameter. D170300AEN Rear parking assist system precautions • The rear parking assist system may not sound sequentially depending on the speed and shapes of the objects detected. • The rear parking assist system may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified or damaged. Any non-factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor performance. • The sensor may not recognize objects less than 40 cm (15 in.) from the sensor, or it may sense an incorrect distance. Use caution. • When the sensor is frozen or stained with snow, dirt, or water, the sensor may be inoperative until the stains are removed using a soft cloth. • Do not push, scratch or strike the sensor. Sensor damage could occur. 4 45 Features of your vehicle HAZARD WARNING FLASHER ✽ NOTICE This system can only sense objects within the range and location of the sensors; It can not detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed. Also, small or slim objects, such as poles or objects located between sensors may not be detected by the sensors. Always visually check behind the vehicle when backing up. Be sure to inform any drivers of the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regarding the systems capabilities and limitations. WARNING Pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects on the road, particularly pedestrians, and especially children. Be aware that some objects may not be detected by the sensors, due to the object’s distance, size or material, all of which can limit the effectiveness of the sensor. Always perform a visual inspection to make sure the vehicle is clear of all obstructions before moving the vehicle in any direction. 4 46 D170400AEN Left-Hand drive type Self-diagnosis If you don’t hear an audible warning sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently when shifting the gear to the R (Reverse) position, this may indicate a malfunction in the rear parking assist system. If this occurs, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. OTQ067001L WARNING Right-Hand drive type Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occupants due to a rear parking assist system malfunction. Always drive safely and cautiously. OTQ067001R D180000AUN The hazard warning flasher should be used whenever you find it necessary to stop the car in a hazardous location. When you must make such an emergency stop, always pull off the road as far as possible. Features of your vehicle LIGHTING The hazard warning lights are turned on by pushing in the hazard switch. This causes all turn signal lights to blink. The hazard warning lights will operate even though the key is not in the ignition switch. To turn the hazard warning lights off, push the switch a second time. D190100AUN Battery saver function • The purpose of this feature is to prevent the battery from being discharged. The system automatically turns off the exterior lights when the driver removes the ignition key and opens the driver-side door. • With this feature, the parking lights will be turned off automatically if the driver parks on the side of road at night. If necessary, to keep the lights on when the ignition key is removed, perform the following: 1) Open the driver-side door. 2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column. OTQ047131 D190400ATQ Lighting control The light switch has a Headlight and a Parking light position. To operate the lights, turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the following positions: (1) OFF position (2) Parking light position (3) Headlight position 4 47 Features of your vehicle OEN048061 OEN048062 OEN048065 D190401AEN D190402AEN D190500AUN Parking light position ( ) When the light switch is in the parking light position (1st position), the tail, license and instrument panel lights are ON. Headlight position ( ) When the light switch is in the headlight position (2nd position) the head, tail, license and instrument panel lights are ON. High beam operation ✽ NOTICE The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights. 4 48 To turn on the high beam headlights, push the lever away from you. Pull it back for low beams. The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on. To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time while the engine is not running. Features of your vehicle To signal a lane change, move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position (B). The lever will return to the OFF position when released. If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement. ✽ NOTICE OEN048064 To flash the headlights, pull the lever towards you. It will return to the normal (low beam) position when released. The headlight switch does not need to be on to use this flashing feature. OEN048066 D190600AUN Turn signals and lane change signals If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow, a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit. The ignition switch must be on for the turn signals to function. To turn on the turn signals, move the lever up or down (A). Green arrow indicators on the instrument panel indicate which turn signal is operating. They will self-cancel after a turn is completed. If the indicator continues to flash after a turn, manually return the lever to the OFF position. 4 49 Features of your vehicle Left-Hand drive type CAUTION Left-Hand drive type When in operation, the fog lights consume large amounts of vehicle electrical power. Only use the fog lights when visibility is poor. OTQ047056 Right-Hand drive type OTQ047132 Right-Hand drive type OTQ047056R OTQ047132R D190700AEN D190800AUN Front fog light (if equipped) Rear fog light (if equipped) Fog lights are used to provide improved visibility when visibility is poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. The fog lights will turn on when fog light switch is pressed after the parklight is turned on. To turn off the fog lights, press the switch again. To turn the rear fog lights on, turn the headlight switch to the headlight on position and press the rear fog light switch (light on switch will illuminate). 4 50 Features of your vehicle The rear fog lights turn on when the rear fog switch is pressed after the front fog switch is turned to ON and the headlight switch to the parklight position. (if equipped) To turn the rear fog lights off, press the rear fog light switch again or turn the headlight switch to the OFF position. The higher the number of the switch position, the lower the headlight beam level. Always keep the headlight beam at the proper leveling position, or headlights may dazzle other road users. Left-Hand drive type D190900AUN Daytime running light (if equipped) OTQ047133 Right-Hand drive type Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day. DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions, and it is especially helpful after dawn and before sunset. The DRL system will make the headlights turn OFF when: 1. The parklight switch is ON. 2. Engine stops. Listed below are the examples of proper switch settings. For loading conditions other than those listed below, adjust the switch position so that the beam level may be the nearest as the condition obtained according to the list. Loading condition Wagon Van Driver only 0 0 Driver + Front passenger 0 0 1 - 1 - 2 1 3 1 Driver + Front passenger + 4th row passenger OTQ047133R Full passengers Headlight leveling device (if equipped) (including driver) D191001ATQ driver) + Maximum per- Manual type To adjust the headlight beam level according to the number of the passengers and the loading weight in the luggage area, turn the beam leveling switch. Switch position Full passengers (including missible loading Driver + Maximum permissible loading 4 51 Features of your vehicle WIPERS AND WASHERS Windshield wiper/washer Rear window wiper/washer (if equipped) Type A Type A A : Wiper speed control · / / MIST – Single wipe · OFF (0) – Off · INT (---) – Intermittent wipe (if equipped) · LO (1) – Low wiper speed · HI (2) – High wiper speed B : Intermittent wipe time adjustment C : Wash with brief wipes Type B Type B Type C Type C OTQ048900/OTQ048902/OTQ048902L/OTQ048908/OTQ048909/OTQ048909L 4 52 D : Rear wiper/washer control · – Spraying washer fluid · ON ( )– Continuous wipe · OFF (0) – Off · – Wash with brief wipes Features of your vehicle D200100ATQ Type A Windshield wipers Fast Slow OTQ047057-A Type B Fast 1 Slow OTQ048904 Type C Fast 1 Operates as follows when the ignition switch is turned ON. / / MIST: For a single wiping cycle, push the lever upward and release it with the lever in the OFF (0) position. The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is pushed upward and held. OFF (0) : Wiper is not in operation INT (---) : Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals. Use this mode in a light rain or mist. To vary the speed setting, turn the speed control knob(1). In this position, the wiping intervals are also varied automatically depending on your vehicle speed. (if equipped) LO (1) : Normal wiper speed HI (2) : Fast wiper speed ✽ NOTICE If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield, defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes, or until the snow and/or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation. ✽ NOTICE • When you operate the wipers, if your vehicle has a problem in any part of the wiper operation system, the wiper may operate in the LO (1) mode regardless of the wiper switch position. In this case, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. • When the ignition key is removed, the wiper blade sometimes may move to properly position slightly for reducing the deterioration of the windshield wipers. Slow OTQ048904L 4 53 Features of your vehicle D200200AUN Type A Windshield washers OTQ047059-A Type B In the OFF (0) position, pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1-3 cycles. Use this function when the windshield is dirty. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever. If the washer does not work, check the washer fluid level. If the fluid level is not sufficient, you will need to add appropriate non-abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir. The reservoir filler neck is located in the front of the engine compartment on the passenger side. OTQ048907 CAUTION Type C To prevent possible damage to the washer pump, do not operate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty. OTQ048907L 4 54 WARNING Do not use the washer in freezing temperatures without first warming the windshield with the defrosters; the washer solution could freeze on contact with the windshield and obscure your vision. CAUTION • To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield, do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry. • To prevent damage to the wiper blades, do not use gasoline, kerosene, paint thinner, or other solvents on or near them. • To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manually. Features of your vehicle D200300ATQ Type A Rear Window Wiper and Washer (if equipped) Turn the switch to desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer. OTQ047058 Type B - Wash with brief wipes ON ( ) - Normal wiper operation OFF (0) - Wiper is not in operation - Spraying washer fluid and wiping ✽ NOTICE OTQ048905 Type C Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 15 seconds or when the fluid reservoir is empty; this could damage the system. Do not operate the wiper when the window is dry; this can result in scratching as well as premature wiper blade wear. For the same reason, do not operate the washer when the washer fluid reservoir is empty. OTQ048905L 4 55 Features of your vehicle INTERIOR LIGHT D210000AEN Type A CAUTION Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the engine is not running. It may cause battery discharge. OTQ047060 Type B OTQ047060G D210100ATQ Map lamp (if equipped) • 4 56 : Push the switch to turn the map lamp on or off. This light produces a spot beam for convenient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the driver and the front passenger. • DOOR : In the DOOR position, the light comes on when any door is opened regardless of the ignition switch position. When doors are unlocked by the transmitter, the light comes on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not open. The light goes out gradually after approximately 30 seconds if the door is closed. However, if the ignition switch is ON or all doors are locked, the light will turn off immediately. If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK position, the light stays on for about 20 minutes. However, if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position, the light stays on continuously. • ROOM : In the ROOM position, the light stays on at all times. Features of your vehicle ➀ Type A OTQ047062 Type B OTQ047061 : Push the switch to turn the map lamp on or off. This light produces a spot beam for convenient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the rear passenger. ➁ DOOR : In the DOOR position, the light comes on when any / door is opened regardless of the ignition switch position. ➂ ROOM : In the ROOM position, the / light stays on at all times. D210200ATQ Room lamp (Rear, if equipped) • CAUTION : Push the switch to turn the rear room lamp on or off. OTQ047206 Do not leave the switch in this position for an extended period of time when the vehicle is not running. Type C OTQ047201 4 57 Features of your vehicle DEFROSTER (IF EQUIPPED) ➃ MOOD : Push the switch to turn the mood lamp on when the room lamp is off. Once the mood lamp is on, each time you press the button the color of the light will change. The mood lamp will turn off when the button is pressed again after the last color or when the mood lamp button is pressed for approximately 4 seconds or when the ROOM, DOOR or DIMMER button is pressed. ➄ DIMMER : Whenever you push this button when the room lamp is turned on, the brightness of the room lamp will change within 3 level. 4 58 D220000AUN CAUTION To prevent damage to the conductors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window, never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window. ✽ NOTICE If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield, refer to “Windshield defrosting and defogging” in this section. OTQ047064 D220100AUN Rear window defroster (if equipped) The defroster heats the window to remove frost, fog and thin ice from the rear window, while the engine is running. To activate the rear window defroster, press the rear window defroster button located in the center facia switch panel. The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON. If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window, brush it off before operating the rear defroster. The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off. (if equipped) To turn off the defroster, press the rear window defroster button again. Features of your vehicle MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) ■ Front climate control ■ Rear climate control (if equipped) 1. Fan speed control knob 2. Air conditioning button (if equipped) 3. Temperature control knob 4. Mode selection knob 5. Rear fan speed control knob/ Rear climate control selection knob (if equipped) 6. Rear temperature control button (if equipped) 7. Rear window defroster button 8. Air intake control button 9. Rear fan speed control knob (if equipped) 10. Rear temperature control (if equipped) and mode selection knob (if equipped) OTQ047066/OTQ047067 D230000ATQ 4 59 Features of your vehicle D230100ATQ Heating and air conditioning 1. Start the engine. 2. Set the mode to the desired position. For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling; - Heating: - Cooling: 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system (if equipped) on. OTQ047069L 4 60 Features of your vehicle Face-Level (B, D) Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet. Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, F, D) Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters. Defrost-Level (A) Bi-Level (B, D, C, F) OTQ047068 D230101ATQ Mode selection The mode selection knob controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system. Air can be directed to the floor, dashboard outlets, or windshield. Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor. Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters. Floor-Level (C, F, A, D) Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters. 4 61 Features of your vehicle OTQ047071 Instrument panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the horizontal thumbwheel. To close the vent, rotate it left to the maximum position. To open the vent, rotate it right to the desired position. Also, you can adjust the direction of air delivery from these vents using the vent control lever as shown. 4 62 OTQ047072 OTQ047073 D230102AUN D230103AUN Temperature control The temperature control knob allows you to control the temperature of the air flowing from the ventilation system. To change the air temperature in the passenger compartment, turn the knob to the right position for warm and hot air or left position for cooler air. Air intake control This is used to select the outside (fresh) air position or recirculated air position. To change the air intake control position, push the control button. Features of your vehicle Recirculated air position The indicator light on the button illuminates when the recirculated air position is selected. With the recirculated air position selected, air from the passenger compartment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected. Outside (fresh) air position The indicator light on the button will not illuminate when the outside (fresh) air position is selected. With the outside (fresh) air position selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected. ✽ NOTICE Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position (without air conditioning selected) may cause fogging of the windshield and side windows and the air within the passenger compartment may become stale. In addition, prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment. WARNING • Continued climate control system operation in the recirculated air position may allow humidity to increase inside the vehicle which may fog the glass and obscure visibility. • Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air conditioning or heating system on. It may cause serious harm or death due to a drop in the oxygen level and/or body temperature. • Continued climate control system operation in the recirculated air position can cause drowsiness or sleepiness, and loss of vehicle control. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position as much as possible while driving. OTQ047074 D230104AUN Fan speed control The ignition switch must be in the ON position for fan operation. The fan speed control knob allows you to control the fan speed of the air flowing from the ventilation system. To change the fan speed, turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed. Setting the fan speed control knob to the 0 position turns off the fan. 4 63 Features of your vehicle However, the front climate control system should be operated together for rear air conditioning; 1. Set the front fan speed to the desired position. 2. Push the air conditioning button. 3. Set the rear temperature, fan speed and mode to the desired position. OTQ047075 OTQ047076 D230105AUN D230200ATQ Air conditioning (if equipped) Push the A/C button to turn the air conditioning system on (indicator light will illuminate). Push the button again to turn the air conditioning system off. Rear heating and air conditioning (if equipped) 4 64 The temperature, fan speed and mode of the rear climate control system can be controlled independently regardless of the front climate control system operation. Turn the rear climate control selection knob to the “R” and set the rear temperature, fan speed and mode to the desired position. Features of your vehicle The rear mode is selected automatically by selecting the rear temperature control. • : Rear air blows from the upper vents on the rear side ceiling. • : Rear air blows from the upper vents on the rear side ceiling and the lower vents on the floor. • : Rear air blows from the lower vents on the floor. In the front seat OTQ047078 In the rear seat OTQ047077 Rear vents The vent can be adjusted by rotating the thumb wheel. ✽ NOTICE If all the vents are closed, it may cause some noise. Always open 2 vents or more. OTQ047079 D230202ATQ Rear temperature control To change the air temperature in the rear passenger compartment, turn the knob to the right for warm and hot air or left for cooler air. 4 65 Features of your vehicle System operation In the front seat D230501AUN OTQ047095 Ventilation 1. Set the mode to the position. 2. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. In the rear seat D230502AUN OTQ047080 D230203ATQ Rear fan speed control To change the fan speed, turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed. To turn off the fan, turn the knob to the 0 position. 4 66 Heating 1. Set the mode to the position. 2. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn the air conditioning system (if equipped) on. • If the windshield fogs up, set the mode or position. to the Operation Tips • To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the car through the ventilation system, temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position. Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irritation has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable. • Air for the heating/cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windshield. Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves, snow, ice or other obstructions. • To prevent interior fog on the windshield, set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position, turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust the temperature control to desired temperature. Features of your vehicle D230503AFD Air conditioning (if equipped) All HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems are filled with environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant which does not damage the ozone layer. 1. Start the engine. Push the air conditioning button. 2. Set the mode to the position. 3. Set the air intake control to the outside air or recirculated air position. 4. Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort. • When maximum cooling is desired, set the temperature control to the extreme left position, then set the fan speed control to the highest speed. ✽ NOTICE • When using the air conditioning system, monitor the temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high. Air conditioning system operation may cause engine overheating. Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning system off if the temperature gauge indicates engine overheating. • When opening the windows in humid weather air conditioning may create water droplets inside the vehicle. Since excessive water droplets may cause damage to electrical equipment, air conditioning should only be run with the windows closed. Air conditioning system operation tips • If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather, open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape. • To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days, decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system. • During air conditioning system operation, you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles. This is a normal system operation characteristic. • Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance. 4 67 Features of your vehicle • When using the air conditioning system, you may notice clear water dripping (or even puddling) on the ground under the passenger side of the vehicle. This is a normal system operation characteristic. • Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling, however, continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale. • During cooling operation, you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake. This is a normal system operation characteristics. 4 68 D230504ATQ Fuel-fired Heater (If Equipped) This fuel-fired heater supplies additional heat to the interior compartment with a low fuel consumption to compensate the heat provided by engine alone. The following 3 conditions should be meet at the same time for automatic operation of the fuel-fired heater. • Engine runs. • Ambient temperature is lower than 5°C. • Coolant temperature is lower than 68°C. A cleaning process of the fuel-fired heater will be performed automatically when the heater is not operated due to increase of coolant temperature and ignition off. During cleaning process, supplied fuel in the heater will be burnt completely and any smoke will be expelled. It is a necessary process for next operation and durability of the heater and takes about 1~3 minutes. ✽ NOTICE • The following symptoms will occur and it is normal. - A white smoke may come out from the fuel-fired heater exhaust pipe during operation of the heater. However, when an excessive black smoke is discharged, the fuel-fired heater should be inspected. - A “buk-buk” noise from the heater is a noise to form flame for combustion. - When the heater is operated at full load, a “Wooing” noise occurs. - When shutting off the engine during heater operation, a “Wing” noise occurs to perform the cleaning process. • When refueling, stop operation of the fuel-fired heater by shutting off the engine. Features of your vehicle ✽ NOTICE Outside air Recirculated air Blower Climate control air filter Heater core Evaporator core 1LDA5047 D230300AFD Climate control air filter (if equipped) The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehicle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system. If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time, the air flow from the air vents may decrease, resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside (fresh) air position is selected. If this happens, have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the car is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads, more frequent air conditioner filter inspections and changes are required. • When the air flow rate suddenly decreases, the system should be checked at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. D230400AEN Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also has a negative impact on the air conditioning system. Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, have the system inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. ✽ NOTICE It is important when servicing the air conditioning system that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur. WARNING The air conditioning system should be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Improper service may cause serious injury to the person performing the service. 4 69 Features of your vehicle WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING D250000AEN WARNING - Windshield heating Do not use the or position during cooling operation in extremely humid weather. The difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this case, set the mode selection knob or button to the position and fan speed control knob or button to the lower speed. 4 70 • For maximum defrosting, set the temperature control to the extreme right/hot position and the fan speed control to the highest speed. • If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging, set the mode to the floor-defrost position. • Before driving, clear all snow and ice from the windshield, rear window, outside rear view mirrors, and all side windows. • Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield. OTQ047100 Manual climate control system D250101ATQ To defog inside windshield 1. Select any fan speed except “0” position. 2. Select desired temperature. 3. Select the or position. 4. If the position is selected, the outside (fresh) air and air conditioning will be selected automatically. If the air conditioning and outside (fresh) air position are not selected automatically, press the corresponding button manually. Features of your vehicle D250300ATQ Defogging logic (if equipped) To reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield, the air intake or air conditioning are controlled automatically according to certain conditions such as position. To cancel or return the defogging logic, do the following. OTQ047101 OTQ047104 D250102AFD D250301AUN To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest (extreme right) position. 2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot position. 3. Select the position. 4. The outside (fresh) air and air conditioning will be selected automatically. Manual climate control system 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. 2. Turn the mode selection knob to the defrost position ( ). 3. Push the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds. The indicator light in the air intake control button will blink 3 times with 0.5 second of interval. It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status. If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status. 4 71 Features of your vehicle STORAGE COMPARTMENT D270000AUN These compartments can be used to store small items required by the driver or passengers. CAUTION • To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartment. • Always keep the storage compartment covers closed while driving. Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the storage compartment cover cannot close securely. WARNING - Flammable materials Do not store cigarette lighters, propane cylinders, or other flammable/explosive materials in the vehicle. These items may catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods. OTQ047107 D270200AUN Glove box To open the glove box, pull the handle and the glove box will automatically open. Close the glove box after use. WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in an accident or sudden stop, always keep the glove box door closed while driving. 4 72 Features of your vehicle WARNING OTQ047108 D270300AUN • Do not keep objects except sunglasses inside the sunglass holder. Such objects can be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an accident, possibly injuring the passengers in the vehicle. • Do not open the sunglass holder while the vehicle is moving. The rear view mirror of the vehicle can be blocked by an open sunglass holder. OTQ047109 D270400ATQ Sunglass holder (if equipped) Multi box (if equipped) To open the sunglass holder, press the cover and the holder will slowly open. Place your sunglasses in the compartment door with the lenses facing out. Push to close. To open the cover, pull the handle down. Close the cover after use. 4 73 Features of your vehicle INTERIOR FEATURES Front WARNING • Do not hold the lighter in after it is already heated because it will overheat. • If the lighter does not pop out within 30 seconds, remove it to prevent overheating. OTQ047111 OTQ047110 D280100AEN Cigarette lighter For the cigarette lighter to work, the ignition switch must be in the ACC position or the ON position. To open the cover, press the cover and it will slowly open. To use the cigarette lighter, push it all the way into its socket. When the element has heated, the lighter will pop out to the “ready” position. If it is necessary to replace the cigarette lighter, use only a genuine HYUNDAI replacement or its approved equivalent. 4 74 CAUTION Rear (if equipped) Only a genuine HYUNDAI lighter should be used in the cigarette lighter socket. The use of plug-in accessories (shavers, hand-held vacuums, and coffee pots, etc.) may damage the socket or cause electrical failure. 1VQA2187 D280200ATQ Ashtray WARNING - Ashtray use • Do not use the vehicle’s ashtrays as waste receptacles. • Putting lit cigarettes or matches in an ashtray with other combustible materials may cause a fire. Features of your vehicle Front To open the cover, press the cover and it will slowly open. To clean the ashtray, the plastic receptacle should be removed by lifting the plastic ash receptacle upward and pulling it out. Rear (if equipped) To use the ashtray, open the cover. To remove the ashtray to empty or clean, pull it up and out. Front WARNING - Hot liquids OTQ047112 Center seat OTQ047113 Rear • Do not place uncovered cups of hot liquid in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion. If the hot liquid spills, you burn yourself. Such a burn to the driver could lead to loss of control of the vehicle. • To reduce the risk of personal injury in the event of sudden stop or collision, do not place uncovered or unsecured bottles, glasses, cans, etc., in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion. Front To open the cover, press the knob on the cover and it will slowly open. Place a cup or small beverage can after pulling out the blade (1). Center seat/Rear (if equipped) Cups or small beverage cans may be placed in the cup holders. (if equipped) OTQ047114 D280300ATQ Cup holder 4 75 Features of your vehicle CAUTION - Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped) Close the vanity mirror cover securely and return the sunvisor to its original position after use. If the vanity mirror is not closed securely, the lamp will stay on and could result in battery discharge and possible sunvisor damage. OTQ047115 OTQ047116 D280400ATQ D280500AEN Sunvisor Power outlet (if equipped) Use the sunvisor to shield direct light through the front or side windows. To use a sunvisor, pull it downward. To use a sunvisor for a side window, pull it downward, unsnap it from the bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2). To use the vanity mirror (if equipped), pull down the visor and slide the mirror cover (3). Adjust the sunvisor forward or backward (4, if equipped). The ticket holder (5) is provided for holding a tollgate ticket. (if equipped) The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems. The devices should draw less than 10 amps with the engine running. * : if equipped 4 76 WARNING Do not put a finger or a foreign element (pin, etc.) into a power outlet and do not touch with a wet hand. You may get an electric shock. Features of your vehicle D280601AUN CAUTION • Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use. Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the engine off could cause the battery to discharge. • Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 10A in electric capacity. • Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet. • Close the cover when not in use. • Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle’s power outlet. These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle. Hour (1) Pressing the H button with your finger, a pencil or similar object will advance the time displayed by one hour. D280602AUN Minute (2) Pressing the M button with your finger, a pencil or similar object will advance the time displayed by one minute. OTQ047119 D280600AEN Digital clock (if equipped) WARNING Do not adjust the clock while driving. You may lose your steering control and cause an accident that results in severe personal injury or death. D280603AUN Reset (3) To clear away minutes, press the R button with your finger, a pencil or similar object. Then the clock will be set precisely on the hour. For example, if the R button is pressed while the time is between 9:01 and 9:29, the display will be reset to 9:00. 9:01 ~ 9:29 display changed to 9:00 9:30 ~ 9:59 display changed to 10:00 Whenever the battery terminals or related fuses are disconnected, you must reset the time. When the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position, the clock buttons operate as follows: 4 77 Features of your vehicle D280604AEN Display conversion (if equipped) To change the 12 hour format to the 24 hour format, press the R button until the display blinks. For example, if the R button is pressed while the time is 10:15 p.m., the display will be changed to 22:15. OTQ047122 D280800AEN Clothes hanger (if equipped) CAUTION Do not hang heavy clothes, since those may damage the hook. 4 78 Features of your vehicle AUDIO SYSTEM CAUTION OTQ047135 Antenna D300102ATQ Roof antenna (if equipped) Your car uses a roof antenna to receive both AM and FM broadcast signals. This antenna is a removable type. To remove the antenna, turn it counterclockwise. To install the antenna, turn it clockwise. • Before entering a place with a low height clearance, be sure that the antenna is removed. • Be sure to remove the antenna before washing the car in an automatic car wash or it may be damaged. • When reinstalling your antenna, it is important that it is fully tightened. But it could be removed when parking the vehicle or when loading cargo on the roof rack. • When cargo is loaded on the roof rack, do not place the cargo near the antenna pole to ensure proper reception. 4 79 Features of your vehicle FM reception AM(MW, LW) reception FM radio station ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢¢ JBM001 D300800AEN How car audio works AM(MW, LW) and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located around your city. They are intercepted by the radio antenna on your car. This signal is then received by the radio and sent to your car speakers. When a strong radio signal has reached your vehicle, the precise engineering of your audio system ensures the best possible quality reproduction. However, in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear. This can be due to factors such as the distance from the radio station, closeness of other strong radio stations or the presence of buildings, bridges or other large obstructions in the area. 4 80 ¢ ¢¢ JBM002 JBM003 AM(MW, LW) broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broadcasts. This is because AM(MW, LW) radio waves are transmitted at low frequencies. These long, low frequency radio waves can follow the curvature of the earth rather than travelling straight out into the atmosphere. In addition, they curve around obstructions so that they can provide better signal coverage. FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequencies and do not bend to follow the earth's surface. Because of this, FM broadcasts generally begin to fade at short distances from the station. Also, FM signals are easily affected by buildings, mountains, or other obstructions. These can result in certain listening conditions which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio. The following conditions are normal and do not indicate radio trouble: Features of your vehicle Using a cellular phone or a two-way radio When a cellular phone is used inside the vehicle, noise may be produced from the audio equipment. This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equipment. In such a case, use the cellular phone at a place as far as possible from the audio equipment. ¢ ¢¢ CAUTION JBM004 JBM005 • Fading - As your car moves away from the radio station, the signal will weaken and sound will begin to fade. When this occurs, we suggest that you select another stronger station. • Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or large obstructions between the transmitter and your radio can disturb the signal causing static or fluttering noises to occur. Reducing the treble level may lessen this effect until the disturbance clears. • Station Swapping - As a FM signal weakens, another more powerful signal near the same frequency may begin to play. This is because your radio is designed to lock onto the clearest signal. If this occurs, select another station with a stronger signal. • Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signals being received from several directions can cause distortion or fluttering. This can be caused by a direct and reflected signal from the same station, or by signals from two stations with close frequencies. If this occurs, select another station until the condition has passed. When using a communication system such a cellular phone or a radio set inside the vehicle, a separate external antenna must be fitted. When a cellular phone or a radio set is used with an internal antenna alone, it may interfere with the vehicle's electrical system and adversely affect safe operation of the vehicle. WARNING Don't use a cellular phone when you are driving. You should stop at a safe place to use a cellular phone. 4 81 Features of your vehicle STEREO RADIO PLAYER OPERATION (M420) (IF EQUIPPED) 1. POWER ON-OFF, VOLUME Control Knob 2. BAND Select Button 3. TUNE/MODE Select Knob 4. AUTO SEEK Select Button 5. Best Station Memory (BSM) Button 6. PRESET Station Select Buttons TQ420 4 82 Features of your vehicle 1. POWER ON-OFF Control Knob 2. BAND Select Button The radio unit may be operated when the ignition key is in the “ACC” or “ON” position. Press the knob to switch the power on. The LCD shows the radio frequency in the radio mode or the tape direction indicator in the tape mode. To switch the power off, press the knob again. Pressing the AM/FM button changes the AM(MW, LW), FM1 and FM2 bands. VOLUME Control Rotate the knob clockwise to increase the volume and counterclockwise to reduce the volume. AVC(Auto Volume Control) Feature As the car runs faster, its running noise also becomes louder. To compensate this noise, this unit implements AVC feature that increases car audio’s volume level automatically when the car runs faster. 3. TUNE/MODE Select Knob Rotate the knob clockwise to increase the frequency and counterclockwise to reduce the frequency. Mode Select Knob Pressing the MODE knob changes the BASS, MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER and BALANCE mode. The mode selected is shown on the display. After selecting the each mode, rotate the mode select knob clockwise or counterclockwise. BASS Control To increase the BASS, rotate the knob clockwise, while to decrease the BASS, rotate the knob counterclockwise. MIDDLE Control To increase the MIDDLE, rotate the knob clockwise, while to decrease the MIDDLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise. TREBLE Control To increase the TREBLE, rotate the knob clockwise, while to decrease the TREBLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise. FADER Control Rotate the control knob clockwise to emphasize the rear speaker sound (front speaker sound will be attenuated). When the control knob is turned counterclockwise, the front speaker sound will be emphasized (rear speaker sound will be attenuated). ✽ NOTICE For the VAN type car, FADER control feature is not supported(no rear speaker equipped). BALANCE Control Rotate the knob clockwise to emphasize the right speaker sound (left speaker sound will be attenuated). When the control knob is turned counterclockwise, the left speaker sound will be emphasized (right speaker sound will be attenuated). 4 83 Features of your vehicle 4. AUTO SEEK Select Button (Automatic Channel Selection) Press the AUTO SEEK select button. When the side is pressed, the unit will automatically tune to the next higher frequency and when the side is pressed, it will automatically tune to the next lower frequency. 5. Best Station Memory (BSM) Button When the BSM button is pressed, the six channels from the highest field intensity are selected next and stored in memory. The stations selected are stored in the sequence of frequency from the first preset key. 6. PRESET STATION Select Buttons Six stations for AM(MW, LW), FM1 and FM2 respectively can be preset in the electronic memory circuit. 4 84 HOW TO PRESET STATIONS Six AM(MW, LW) and twelve FM stations may be programmed into the memory of the radio. Then, by simply pressing the AM(MW, LW) / FM select button and/or one of the six station select buttons, you may recall any of these stations instantly. To program the stations, follow these steps: • Press AM(MW, LW)/FM selector to set the band for AM(MW, LW), FM1 and FM2. • Select the desired station to be stored by seek or manual tuning. • Determine the preset station select button you wish to use to access that station. • Press the station select button for more than two seconds. A select button indicator will show in the display indicating which select button you have depressed. The frequency display will flash after it has been stored into the memory. You should then release the button, and proceed to program the next desired station. A total of 24 stations can be programmed by selecting one AM(MW, LW) and two FM station per button. • When completed, any preset station may be recalled by selecting AM(MW, LW), FM1 or FM2 band and the appropriate station button. CAUTION • Do not place beverages close to the audio system. The audio system mechanism may be damaged if you spill them. • Do not strike or allow anything to impact the audio system, damage to the system mechanisms could occur. Features of your vehicle CASSETTE TAPE PLYER OPERATION (M420) (IF EQUIPPED) 1. Tape Program/AUX Button 2. Tape Eject Button 3. DOLBY Button 4. REPEAT (RPT) Button 5. AUTO MUSIC Search (AMS) Button 6. FF/REW Button TQ420 4 85 Features of your vehicle 1. TAPE PROGRAM/AUX Button This allows you to play the reverse side of the tape by merely pressing the program button. The PLAY and an arrow will appear in the display to show the tape direction. • If you press this button more than 0.8 second. you can change to AUX mode. • AUX mode is available only when AUX jack is plugged in and will change back to the last mode if you pull it out. 2. TAPE EJECT Button • When the button is pressed with a cassette loaded, the cassette will eject. • When the button is pressed during FF/REW mode, the cassette will eject. 3. DOLBY Button If you get background noise during tape PLAY, you can reduce this considerably by merely pressing the DOLBY button. If you want to cancel the DOLBY feature, press the button again. 4. REPEAT (RPT) Button • To repeat the track you are currently listening to, press the RPT button. To cancel , press again. 4 86 • If you do not release RPT operation when the track ends, it will automatically be replayed. This process will continue until you push the button again. 5. AUTO MUSIC Search (AMS) Button Press the button to find the starting point of each song in a prerecorded music tape. The quiet space between songs (must have at least a 4 sec. gap) can be identified by the AUTO MUSIC Search button. • Pressing the will play the beginning of the next music segment. • Pressing the will start replay at the beginning of the music just listened to. • To stop FF or REW action, press the button again. 6. FF/REW Button • Fast forward tape winding starts when the FF button is pressed during PLAY or REW mode. • PLAY starts when the FF button is pressed again during FF mode. • Tape rewinding starts when the REW button is pressed during PLAY or FF mode. • PLAY starts when the REW button pressed again during REW mode. CAUTION • Do not insert anything like coins into the player slot as damage to the unit may occur. • Do not place beverages close to the audio system. The playback mechanism may be damaged if you spill them. • Do not strike or allow anything to impact the audio system, damage to the system mechanisms could occur. • When no device is connected to the AUX cable, please pull out the cable from the JACK on the car. (AUX MODE is operational and noise may heard in the AUX MODE.) ✽ NOTICE When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet, noise may occur during playback. If this happens, use the orignal power source of the portable audio device(e.g., batteries). Features of your vehicle STEREO RADIO PLAYER OPERATION (M445MP3) (IF EQUIPPED) 1. POWER ON-OFF, VOLUME Control Knob 2. BAND Select Button 3. TUNE/AUDIO Control Knob 4. AUTO SEEK Select Button 5. Best Station Memory (BSM) Button 6. EQ Button 7. PRESET Station Select Buttons 8. AUDIO Mode Select TQ445MP3 4 87 Features of your vehicle 1. POWER ON-OFF Control Knob 3. TUNE/AUDIO Control Knob The radio unit may be operated when the ignition key is in the "ACC" or “ON” position. Press the knob to switch the power on. The LCD shows the radio frequency in the radio mode, the tape direction indicator in the tape mode or CD track in either the CD mode or CD AUTO CHANGER mode. To switch the power off, press the knob again. Rotate the knob clockwise to increase the frequency and counterclockwise to reduce the frequency. AUDIO Control Knob Pressing the AUDIO Mode select button changes the BASS, MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER and BALANCE mode. The mode selected is shown on the display. VOLUME Control Rotate the knob clockwise to increase the volume and counterclockwise to reduce the volume. BASS Control To increase the BASS, rotate the knob clockwise, while to decrease the BASS, rotate the knob counterclockwise. AVC(Auto Volume Control) Feature As the car runs faster, its running noise also becomes louder. To compensate this noise, this unit implements AVC feature that increases car audio’s volume level automatically when the car runs faster. MIDDLE Control To increase the MIDDLE, rotate the knob clockwise, while to decrease the MIDDLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise. 2. BAND Select Button Pressing the FM/AM button changes the AM(MW, LW), FM1 and FM2 bands. The mode selected is shown on the display. 4 88 TREBLE Control To increase the TREBLE, rotate the knob clockwise, while to decrease the TREBLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise. FADER Control Rotate the control knob clockwise to emphasize the rear speaker sound (front speaker sound will be attenuated). When the control knob is turned counterclockwise, the front speaker sound will be emphasized (rear speaker sound will be attenuated). ✽ NOTICE For the VAN type car, FADER Control feature is not supported(no rear speaker equipped). BALANCE Control Rotate the knob clockwise to emphasize the right speaker sound (left speaker sound will be attenuated). When the control knob is turned counterclockwise, the left speaker sound will be emphasized (right speaker sound will be attenuated). 4. AUTO SEEK Select Button (Automatic Channel Selection) Press the AUTO SEEK select button. When the side is pressed, the unit will automatically tune to the next higher frequency and when the side is pressed, it will automatically tune to the next lower frequency. Features of your vehicle 5. Best Station Memory (BSM) Button When the BSM button is pressed, the six channels from the highest field intensity are selected next and stored in memory. The stations selected are stored in the sequence frequency from the first preset key. 6. EQ Button Press the EQ button to select the CLASSIC, POP, ROCK, JAZZ and OFF MODE for the desired tone quality. Each press of the button changes the display as follows; CLASSIC➟POP➟ROCK➟JAZZ➟DEFEAT 7. PRESET STATION Select Buttons Six stations for AM(MW, LW), FM1 and FM2 respectively can be preset in the electronic memory circuit. HOW TO PRESET STATIONS Six AM(MW, LW) and twelve FM stations may be programmed into the memory of the radio. Then, by simply pressing the AM(MW, LW) / FM select button and/or one of the six station select buttons, you may recall any of these stations instantly. To program the stations, follow these steps: • Press AM(MW, LW)/FM selector to set the band for AM(MW, LW), FM1 and FM2. • Select the desired station to be stored by seek or manual tuning. • Determine the preset station select button you wish to use to access that station. • Press the station select button for more than two seconds. A select button indicator will show in the display indicating which select button you have depressed. The frequency display will flash after it has been stored into the memory. You should then release the button, and proceed to program the next desired station. A total of 24 stations can be programmed by selecting one AM(MW, LW) and two FM station per button. • When completed, any preset station may be recalled by selecting AM(MW, LW), FM1 or FM2 band and the appropriate station button. 8. AUDIO Mode select Button Pressing the AUDIO Mode select button changes the BASS, MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER and BALANCE mode. The mode selected is shown on the display. After selecting the each mode, rotate the TUNE knob clockwise or counterclockwise. CAUTION • Do not place beverages close to the audio system. The audio system mechanism may be damaged if you spill them. • Do not strike or allow anything to impact the audio system, damage to the system mechanisms could occur. 4 89 Features of your vehicle COMPACT DISC PLAYER OPERATION (M445MP3) (IF EQUIPPED) 1. CD/AUX Select Button 2. CD EJECT Button 3. TRACK UP/DOWN Button 4. FF/REW Button 5. EQ (Equalizer) Button 6. CD SCAN Button 7. MARK (Bookmark) Button 8. RPT (Repeat) Button 9. RDM (Random) Button 10. FILE SEARCH Knob (TUNE Select Knob) 11. FLDR (Folder Search) Button TQ445MP3 4 90 Features of your vehicle 1. CD/AUX Select Button ✽ NOTICE 4. FF/REW Button • Insert the CD with the label facing upward. • Insert the CD to start CD playback, during radio operation. • When a disc is in the CD deck, if you press the CD button the CD player will begin playing even if the radio player is being used. • The CD player can be used when the ignition switch is in either the “ON” or “ACC” position. • Push the CD button to start CD playback without pushing Power ON-OFF control knob. (Only when a CD is in the deck.) • If you press this button you can change to AUX mode. • AUX mode is available only when AUX jack is plugged in and change back to last mode if you pull it out. • Do not stick paper or tape etc., on the label side or the recording side of any discs, as it may cause a malfunction. • The unit cannot play a CDR(Recordable CD) and CDRW(Rewritable CD) that is not finalized. Please refer to the manual of CDR/CD-RW recoder or CD-R/CD-RW software for more information on finalization process. • Depending on the recording status, some CD-Rs/CD-RWs may not be played on this unit. If you want to fast forward or reverse through the compact disc track, push and hold the FF or REW button. When you release the button, the compact disc player will resume playing. 2. CD EJECT Button • When the EJECT button is pressed with a CD loaded, the CD will eject. • To eject all of the discs, press this button for one second or more. 3. TRACK UP/DOWN Button • The desired track on the disc currently being played can be selected using the track number. • Press button once to skip forward to the beginning of the next track. Press within a second after playback begins to quickly move backward through a CD. If you press after more than a second, it will take you to the beginning of the track you are now listening to. 5. EQ (Equalizer) Button Press the EQ button to select the CLASSIC, POP, JAZZ, ROCK and DEFEAT MODE for the desired tone quality. Each press of the button changes the display as follows; CLASSIC➟POP➟ROCK➟JAZZ➟DEFEAT 6. CD SCAN Button • Press the CD SCAN button to playback the first 10 seconds of each track. • Press the CD SCAN button again within 10 sec. when you have reached the desired track. • To playback the first 10 seconds of each track in the selected folder, Press the CD SCAN button within a second. (MP3 CD only) 4 91 Features of your vehicle 7. MARK (Bookmark) Button 8. RPT (Repeat) Button When the CD player unit is operating, the desired track on the disc can be bookmarked by using the MARK button. • Press the MARK button for more than one second to bookmark the desired track. "M" will be displayed on the LCD and "MEMORY NO." will display for approximately five seconds with a beep sound. To play the bookmarked tracks, press the MARK button within one second and select the bookmarked track to play. • To erase a bookmarked track, press the MARK button for more than one second. This will erase the bookmark with a beep sound. • To repeat the track you are currently listening to, press the RPT button. To cancel, press it again. If it is pressed for more than one second, it will repeat all tracks within the currently played CD. • To repeat the music within currently played folder, press the RPT button for more than one second. Then it will repeat in sequential order within the currently played folder. To cancel, press it again. (MP3 CD only) • If you do not release RPT operation when the track ends, it will automatically be replayed. This process will continue until you push the button again. If you want to delete all tracks stored on Mark Memory, press FILE SEARCH knob in the Mark Play mode for more than one second. You will hear a beep sound and all tracks will be deleted from Mark Memory with "MARK DELETE ALL" displayed on the LCD. ✽ NOTICE Tracks stored on Mark Memory will be automatically erased after you eject CDs that contain those tracks. 4 92 9. RDM (Random) Button • To listen to the music in random order, press the RDM Button with a beep sound for more than one second. To cancel, press it again. • To listen to the music within the currently played folder in random order, press the RDM Button within one second. To cancel, press it again within one second. If it is pressed for more than one second, it will be played in random order within currently played CD (MP3 CD only). 10. FILE SEARCH Knob (TUNE Select Knob) • You can move through the track by turning the FILE SEARCH knob clockwise or counterclockwise. • After moving through the desired file, press the FILE SEARCH knob to playback in the selected file. • If you do not press the FILE SEARCH knob within five seconds, the file searching function will be released. 11. FLDR (FOLDER Search) Button • You can move through the folder by pushing the FLDR button to up ( ) and down ( ). • After moving the desired folder, press the FILE SEARCH knob to play back in the selected folder. If you do not press the FILE SEARCH knob within 5 seconds, the folder searching function will be released. It is not operated in a single folder. Features of your vehicle ✽ NOTICE • When using a portable audio device connected to power outlet, noise may occur during playback. If this happens, use the original power source of the portable audio device (e.g., batteries). • To assure proper operation of the unit, keep the vehicle interior temperature within a normal range by using the vehicle’s air conditioning or heating system. • When replacing the fuse, replace it with a fuse having the correct capacity. • All stored bookmarks are all erased when the car battery is disconnected or power to the vehicle is lost. If this occurs, the bookmarks will have to be reset. • Do not add any oil to the rotating parts. Keep magnets, screwdrivers and other metallic objects away from the tape mechanism and head. CAUTION • Do not insert warped or poor quality discs into the CD player as damage to the unit may occur. • Do not insert anything like coins into the player slot as damage to the unit may occur. • Do not place beverages close to the audio system. The playback mechanism may be damaged if you spill them. • Do not strike or allow anything to impact the audio system, damage to the system mechanisms could occur. • Off-road or rough surface driving may cause the compact disc to skip. Do not use the compact disc when driving in such conditions as damage to the compact disc face could occur. • Do not attempt to grab or pull the compact disc out while the disc is being pulled into the audio unit by the self-loading mechanism. Damage to the audio unit and compact disc could occur. • This equipment is designed to be used only in a 12 volt DC battery system with negative ground. • This unit is made of precision parts. Do not attempt to disassemble or adjust any parts. • When driving your vehicle, be sure to keep the volume of the unit set low enough to allow you to hear sounds coming from the outside. • Do not expose this equipment (including the speakers and tape) to water or excessive moisture. • Avoid using recorded compact discs in your audio unit. Original compact discs are recommended. • The unit is not sure of playing CDRW (Rewritable). • When using the EQ function, turn off the EQ function of the device on the AUX input. • When no device is connected to the AUX cable, please pull out the cable from the JACK on the car. (AUX MODE is operational and noise may heard in the AUX MODE.) 4 93 Before driving / 5-3 Key positions / 5-4 Starting the engine / 5-6 Manual transmission / 5-8 Automatic transmission / 5-11 Brake system / 5-18 Locking differential / 5-28 Economical operation / 5-29 Special driving conditions / 5-31 Winter driving / 5-36 Trailer towing (for Europe) / 5-40 Driving your vehicle Vehicle weight / 5-47 5 Driving your vehicle E010000AEN WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS! Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. • Do not inhale exhaust fumes. Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation. • Be sure the exhaust system does not leak. The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Do not run the engine in an enclosed area. Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out. • Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car. If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior. If you must drive with the tailgate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary: 1. Close all windows. 2. Open side vents. 3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds. To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield are kept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions. 5 2 Driving your vehicle BEFORE DRIVING E020100AUN Before entering vehicle • Be sure that all windows, outside mirror(s), and outside lights are clean. • Check the condition of the tires. • Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks. • Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up. E020200AUN Necessary inspections Fluid levels, such as engine oil, engine coolant, brake fluid, and washer fluid should be checked on a regular basis, with the exact interval depending on the fluid. Further details are provided in section 7, “Maintenance”. E020300AUN Before starting • Close and lock all doors. • Position the seat so that all controls are easily reached. • Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors. • Be sure that all lights work. • Check all gauges. • Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position. • Release the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light goes out. For safe operation, be sure you are familiar with your vehicle and its equipment. WARNING All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehicle is moving. Refer to “Seat belts” in section 3 for more information on their proper use. WARNING Always check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before putting a car into D (Drive) or R (Reverse). WARNING - Driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs Drinking and driving is dangerous. Drunk driving is the number one contributor to the highway death toll each year. Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes, perceptions and judgment. Driving while under the influence of drugs is as dangerous or more dangerous than driving drunk. You are much more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or take drugs and drive. If you are drinking or taking drugs, don’t drive. Do not ride with a driver who has been drinking or taking drugs. Choose a designated driver or call a cab. WARNING When you intend to park or stop the vehicle with the engine on, be careful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of time. It may overheat the engine or exhaust system and cause fire. 5 3 Driving your vehicle KEY POSITIONS E030202AUN ACC (Accessory) The steering wheel is unlocked and electrical accessories are operative. ✽ NOTICE If difficulty is experienced in turning the ignition switch to the ACC position, turn the key while turning steering wheel right and left to release the tension. OTQ057001 OTQ057002 E030100AEN Ignition switch position Illuminated ignition switch (if equipped) E030201AUN Whenever a front door is opened, the ignition switch will be illuminated for your convenience, provided the ignition switch is not in the ON position. The light will go off immediately when the ignition switch is turned on or go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed. 5 4 LOCK The steering wheel locks to protect against theft. The ignition key can be removed only in the LOCK position. When turning the ignition switch to the LOCK position, push the key inward at the ACC position and turn the key toward the LOCK position. E030203AUN ON The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started. This is the normal running position after the engine is started. Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the engine is not running to prevent battery discharge. Driving your vehicle E030204AUN START Turn the ignition switch to the START position to start the engine. The engine will crank until you release the key; then it returns to the ON position. The brake warning lamp can be checked in this position. E030205AUN WARNING - Ignition switch • Never turn the ignition switch to LOCK or ACC while the vehicle is moving. This would result in loss of directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident. • The anti-theft steering column lock is not a substitute for the parking brake. Before leaving the driver’s seat, always make sure the shift lever is engaged in P (Park) for the automatic transmission and set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not taken. (Continued) (Continued) • Never reach for the ignition switch, or any other controls through the steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in this area could cause a loss of vehicle control, an accident and serious bodily injury or death. • Do not place any movable objects around the driver’s seat as they may move while driving, interfere with the driver and lead to an accident. 5 5 Driving your vehicle STARTING THE ENGINE E040000AUN WARNING Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes (high heels, ski boots,etc.) may interfere with your ability to use the brake and accelerator pedal, and the clutch (if equipped). E040100AUN Starting the engine 1. Make sure the parking brake is applied. 2. Manual Transmission - Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transmission into Neutral. Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed while turning the ignition switch to the start position. Automatic Transmission - Place the transmission shift lever in P (Park). Depress the brake pedal fully. You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) position. 3. Turn the ignition switch to START and hold it there until the engine starts (a maximum of 10 seconds), then release the key. 5 6 4. In extremely cold weather (below -18°C / 0°F) or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days, let the engine warm up without depressing the accelerator. Whether the engine is cold or warm, it should be started without depressing the accelerator. CAUTION If the engine stalls while you are in motion, do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P (Park) position. If traffic and road conditions permit, you may put the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position while the vehicle is still moving and turn the ignition switch to the START position in an attempt to restart the engine. CAUTION Do not engage the starter for more than 10 seconds. If the engine stalls or fails to start, wait 5 to 10 seconds before re-engaging the starter. Improper use of the starter may damage it. E040101AUN Starting the diesel engine To start the diesel engine when the engine is cold, it has to be pre-heated before starting the engine and then have to be warmed up before starting to drive. 1. Make sure the parking brake is applied. 2. Manual Transmission - Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transmission into Neutral. Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed while turning the ignition switch to the start position. Automatic Transmission - Place the transmission shift lever in P(park). Depress the brake pedal fully. You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N(neutral) position. Driving your vehicle E040101ATQ ✽ NOTICE - A2.5 Diesel Engine Glow indicator light If the accelerator is pressed for a long time while standing still, the engine power will be limited to prevent the exhaust parts from overheating. W-60 3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position to pre-heat the engine. Then the glow indicator light will illuminate. 4. If the glow indicator light goes out, turn the ignition switch to the START position and hold it there until the engine starts (a maximum of 10 seconds), then release the key. Starting and stopping the engine for turbocharger intercooler 1. Do not race or accelerate the engine immediately after starting. If the engine is cold, idle for several seconds before sufficient lubrication is ensured in the turbocharger unit. 2. After high speed or extended driving, requiring a heavy engine load, idle the engine about 1 minute before turning it off. This idle time will allow the turbocharger to cool prior to shutting the engine off. CAUTION Do not turn the engine off immediately after it has been subjected to a heavy load. Doing so may cause severe damage to the engine or turbocharger unit. ✽ NOTICE If the engine were not started within 10 seconds after the preheating is completed, turn the ignition switch once more to the LOCK position during 10 seconds, and then to the ON position, in order to preheat again. 5 7 Driving your vehicle MANUAL TRANSMISSION (IF EQUIPPED) CAUTION N OTQ057004 E050100ATQ Manual transmission operation The manual transmission has 5 forward gears. This shift pattern is imprinted on the shift knob. The transmission is fully synchronized in all forward gears so shifting to either a higher or a lower gear is easily accomplished. Press the clutch pedal down fully while shifting, then release it slowly. The gearshift lever must be returned to the neutral position before shifting into R (Reverse). Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before shifting into R (Reverse). Never operate the engine with the tachometer (rpm) in the red zone. 5 8 • When downshifting from fifth gear to fourth gear, caution should be taken not to inadvertently press the gear shift lever sideways in such a manner that second gear is engaged. Such a drastic downshift may cause the engine speed to increase to the point that the tachometer will enter the red-zone. Such overrevving of the engine may possibly cause engine damage. • Do not downshift more than 2 gears or downshift the gear when the engine is running at high speed (5,000 RPM or higher). Such a downshifting may damage the engine. • During cold weather, shifting may be difficult until the transmission lubricant has warmed up. This is normal and not harmful to the transmission. • If you've come to a complete stop and it's hard to shift into 1st or R(Reverse), put the shift lever in N(Neutral) position and release the clutch. Press the clutch pedal back down, and then shift into 1st or R(Reverse) gear position. CAUTION • To avoid premature clutch wear and damage, do not drive with your foot resting on the clutch pedal. Also, don’t use the clutch to hold the vehicle stopped on an uphill grade, while waiting for a traffic light, etc. • Do not use the shift lever as a handrest during driving, as this can result in premature wear of the transmission shift forks. Driving your vehicle WARNING • Before leaving the driver’s seat, always set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off. Then make sure the transmission is shifted into 1st gear when the vehicle is parked on a level or uphill grade, and shifted into R (Reverse) on a downhill grade. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur if these precautions are not followed in the order identified. • If your vehicle has a manual transmission not equipped with a ignition lock switch, it may move and cause a serious accident when starting the engine without depressing the clutch pedal while the parking brake is released and the shift lever not in the N(Neutral) position. E050101AUN E050200AUN Using the clutch The clutch should be pressed all the way to the floor before shifting, then released slowly. The clutch pedal should always be fully released while driving. Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving. This can cause unnecessary wear. Do not partially engage the clutch to hold the car on an incline. This causes unnecessary wear. Use the foot brake or parking brake to hold the car on an incline. Do not operate the clutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly. Good driving practices E050102AUN Downshifting When you must slow down in heavy traffic or while driving up steep hills, downshift before the engine starts to labor. Downshifting reduces the chance of stalling and gives better acceleration when you again need to increase your speed. When the vehicle is traveling down steep hills, downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life. • Never take the car out of gear and coast down a hill. This is extremely hazardous. Always leave the car in gear. • Don't "ride" the brakes. This can cause them to overheat and malfunction. Instead, when you are driving down a long hill, slow down and shift to a lower gear. When you do this, engine braking will help slow the car. • Slow down before shifting to a lower gear. This will help avoid over-revving the engine, which can cause damage. • Slow down when you encounter cross winds. This gives you much better control of your car. • Be sure the car is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into reverse. The transmission can be damaged if you do not. To shift into reverse, depress the clutch, move the shift lever to neutral, wait 3 seconds, then shift to the reverse position. 5 9 Driving your vehicle • Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control. 5 10 WARNING • Always buckle-up! In a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant. • Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning. • Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns. • The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds. • Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver oversteers to reenter the roadway. • In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes. • Never exceed posted speed limits. Driving your vehicle AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Type A Lock release button prevents shift lever movement without first depressing the button. Type B Lock release button prevents shift lever movement without first depressing the button. O/D button Automatic mode Sports mode Depress the brake pedal and lock release button when shifting, if your vehicle is equipped with shift lock system The lock release button must be depressed while moving the shift lever. The shift lever can be moved without depressing the lock release button. OTQ057006G/OTQ057006 E060000AEN 5 11 Driving your vehicle E060100ATQ Automatic transmission operation The automatic transmission has 5 (or 4) forward speeds and one reverse speed. The individual speeds are selected automatically, depending on the position of the shift lever. ✽ NOTICE The first few shifts on a new vehicle, if the battery has been disconnected, may be somewhat abrupt. This is a normal condition, and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM (Transmission Control Module) or PCM (Powertrain Control Module). 5 12 For smooth operation, depress the brake pedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to a forward or reverse gear. WARNING - Automatic transmission • Always check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before shifting a car into D (Drive) or R (Reverse). • Before leaving the driver’s seat, always make sure the shift lever is in the P (Park) position; then set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur if these precautions are not followed in the order identified. CAUTION • To avoid damage to your transmission, do not accelerate the engine in R (Reverse) or any forward gear position with the brakes on. • When stopped on an incline, do not hold the vehicle stationary with engine power. Use the service brake or the parking brake. • Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P (Park) into D (Drive), or R (Reverse) when the engine is above idle speed. Driving your vehicle E060101CTQ Transmission ranges The indicator in the instrument cluster displays the shift lever position when the ignition switch is in the ON position. P (Park) Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P (Park). This position locks the transmission and prevents the drive wheels from rotating. CAUTION The transmission may be damaged if you shift into P (Park) while the vehicle is in motion. R (Reverse) Use this position to drive the vehicle backward. CAUTION Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you may damage the transmission if you shift into R while the vehicle is in motion, except as explained in “Rocking the vehicle” in this section. WARNING • Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle is in motion will cause the drive wheels to lock which will cause you to lose control of the vehicle. • Do not use the P (Park) position in place of the parking brake. Always make sure the shift lever is latched in the P (Park) position and set the parking brake fully. • Never leave a child unattended in a vehicle. N (Neutral) The wheels and transmission are not engaged. The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or service brakes are applied. 5 13 Driving your vehicle D (Drive) This is the normal forward driving position. The transmission will automatically shift through a 5 (or 4)-gear sequence, providing the best fuel economy and power. L (Low, if equipped) Move the shift lever to this position in hard pulling situations and for climbing steep grades. For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing grades, depress the accelerator fully, at which time the transmission will automatically downshift to the next lower gear. Do not exceed the recommended maximum speeds in 2 (Second Gear) or L (Low). Operating the vehicle at speeds above the maximum recommended, for 2 (Second Gear) or L (Low) may cause excessive heat to develop which could result in damage to or failure of the automatic transmission. ✽ NOTICE Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D (Drive). 2 (Second Gear, if equipped) Use 2 (Second Gear) for more power when climbing hills and for increased braking when going down hills. This position also helps reduce wheel spin on slippery surfaces. When the shift lever is placed in 2 (Second Gear), the transmission will automatically shift from first to second gear. 5 14 CAUTION OTQ057007G O/D (Over Drive) system (if equipped) Pressing the O/D system button cancels and engages the overdrive system. When the O/D system is cancelled, the O/D OFF indicator illuminates and the transmission gear range is limited to 1st through 3rd. Driving your vehicle ✽ NOTICE The transmission will not shift to 4th gear until the O/D system button is pressed again to release the switch. When driving down a sloping road with the transmission in O/D (4th), you can decrease the vehicle speed without using the brakes by pressing the O/D button. When the ignition is switched OFF, O/D OFF mode is automatically cancelled. O/D OFF Indicator This indicator light illuminates in the instrument panel when the O/D mode is cancelled. + (UP) Sports mode - (DOWN) OTQ057007 E060102BTQ Sports mode (if equipped) Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion, sports mode is selected by pushing the shift lever from the D (Drive) position into the manual gate. To return to D (Drive) range operation, push the shift lever back into the main gate. In sports mode, moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to make gearshifts rapidly. In contrast to a manual transmission, the sports mode allows gearshifts with the accelerator pedal depressed. Up (+) : Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear. Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear. • In sports mode, the driver must execute upshifts in accordance with road conditions, taking care to keep the engine speed below the red zone. • In sports mode, only the 5 forward gears can be selected. To reverse or park the vehicle, move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park) position as required. • In sports mode, downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down. When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is automatically selected. • In sports mode, when the engine rpm approaches the red zone shift points are varied to upshift automatically. • To maintain the required levels of vehicle performance and safety, the system may not execute certain gearshifts when the shift lever is operated. • When driving on a slippery road, push the shift lever forward into the +(up) position. This causes the transmission to shift into the 2nd gear which is better for smooth driving on a slippery road. Push the shift lever to the -(down) side to shift back to the 1st gear. 5 15 Driving your vehicle E060200AEN Good driving practices • Never move the gear shift lever from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other position with the accelerator pedal depressed. • Never move the gear shift lever into P (Park) when the vehicle is in motion. • Be sure the car is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R (Reverse). • Never take the car out of gear and coast down a hill. This may be extremely hazardous. Always leave the car in gear when moving. • Do not "ride" the brakes. This can cause them to overheat and malfunction. Instead, when you are driving down a long hill, slow down and shift to a lower gear. When you do this, engine braking will help slow the car. • Slow down before shifting to a lower gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may not be engaged. • Always use the parking brake. Do not depend on placing the transmission in P (Park) to keep the car from moving. 5 16 • Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control. • Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelerator pedal. (Continued) • Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver oversteers to reenter the roadway. • In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes. • Never exceed posted speed limits. WARNING • Always buckle-up! In a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant. • Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning. • Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns. • The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds. (Continued) WARNING If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow, mud, sand, etc., then you may attempt to rock the vehicle free by moving it forward and backward. Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle. During the rocking operation the vehicle may suddenly move forward of backward as it becomes unstuck, causing injury or damage to nearby people or objects. Driving your vehicle E060203AUN E060203ATQ Moving up a steep grade from a standing start To move up a steep grade from a standing start, depress the brake pedal, shift the shift lever to D (Drive). Select the appropriate gear depending on load weight and steepness of the grade, and release the parking brake. Depress the accelerator gradually while releasing the service brakes. When accelerating from a stop on a steep hill, the vehicle may have a tendency to roll backwards. Shifting the shift lever into 2 (Second Gear) will help prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards. Shift lock system (if equipped) For your safety, the Automatic Transmission has a shift lock system which prevents shifting the transmission out of P (Park) unless the brake pedal is depressed. To shift the transmission out of P (Park): Type A 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal. 2. Depress the lock release button and move the shift lever. Type B (If the ignition key interlock system is equipped) 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal. 2. Start the engine or turn the ignition to the ON position. 3. Depress the lock release button and move the shift lever. Ignition key interlock system (if equipped) The ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in the P (Park) position. If the ignition switch is in any other position, the key cannot be removed. If the brake pedal is repeatedly depressed and released with the shift lever in the P (Park) position, a chattering sound near the shift lever may be heard. This is a normal condition. 5 17 Driving your vehicle BRAKE SYSTEM E070100AUN Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage. In the event that the power-assisted brakes lose power because of a stalled engine or some other reason, you can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than you normally would. The stopping distance, however, will be longer. When the engine is not running, the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied. Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted. Pump the brake pedal only when necessary to maintain steering control on slippery surfaces. 5 18 E070101AUN WARNING - Brakes • Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. This will create abnormal high brake temperatures, excessive brake lining and pad wear, and increased stopping distances. • When descending a long or steep hill, shift to a lower gear and avoid continuous application of the brakes. Continuous brake application will cause the brakes to overheat and could result in a temporary loss of braking performance. • Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’s ability to safely slow down; the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied. Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way. Always test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep water. To dry the brakes, apply them lightly while maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal. In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while the vehicle is in motion, you can make an emergency stop with the parking brake. The stopping distance, however, will be much greater than normal. WARNING - Parking brake Applying the parking brake while the vehicle is moving at normal speeds can cause a sudden loss of control of the vehicle. If you must use the parking brake to stop the vehicle, use great caution in applying the brake. Driving your vehicle E070102AUN Disc brakes wear indicator Your vehicle has disc brakes. When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required, you will hear a highpitched warning sound from your front brakes or rear brakes (if equipped). You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal. Please remember that some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply (or lightly apply) the brakes. This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes. CAUTION • To avoid costly brake repairs, do not continue to drive with worn brake pads. • Always replace brake pads as complete front or rear axle sets. WARNING - Brake wear This brake wear warning sound means your vehicle needs service. If you ignore this audible warning, you will eventually lose braking performance, which could lead to a serious accident. OTQ057008 Parking brake E070201AFD Applying the parking brake To engage the parking brake, first apply the foot brake and then without pressing the release button in, pull the parking brake lever up as far as possible. In addition it is recommended that when parking the vehicle on a gradient, the shift lever should be positioned in the appropriate low gear on manual transmission vehicles or in the P (Park) position on automatic transmission vehicles. CAUTION Driving with the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear. 5 19 Driving your vehicle WARNING OTQ057009 E070202AFD Releasing the parking brake To release the parking brake, first apply the foot brake and pull up the parking brake lever slightly. Secondly depress the release button (1) and lower the parking brake lever (2) while holding the button. 5 20 • To prevent unintentional movement when stopped and leaving the vehicle, do not use the gearshift lever in place of the parking brake. Set the parking brake AND make sure the gearshift lever is securely positioned in 1st (First) gear or R (Reverse) for manual transmission equipped vehicles and in P (Park) for automatic transmission equipped vehicles. • Never allow anyone who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the parking brake. If the parking brake is released unintentionally, serious injury may occur. • All vehicles should always have the parking brake fully engaged when parking to avoid inadvertent movement of the car which can injure occupants or pedestrians. W-75 Check the brake warning light by turning the ignition switch ON (do not start the engine). This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position. Before driving, be sure the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off. If the brake warning light remains on after the parking brake is released while engine is running, there may be a malfunction in the brake system. Immediate attention is necessary. If at all possible, cease driving the vehicle immediately. If that is not possible, use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location or repair shop. Driving your vehicle E070300AEN-EE Anti-lock brake system (ABS) (if equipped) WARNING ABS (or ESP) will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous driving maneuvers. Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking, always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead. Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions. The braking distance for cars equipped with an anti-lock braking system (or Electronic Stability Program System) may be longer than for those without it in the following road conditions. During these conditions the vehicle should be driven at reduced speeds: • Rough, gravel or snow-covered roads. • With tire chains installed. (Continued) (Continued) • On roads where the road surface is pitted or has different surface height. The safety features of an ABS (or ESP) equipped vehicle should not be tested by high speed driving or cornering. This could endanger the safety of yourself or others. The ABS continuously senses the speed of the wheels. If the wheels are going to lock, the ABS system repeatedly modulates the hydraulic brake pressure to the wheels. When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ABS is active. In order to obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situation, do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes. Press your brake pedal as hard as possible or as hard as the situation warrants and allow the ABS to control the force being delivered to the brakes. 5 21 Driving your vehicle ✽ NOTICE CAUTION A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is started. These conditions are normal and indicate that the anti-lock brake system is functioning properly. • Even with the anti-lock brake system, your vehicle still requires sufficient stopping distance. Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you. • Always slow down when cornering. The anti-lock brake system cannot prevent accidents resulting from excessive speeds. • On loose or uneven road surfaces, operation of the anti-lock brake system may result in a longer stopping distance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system. 5 22 W-78 CAUTION • If the ABS warning light is on and stays on, you may have a problem with the ABS. In this case, however, your regular brakes will work normally. • The ABS warning light will stay on for approximately 3 seconds after the ignition switch is ON. During that time, the ABS will go through self-diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal. If the light stays on, you may have a problem with your ABS. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. • When you drive on a road having poor traction, such as an icy road, and operate your brakes continuously, the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning light may illuminate. Pull your car over to a safe place and stop the engine. • Restart the engine. If the ABS warning light is off, then your ABS system is normal. Otherwise, you may have a problem with the ABS. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. ✽ NOTICE When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery, the engine may not run as smoothly and the ABS warning light may turn on at the same time. This happens because of the low battery voltage. It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning. • Do not pump your brakes! • Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle. Driving your vehicle ESP applies the brakes at individual wheels and intervenes in the engine management system to stabilize the vehicle. Left-Hand drive type WARNING OTQ057010L Right-Hand drive type OTQ057010R E070500AUN-EE Electronic stability program (ESP) (If equipped) The Electronic Stability Program (ESP) system is designed to stabilize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers. ESP checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going. Never drive too fast for the road conditions or too quickly when cornering. Electronic stability program (ESP) will not prevent accidents. Excessive speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers and hydroplaning on wet surfaces can still result in serious accidents. Only a safe and attentive driver can prevent accidents by avoiding maneuvers that cause the vehicle to lose traction. Even with ESP installed, always follow all the normal precautions for driving - including driving at safe speeds for the conditions. The Electronic Stability Program (ESP) system is an electronic system designed to help the driver maintain vehicle control under adverse conditions. It is not a substitute for safe driving practices. Factors including speed, road conditions and driver steering input can all affect whether ESP will be effective in preventing a loss of control. It is still your responsibility to drive and corner at reasonable speeds and to leave a sufficient margin of safety. When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ESP is active. ✽ NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is started. These conditions are normal and indicate that the Electronic Stability Program System is functioning properly. 5 23 Driving your vehicle E070501AUN-EE ESP operation ESP ON condition • When the ignition is turned ON, ESP and ESP OFF indicator lights illuminate for approximately 3 seconds, then ESP is turned on. • Press the ESP OFF button for at least half a second after turning the ignition ON to turn ESP off. (ESP OFF indicator will illuminate). To turn the ESP on, press the ESP OFF button (ESP OFF indicator light will go off). • When starting the engine, you may hear a slight ticking sound. This is the ESP performing an automatic system self-check and does not indicate a problem. 5 24 When operating When the ESP is in operation, ESP ESP indicator light blinks. • When the Electronic Stability Program is operating properly, you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle. This is only the effect of brake control and indicates nothing unusual. • When moving out of the mud or slippery road, pressing the accelerator pedal may not cause the engine rpm (revolutions per minute) to increase. E070502AUN-EE ESP operation off ESP OFF state cancel ESP operation, ESP • To press the ESP OFF button OFF (ESP OFF indicator light illuminates). • If the ignition switch is turned to LOCK position when ESP is off, ESP remains off. Upon restarting the engine, the ESP will automatically turn on again. Driving your vehicle ■ ESP indicator light (blinks) ESP ■ ESP OFF indicator light (comes on) ESP OFF E070503AFD Indicator light When ignition switch is turned to ON, the indicator light illuminates, then goes off if ESP system is operating normally. The ESP indicator light blinks whenever ESP is operating. ESP OFF indicator light comes on when either the ESP is turned off with the button, or ESP fails to operate when turned on. E070504AUN-EE CAUTION Driving with varying tire or wheel sizes may cause the ESP system to malfunction. When replacing tires, make sure they are the same size as your original tires. WARNING The Electronic Stability Program system is only a driving aid; use precautions for safe driving by slowing down on curved, snowy, or icy roads. Drive slowly and don’t attempt to accelerate whenever the ESP indicator light is blinking, or when the road surface is slippery. ✽ NOTICE After reconnecting or recharging a discharged battery, the ESP OFF indicator may illuminate. In this case, turn the steering wheel half way to the left and right while the ignition switch is in the ON position. Then, restart the engine after the ignition is off. If the ESP OFF indicator does not turn off, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. ESP OFF usage When driving • It’s a good idea to keep the ESP turned on for daily driving whenever possible. • To turn ESP off while driving, press the ESP OFF button while driving on a flat road surface. Never press the ESP OFF button while ESP is operating (ESP indicator light blinks). If ESP is turned off while ESP is operating, the vehicle may slip out of control. ✽ NOTICE • When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer, ensure that the ESP is turned off (ESP OFF light illuminated). If the ESP is left on, it may prevent the vehicle speed from increasing, and result in false diagnosis. • Turning the ESP off does not affect ABS or brake system operation. 5 25 Driving your vehicle E070600AFD WARNING Never press the ESP OFF button while ESP is operating. If the ESP is turned off while ESP is operating, the vehicle may go out of control. To turn ESP off while driving, press the ESP OFF button while driving on a flat road surface. 5 26 Good braking practices WARNING • Whenever leaving vehicle or parking, always set the parking brake as far as possible and fully engage the vehicle's transmission into the park position. Vehicles not fully engaged in park with the parking brake set are at risk for moving inadvertently and injuring yourself or others. • All vehicles should always have the parking brake fully engaged when parking to avoid inadvertent movement of the car which can injure occupants or pedestrians. • After parking the vehicle, check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and that the parking brake indicator light is out before driving away. • Driving through water may get the brakes wet. They can also get wet when the car is washed. Wet brakes can be dangerous! Your car will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet brakes may cause the car to pull to one side. To dry the brakes, apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal, taking care to keep the car under control at all times. If the braking action does not return to normal, stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance. Driving your vehicle • Don't coast down hills with the car out of gear. This is extremely hazardous. Keep the car in gear at all times, use the brakes to slow down, then shift to a lower gear so that engine braking will help you maintain a safe speed. • Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving can be dangerous because it can result in the brakes overheating and losing their effectiveness. It also increases the wear of the brake components. • If a tire goes flat while you are driving, apply the brakes gently and keep the car pointed straight ahead while you slow down. When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off the road and stop in a safe place. • If your car is equipped with an automatic transmission, don't let your car creep forward. To avoid creeping forward, keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the car is stopped. • Use caution when parking on a hill. Firmly engage the parking brake and place the gear selector lever in P (automatic transmission) or in first or reverse gear (manual transmission). If your car is facing downhill, turn the front wheels into the curb to help keep the car from rolling. If your car is facing uphill, turn the front wheels away from the curb to help keep the car from rolling. If there is no curb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the car from rolling, block the wheels. • Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position. This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. If there is a risk that the parking brake may freeze, apply it only temporarily while you put the gear selector lever in P (automatic transmission) or in first or reverse gear (manual transmission) and block the rear wheels so the car cannot roll. Then release the parking brake. • Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade with the accelerator pedal. This can cause the transmission to overheat. Always use the brake pedal or parking brake. 5 27 Driving your vehicle LOCKING DIFFERENTIAL (IF EQUIPPED) E080000ATQ Wagon/Van (If equipped) A locking differential, if equipped, is for the rear wheel differential only. The features of this locking differential are described below: Just as with a conventional differential, the wheel on one side is allowed to turn at a different speed from the wheel on the other side when the vehicle is cornering. The difference between the locking differential and a conventional differential is that if the wheel on one side of the vehicle loses traction, a greater amount of torque is applied to the rear wheel on the other side to improve traction. ✽ NOTICE In a stationary position, the LD (Locking Differential) will operate when the difference of the revolution speed between the rear right wheel and the rear left wheel occurs. 5 28 The following procedures can be used to confirm that the locking differential is functioning properly: (1) Position the vehicle so that one wheel is on a dry paved surface and the other on ice, snow, mud, etc. Drive the vehicle, and observe the operation of the locking differential. The vehicle should not become stuck if the differential is functioning properly. (2) Depress the accelerator pedal gradually, and then when traction is good, depress it forcefully. If the vehicle accelerates well, the differential is functioning properly. ✽ NOTICE Usually a locking differential will operate and release automatically but occasionally it may not release automatically. At this time you will feel the tire is dragged when you are driving or cornering. You can release it manually by slightly turning the steering wheel right and left while the vehicle is moving slowly. CAUTION • Never start the engine with the gearshift lever placed in the forward or reverse while one of the rear wheels is jacked up and the other in contact with the ground; doing so may cause the vehicle to jump forward. • If one of the rear wheels begins to spin in mud, snow, etc., the vehicle can sometimes be driven out by depressing the accelerator pedal further; however, avoid running the engine continuously at high rpm because doing so could damage the locking differential. Driving your vehicle ECONOMICAL OPERATION E100000AFD Your vehicle's fuel economy depends mainly on your style of driving, where you drive and when you drive. Each of these factors affects how many miles (kilometers) you can get from a gallon (liter) of fuel. To operate your vehicle as economically as possible, use the following driving suggestions to help save money in both fuel and repairs: • Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moderate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising speed. Don't race between stoplights. Try to adjust your speed to that of the other traffic so you don't have to change speeds unnecessarily. Avoid heavy traffic whenever possible. Always maintain a safe distance from other vehicles so you can avoid unnecessary braking. This also reduces brake wear. • Drive at a moderate speed. The faster you drive, the more fuel your car uses. Driving at a moderate speed, especially on the highway, is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel consumption. • Don't "ride" the brake or clutch pedal. This can increase fuel consumption and also increase wear on these components. In addition, driving with your foot resting on the brake pedal may cause the brakes to overheat, which reduces their effectiveness and may lead to more serious consequences. • Take care of your tires. Keep them inflated to the recommended pressure. Incorrect inflation, either too much or too little, results in unnecessary tire wear. Check the tire pressures at least once a month. • Be sure that the wheels are aligned correctly. Improper alignment can result from hitting curbs or driving too fast over irregular surfaces. Poor alignment causes faster tire wear and may also result in other problems as well as greater fuel consumption. • Keep your car in good condition. For better fuel economy and reduced maintenance costs, maintain your car in accordance with the maintenance schedule in Section 7. If you drive your car in severe conditions, more frequent maintenance is required (see Section 7 for details). • Keep your car clean. For maximum service, your vehicle should be kept clean and free of corrosive materials. It is especially important that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be allowed to accumulate on the underside of the car. This extra weight can result in increased fuel consumption and also contribute to corrosion. • Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessary weight in your car. Weight reduces fuel economy. • Don't let the engine idle longer than necessary. If you are waiting (and not in traffic), turn off your engine and restart only when you're ready to go. • Remember, your vehicle does not require extended warm-up. After the engine has started, allow the engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to placing the vehicle in gear. In very cold weather, however, give your engine a slightly longer warm-up period. • Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine. Lugging is driving too slowly in too high a gear resulting in the engine bucking. If this happens, shift to a lower gear. Over-revving is racing the engine beyond its safe limit. This can be avoided by shifting at the recommended speeds. 5 29 Driving your vehicle • Use your air conditioning sparingly. The air conditioning system is operated by engine power so your fuel economy is reduced when you use it. • Open windows at high speeds can reduce fuel economy. • Fuel economy is less in crosswinds and headwinds. To help offset some of this loss, slow down when driving in these conditions. Keeping a vehicle in good operating condition is important both for economy and safety. Therefore, have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer perform scheduled inspections and maintenance. 5 30 WARNING - Engine off during motion Never turn the engine off to coast down hills or anytime the vehicle is in motion. The power steering and power brakes will not function properly without the engine running. Instead, keep the engine on and downshift to an appropriate gear for engine braking effect. In addition, turning off the ignition while driving could engage the steering wheel lock resulting in loss of vehicle steering which could cause serious injury or death. Driving your vehicle SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS E110100AUN Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions are encountered such as water, snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar hazards, follow these suggestions: • Drive cautiously and allow extra distance for braking. • Avoid sudden movements in braking or steering. • When braking with non-ABS brakes pump the brake pedal with a light upand-down motion until the vehicle is stopped. WARNING - ABS Do not pump the brake pedal on a vehicle equipped with ABS. • If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, use second gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid spinning the drive wheels. • Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, or other non-slip material under the drive wheels to provide traction when stalled in ice, snow, or mud. WARNING - Downshifting Downshifting with an automatic transmission, while driving on slippery surfaces can cause an accident. The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid. Be careful when downshifting on slippery surfaces. E110200ATQ Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow, sand, or mud, first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your drive wheels. Then, shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and any forward gear in vehicles equipped with an automatic transmission. Do not race the engine, and spin the wheels as little as possible. If you are still stuck after a few tries, have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating and possible damage to the transmission. CAUTION Prolonged rocking may cause engine over-heating, transmission damage or failure, and tire damage. 5 31 Driving your vehicle WARNING - Spinning tires Do not spin the wheels, especially at speeds more than 56 km/h (35 mph). Spinning the wheels at high speeds when the vehicle is stationary could cause a tire to overheat which could result in tire damage that may injure bystanders. ✽ NOTICE The ESP system (if equipped) should be turned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle. WARNING If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow, mud, sand, etc., then you may attempt to rock the vehicle free by moving it forward and backward. Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle. During the rocking operation the vehicle may suddenly move forward of backward as it becomes unstuck, causing injury or damage to nearby people or objects. 5 32 OTQ056051 OCM053010 E110300AUN E110400AUN Smooth cornering Driving at night Avoid braking or gear changing in corners, especially when roads are wet. Ideally, corners should always be taken under gentle acceleration. If you follow these suggestions, tire wear will be held to a minimum. Because night driving presents more hazards than driving in the daylight, here are some important tips to remember: • Slow down and keep more distance between you and other vehicles, as it may be more difficult to see at night, especially in areas where there may not be any street lights. Driving your vehicle • Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver's headlights. • Keep your headlights clean and properly aimed on vehicles not equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature. Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more difficult to see at night. • Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles. You could be temporarily blinded, and it will take several seconds for your eyes to readjust to the darkness. 1TQA3003 E110500AUN Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous, especially if you’re not prepared for the slick pavement. Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain: • A heavy rainfall will make it harder to see and will increase the distance needed to stop your vehicle, so slow down. • Keep your windshield wiping equipment in good shape. Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield. • If your tires are not in good condition, making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident. Be sure your tires are in good shape. • Turn on your headlights to make it easier for others to see you. • Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes. If you must go through puddles, try to drive through them slowly. • If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet, apply them lightly while driving until normal braking operation returns. E110600AUN Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no higher than the bottom of the wheel hub. Drive through any water slowly. Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be affected. After driving through water, dry the brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving slowly. 5 33 Driving your vehicle WARNING 1TQA1004 E110700AUN Highway driving Tires Adjust the tire inflation pressures to specification. Low tire inflation pressures will result in overheating and possible failure of the tires. Avoid using worn or damaged tires which may result in reduced traction or tire failure. ✽ NOTICE Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure shown on the tires. 5 34 • Underinflated or overinflated tires can cause poor handling, loss of vehicle control, and sudden tire failure leading to accidents, injuries, and even death. Always check tires for proper inflation before driving. For proper tire pressures, refer to “Tires and wheels” in section 9. • Driving on tires with no or insufficient tread is dangerous. Wornout tires can result in loss of vehicle control, collisions, injury, and even death. Worn-out tires should be replaced as soon as possible and should never be used for driving. Always check the tire tread before driving your car. For further information and tread limits, refer to “Tires and wheels” in section 7. Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil High speed travel consumes more fuel than urban motoring. Do not forget to check both engine coolant and engine oil. Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may result in overheating of the engine. Driving your vehicle E111000AEN Reducing the risk of a rollover This multi-purpose passenger vehicle is defined as a Sports Utility Vehicle (SUV). SUV’s have higher ground clearance and a narrower track to make them capable of performing in a wide variety of offroad applications. Specific design characteristics give them a higher center of gravity than ordinary cars. An advantage of the higher ground clearance is a better view of the road, which allows you to anticipate problems. They are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional passenger drive vehicles, any more than low-slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily in off-road conditions. Due to this risk, driver and passengers are strongly recommended to buckle their seat belts. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. There are steps that a driver can make to reduce the risk of a rollover. If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers, do not load your roof rack with heavy cargo, and never modify your vehicle in any way. WARNING - Rollover As with other Sports Utility Vehicle (SUV), failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control, an accident or vehicle rollover. • Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. • Specific design characteristics (higher ground clearance, narrower track, etc.) give this vehicle a higher center of gravity than ordinary cars. • A SUV is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional vehicles. • Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers. • In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. Make sure everyone in the vehicle is properly buckled up. 5 35 Driving your vehicle WINTER DRIVING 1TQA3005 E120000AUN The more severe weather conditions of winter result in greater wear and other problems. To minimize the problems of winter driving, you should follow these suggestions: E120100AUN E120101AUN Snowy or icy conditions Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure they are radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires. Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle’s handling in all weather conditions. Keep in mind that the traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehicle's original equipment tires. You should drive cautiously even when the roads are clear. Check with the tire dealer for maximum speed recommendations. To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install tire chains on your tires. If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and type of the original equipment tires. Failure to do so may adversely affect the safety and handling of your car. Furthermore, speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications, and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices. During deceleration, use engine braking to the fullest extent. Sudden brake applications on snowy or icy roads may cause skids to occur. You need to keep sufficient distance between the vehicle in operation in front and your vehicle. Also, apply the brake gently. It should be noted that installing tire chains on the tire will provide a greater driving force, but will not prevent side skids. ✽ NOTICE Tire chains are not legal in all states. Check state laws before fitting tire chains. 5 36 WARNING - Snow tire size Snow tires should be equivalent in size and type to the vehicle's standard tires. Otherwise, the safety and handling of your vehicle may be adversely affected. Do not install studded tires without first checking local, state and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use. Driving your vehicle CAUTION OTQ057011 E120102ATQ Tire chains Since the sidewalls of radial tires are thinner, they can be damaged by mounting some types of snow chains on them. Therefore, the use of snow tires is recommended instead of snow chains. Do not mount tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels; snow chains may cause damage to the wheels. If snow chains must be used, use wiretype chains with a thickness of less than 15 mm (0.59 in). Damage to your vehicle caused by improper snow chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufacturers warranty. When using tire chains, attach them to the rear tires. • Make sure the snow chains are the correct size and type for your tires. Incorrect snow chains can cause damage to the vehicle body and suspension and may not be covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty. Also, the snow chain connecting hooks may be damaged from contacting vehicle components causing the snow chains to come loose from the tire. Make sure the snow chains are SAE class “S” certified. • Always check chain installation for proper mounting after driving approximately 0.5 to 1 km (0.3 to 0.6 miles) to ensure safe mounting. Retighten or remount the chains if they are loose. Chain installation When installing chains, follow the manufacturer's instructions and mount them as tightly as you can. Drive slowly with chains installed. If you hear the chains contacting the body or chassis, stop and tighten them. If they still make contact, slow down until it stops. Remove the chains as soon as you begin driving on cleared roads. WARNING - Mounting chains When mounting snow chains, park the vehicle on level ground away from traffic. Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning flashers and place a triangular emergency warning device behind the vehicle if available. Always place the vehicle in P (Park), apply the parking brake and turn off the engine before installing snow chains. 5 37 Driving your vehicle WARNING - Tire chains • The use of chains may adversely affect vehicle handling. • Do not exceed 30 km/h (20 mph) or the chain manufacturer’s recommended speed limit, whichever is lower. • Drive carefully and avoid bumps, holes, sharp turns, and other road hazards, which may cause the vehicle to bounce. • Avoid sharp turns or lockedwheel braking. CAUTION • Chains that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body and wheels. • Stop driving and retighten the chains any time you hear them hitting the vehicle. 5 38 E120200AUN E120400AEN Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system. It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system, lubricates the water pump and prevents freezing. Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7. Before winter, have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter. In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity "winter weight" oil be used during cold weather. See section 9 for recommendations. If you aren't sure what weight oil you should use, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. E120300AEN Check battery and cables Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system. Visually inspect the battery and cables as described in section 7. The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a service station. E120500AUN Check spark plugs and ignition system Inspect your spark plugs as described in section 7 and replace them if necessary. Also check all ignition wiring and components to be sure they are not cracked, worn or damaged in any way. Driving your vehicle E120600AUN E120800AUN E121000AUN To keep locks from freezing Don't let your parking brake freeze Carry emergency equipment To keep the locks from freezing, squirt an approved de-icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening. If a lock is covered with ice, squirt it with an approved de-icing fluid to remove the ice. If the lock is frozen internally, you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key. Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury. E120700AEN Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing, add an approved window washer anti-freeze solution in accordance with instructions on the container. Window washer anti-freeze is available from an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and most auto parts outlets. Do not use engine coolant or other types of anti-freeze as these may damage the paint finish. Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position. This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze, apply it only temporarily while you put the gear selector lever in P (automatic transmission) or in first or reverse gear (manual transmission) and block the rear wheels so the car cannot roll. Then release the parking brake. Depending on the severity of the weather where you drive your car, you should carry appropriate emergency equipment. Some of the items you may want to carry include tire chains, tow straps or chains, flashlight, emergency flares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc. E120900AUN Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath Under some conditions, snow and ice can build up under the fenders and interfere with the steering. When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen, you should periodically check underneath the car to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed. 5 39 Driving your vehicle TRAILER TOWING (FOR EUROPE) E140000AFD If you are considering towing with your car, you should first check with your country's Department of Motor Vehicles to determine their legal requirements. Since laws vary the requirements for towing trailers, cars, or other types of vehicles or apparatus may differ. Ask an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for further details before towing. WARNING - Towing a trailer If you don't use the correct equipment and drive improperly, you can lose control when you pull a trailer. For example, if the trailer is too heavy, the brakes may not work well - or even at all. You and your passengers could be seriously or fatally injured. Pull a trailer only if you have followed all the steps in this section. WARNING - Weight limits Before towing, make sure the total trailer weight, gross combination weight, gross vehicle weight, gross axle weight and trailer tongue load are all within the limits. 5 40 CAUTION Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your vehicle and result in costly repairs not covered by your warranty. To pull a trailer correctly, follow the advice in this section. Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To identify what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle, you should read the information in “Weight of the trailer” that appears later in this section. Remember that trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in handling, durability, and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering requires correct equipment, and it has to be used properly. This section contains many time-tested, important trailering tips and safety rules. Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers. Please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer. Load-pulling components such as the engine, transmission, wheel assemblies, and tires are forced to work harder against the load of the added weight. The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads. This additional burden generates extra heat. The trailer also adds considerably to wind resistance, increasing the pulling requirements. Driving your vehicle E140100AUN E140200AUN E140300AUN Hitches Safety chains Trailer brakes It's important to have the correct hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large trucks going by, and rough roads are a few reasons why you’ll need the right hitch. Here are some rules to follow: • Will you have to make any holes in the body of your vehicle when you install a trailer hitch? If you do, then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove the hitch. If you don’t seal them, deadly carbon monoxide (CO) from your exhaust can get into your vehicle, as well as dirt and water. • The bumpers on your vehicle are not intended for hitches. Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper-type hitches to them. Use only a framemounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper. You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer. Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road if it becomes separated from the hitch. Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer. Follow the manufacturer’s recommendation for attaching safety chains. Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your trailer. And, never allow safety chains to drag on the ground. If your trailer is equipped with a braking system, make sure it conforms to your country’s regulations and that it is properly installed and operating correctly. If your trailer weighs more than the maximum trailer weight without trailer brakes loaded, then it needs its own brakes and they must be adequate. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you’ll be able to install, adjust and maintain them properly. • Don’t tap into your vehicle's brake system. WARNING - Trailer brakes Do not use a trailer with its own brakes unless you are absolutely certain that you have properly set up the brake system. This is not a task for amateurs. Use an experienced, competent trailer shop for this work. 5 41 Driving your vehicle E140400AUN E140402AUN E140405AFD Driving with a trailer Passing You’ll need more passing distance up ahead when you’re towing a trailer. And, because of the increased vehicle length, you’ll need to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane. Turn signals when towing a trailer When you tow a trailer, your vehicle has to have a different turn signal flasher and extra wiring. The green arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change. Properly connected, the trailer lights will also flash to alert other drivers you’re about to turn, change lanes, or stop. When towing a trailer, the green arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out. Thus, you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signals when, in fact, they are not. It’s important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working. You must also check the lights every time you disconnect and then reconnect the wires. Do not connect a trailer lighting system directly to your vehicle’s lighting system. Use only an approved trailer wiring harness. An authorized HYUNDAI dealer can assist you in installing the wiring harness. Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience. Before setting out for the open road, you must get to know your trailer. Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer. And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly so responsive as your vehicle is by itself. Before you start, check the trailer hitch and platform, safety chains, electrical connector(s), lights, tires and mirror adjustment. If the trailer has electric brakes, start your vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure the brakes are working. This lets you check your electrical connection at the same time. During your trip, check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure, and that the lights and any trailer brakes are still working. E140401AUN Following distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving your vehicle without a trailer. This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns. 5 42 E140403AUN Backing up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand. Then, to move the trailer to the left, just move your hand to the left. To move the trailer to the right, move your hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, have someone guide you. E140404AUN Making turns When you’re turning with a trailer, make wider turns than normal. Do this so your trailer won’t strike soft shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well in advance. WARNING Failure to use an approved trailer wiring harness could result in damage to the vehicle electrical system and/or personal injury. Driving your vehicle E140406ATQ Driving on grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade. If you don’t shift down, you might have to use your brakes so much that they would get hot and no longer operate efficiently. On a long uphill grade, shift down and reduce your speed to around 70 km/h (45 mph) to reduce the possibility of engine and transmission overheating. If your trailer weighs more than the maximum trailer weight without trailer brakes and you have an automatic transmission, you should drive in D (Drive) when towing a trailer. Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) when towing a trailer will minimize heat build up and extend the life of your transmission. CAUTION • When towing a trailer on steep grades (in excess of 6%) pay close attention to the engine coolant temperature gauge to ensure the engine does not overheat. (Continued) (Continued) If the needle of the coolant temperature gauge moves across the dial towards “H” (HOT), pull over and stop as soon as it is safe to do so, and allow the engine to idle until it cools down. You may proceed once the engine has cooled sufficiently. • You must decide driving speed depending on trailer weight and uphill grade to reduce the possibility of engine and transmission overheating. CAUTION Going uphill under hot ambient temperature (above 35°C) with GVW and/or trailer, a minimal fuel tank level of 5 liter has to be assured in order to prevent power limitation due to fuel overheating as well as further damages in the fuel injection equipment. E140407AUN Parking on hills Generally, you should not park your vehicle, with a trailer attached, on a hill. People can be seriously or fatally injured, and both your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged if they begin a downhill trajectory. WARNING - Parking on a hill Parking your vehicle on a hill with a trailer attached could cause serious injury or death, should the trailer break lose. However, if you ever have to park your trailer on a hill, here’s how to do it: 1. Apply your brakes, but don’t shift into gear. 2. Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels. 3. When the wheel chocks are in place, release the brakes until the chocks absorb the load. 4. Reapply the brakes. Apply your parking brake, and then shift to R (Reverse) for a manual transmission or P (Park) for an automatic transmission. 5. Release the brakes. 5 43 Driving your vehicle E140500AUN WARNING - Parking brake It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the parking brake is not firmly set. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be seriously or fatally injured. When you are ready to leave after parking on a hill 1. With the manual transmission in Neutral or automatic transmission in P (Park), apply your brakes and hold the brake pedal down while you: • Start your engine; • Shift into gear; and • Release the parking brake. 2. Slowly remove your foot from the brake pedal. 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks. 4. Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks. 5 44 Maintenance when trailer towing Your vehicle will need service more often when you regularly pull a trailer. Important items to pay particular attention to include engine oil, automatic transmission fluid, axle lubricant and cooling system fluid. Brake condition is another important item to frequently check. Each item is covered in this manual, and the Index will help you find them quickly. If you’re trailering, it’s a good idea to review these sections before you start your trip. Don’t forget to also maintain your trailer and hitch. Follow the maintenance schedule that accompanied your trailer and check it periodically. Preferably, conduct the check at the start of each day’s driving. Most importantly, all hitch nuts and bolts should be tight. CAUTION • Due to higher load during trailer usage, overheating might occur in hot days or during uphill driving. If the coolant gauge indicates over-heating, switch off the A/C and stop the vehicle in a safe area to cool down the engine. • When towing check transmission fluid more frequently. • If your vehicle is not equipped with the air conditioner, you should install a condenser fan to improve engine performance when towing a trailer. Driving your vehicle E140600ATQ If you do decide to pull a trailer Here are some important points if you decide to pull a trailer: • Consider using a sway control. You can ask a hitch dealer about sway control. • Do not do any towing with your car during its first 2,000 km (1,200 miles) in order to allow the engine to properly break in. Failure to heed this caution may result in serious engine or transmission damage. • When towing a trailer, be sure to consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for further information on additional requirements such as a towing kit, etc. • Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed (less than 100 km/h (60 mph)). • On a long uphill grade, do not exceed 70 km/h (45 mph) or the posted towing speed limit, whichever is lower. • The chart contains important considerations that have to do with weight: For Europe Engine M/T Item Maximum A2.5 Diesel Engine Gasoline Engine M/T A/T Without brake 750 700 750 trailer System (1653) (1543) (1653) weight With brake 2300 1500 1500 System (5070) (3306) (3306) kg (Ibs.) Maximum permissible static vertical load on 100 100 100 (220) (220) (220) from rear wheel center 1170 1170 1170 to coupling point (46) (46) (46) the coupling device kg (Ibs.) Recommended distance mm (Inch) M/T : Manual transmission A/T : Automatic transmission 5 45 Driving your vehicle E140602AEN Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight C190E01JM E140601AUN Weight of the trailer How heavy can a trailer safely be? It should never weigh more than the maximum trailer weight with trailer brakes. But even that can be too heavy. It depends on how you plan to use your trailer. For example, speed, altitude, road grades, outside temperature and how often your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important. The ideal trailer weight can also depend on any special equipment that you have on your vehicle. 5 46 Weight of the trailer tongue The tongue load of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the total gross vehicle weight (GVW) of your vehicle. This weight includes the curb weight of the vehicle, any cargo you may carry in it, and the people who will be riding in the vehicle. And if you will tow a trailer, you must add the tongue load to the GVW because your vehicle will also be carrying that weight. The trailer tongue should weigh a maximum of 10% of the total loaded trailer weight, within the limits of the maximum trailer tongue load permissible. After you've loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer and then the tongue, separately, to see if the weights are proper. If they aren’t, you may be able to correct them simply by moving some items around in the trailer. Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight C190E02JM WARNING - Trailer • Never load a trailer with more weight in the rear than in the front. The front should be loaded with approximately 60% of the total trailer load; the rear should be loaded with approximately 40% of the total trailer load. • Never exceed the maximum weight limits of the trailer or trailer towing equipment. Improper loading can result in damage to your vehicle and/or personal injury. Check weights and loading at a commercial scale or highway patrol office equipped with scales. • An improperly loaded trailer can cause loss of vehicle control. Driving your vehicle VEHICLE WEIGHT E160000AUN E160400AUN E160800AUN This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and/or trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability, with or without a trailer. Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of the vehicle design performance. Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings, with or without a trailer, from the vehicle's specifications and the certification label: GAW (Gross axle weight) This is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) - including vehicle curb weight and all payload. Overloading E160100AUN Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment. E160500AUN GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the certification label. The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR. E160600AUN GVW (Gross vehicle weight) This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers. E160200AUN E160700AUN Vehicle curb weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment. GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is shown on the certification label located on the driver’s (or front passenger’s) door sill. E160300AUN Cargo weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and optional equipment. WARNING - Vehicle weight The gross axle weight rating (GAWR) and the gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) for your vehicle are on the certification label attached to the driver's (or front passenger’s) door. Exceeding these ratings can cause an accident or vehicle damage. You can calculate the weight of your load by weighing the items (and people) before putting them in the vehicle. Be careful not to overload your vehicle. 5 47 Road warning / 6-2 In case of an emergency while driving / 6-2 If the engine will not start / 6-3 Emergency starting / 6-4 If the engine overheats / 6-6 If you have a flat tire / 6-7 Towing / 6-14 Emergency commodity / 6-19 What to do in an emergency 6 What to do in an emergency ROAD WARNING It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway. Depress the flasher switch with the ignition switch in any position. The flasher switch is located in the center console switch panel. All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously. Left-Hand drive type OTQ067001L Right-Hand drive type OTQ067001R F010100AUN Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehicle. 6 2 • The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not. • The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on. • Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flasher while the vehicle is being towed. IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING F020100AUN If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing • If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing, set the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position and then push the vehicle to a safe place. • If your vehicle has a manual transaxle not equipped with the ignition lock switch, the vehicle can move forward by shifting to the 2 (second) or 3 (third) gear and then turning the starter without depressing the clutch pedal. F020200AUN If you have a flat tire while driving If a tire goes flat while you are driving: 1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the car slow down while driving straight ahead. Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of control. When the car has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so, brake carefully and pull off the road. Drive off the road as far as possible and park on firm, level ground. If you are on a divided highway, do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes. What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START 2. When the car is stopped, turn on your emergency hazard flashers, set the parking brake and put the transmission in P (automatic transmission) or reverse (manual transmission). 3. Have all passengers get out of the car. Be sure they all get out on the side of the car that is away from traffic. 4. When changing a flat tire, follow the instruction provided later in this section. F020300AEN If engine stalls while driving 1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place. 2. Turn on your emergency flashers. 3. Try to start the engine again. If your vehicle will not start, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek other qualified assistance. F030100AUN F030200AEN If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly If engine turns over normally but does not start 1. If your car has an automatic transmission, be sure the gear selector lever is in N (Neutral) or P (Park) and the emergency brake is set. 2. Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight. 3. Turn on the interior light. If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter, the battery is discharged. 4. Check the starter connections to be sure they are securely tightened. 5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. See instructions for "Jump starting". 1. Check fuel level. 2. With the ignition switch in the LOCK position, check all connectors at the ignition coils and spark plugs. Reconnect any that may be disconnected or loose. 3. Check the fuel line in the engine compartment. 4. If the engine still does not start, call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek other qualified assistance. WARNING If the engine will not start, do not push or pull the car to start it. This could result in a collision or cause other damage. In addition, push or pull starting may cause the catalytic converter to be overloaded and create a fire hazard. 6 3 What to do in an emergency EMERGENCY STARTING F040100AEN Jumper Cables Jump starting (-) (+) (-) (+) Booster battery Discharged battery 1VQA4001 F040000AUN Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order. Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm to yourself or damage to your vehicle or battery, follow the jump starting procedures. If in doubt, we strongly recommend that you have a competent technician or towing service jump start your vehicle. CAUTION Use only a 12-volt jumper system. You can damage a 12-volt starting motor, ignition system, and other electrical parts beyond repair by use of a 24-volt power supply (either two 12-volt batteries in series or a 24-volt motor generator set). WARNING - Battery Never attempt to check the electrolyte level of the battery as this may cause the battery to rupture or explode causing serious injury. 6 4 WARNING - Battery • Keep all flames or sparks away from the battery. The battery produces hydrogen gas which may explode if exposed to flame or sparks. If these instructions are not followed exactly, serious personal injury and damage to the vehicle may occur! If you are not sure how to follow this procedure, seek qualified assistance. Automobile batteries contain sulfuric acid. This is poisonous and highly corrosive. When jump starting, wear protective glasses and be careful not to get acid on yourself, your clothing or on the car. • Do not attempt to jump start the vehicle if the discharged battery is frozen or if the electrolyte level is low; the battery may rupture or explode. What to do in an emergency F040101AEN Jump starting procedure 1. Make sure the booster battery is 12volt and that its negative terminal is grounded. 2. If the booster battery is in another vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to touch. 3. Turn off all unnecessary electrical loads. 4. Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illustration. First connect one end of a jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery (1), then connect the other end to the positive terminal on the booster battery (2). Proceed to connect one end of the other jumper cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery (3), then the other end to a solid, stationary, metallic point (for example, the engine lifting bracket) away from the battery (4). Do not connect it to or near any part that moves when the engine is cranked. Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the correct battery terminals or the correct ground. Do not lean over the battery when making connections. CAUTION - Battery cables Do not connect the jumper cable from the negative terminal of the booster battery to the negative terminal of the discharged battery. This can cause the discharged battery to overheat and crack, releasing battery acid. 5. Start the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and let it run at 2,000 rpm, then start the engine of the vehicle with the discharged battery. If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent, you should have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. F040200AUN Push-starting Your manual transmission-equipped vehicle should not be push-started because it might damage the emission control system. Vehicles equipped with automatic transmission cannot be push-started. Follow the directions in this section for jump-starting. WARNING Never tow a vehicle to start it because the sudden surge forward when the engine starts could cause a collision with the tow vehicle. 6 5 What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS F050000AFD If your temperature gauge indicates overheating, you experience a loss of power, or hear loud pinging or knocking, the engine is probably too hot. If this happens, you should: 1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so. 2. Place the gear selector lever in P (automatic transmission) or neutral (manual transmission) and set the parking brake. If the air conditioning is on, turn it off. 3. If engine coolant is running out under the car or steam is coming out from the hood, stop the engine. Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped. If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam, leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operating. If the fan is not running, turn the engine off. 4. Check to see if the water pump drive belt is missing. If it is not missing, check to see that it is tight. If the drive belt seems to be satisfactory, check for coolant leaking from the radiator, hoses or under the car. (If the air conditioning had been in use, it is normal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop). WARNING While the engine is running, keep hair, hands and clothing away from moving parts such as the fan and drive belts to prevent injury. 5. If the water pump drive belt is broken or engine coolant is leaking out, stop the engine immediately and call the nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance. WARNING Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. This can allow coolant to be blown out of the opening and cause serious burns. 6 6 6. If you cannot find the cause of the overheating, wait until the engine temperature has returned to normal. Then, if coolant has been lost, carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark. 7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for further signs of overheating. If overheating happens again, call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance. CAUTION Serious loss of coolant indicates there is a leak in the cooling system and this should be checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE OTQ067003 OTQ067017 F070100ATQ F070101AUN Jack and tools The jack and wheel lug nut wrench (jack handle) are stored in the storage compartment under the front passenger’s seat. Open the storage box cover to reach the equipment. (1) Jack (2) Wheel lug nut wrench (Jack handle) Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only. To prevent the jack from “rattling” while the vehicle is in motion, store it properly. Follow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury. WARNING - Changing tires • Never attempt vehicle repairs in the traffic lanes of a public road or highway. • Always move the vehicle completely off the road and onto the shoulder before trying to change a tire. The jack should be used on level firm ground. If you cannot find a firm, level place off the road, call a towing service company for assistance. (Continued) 6 7 What to do in an emergency (Continued) • Be sure to use the correct front and rear jacking positions on the vehicle; never use the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jack support. • The vehicle can easily roll off the jack causing serious injury or death. No person should place any portion of their body under a vehicle that is supported only by a jack; use vehicle support stands. • Do not start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the jack. • Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack. • Make sure any children present are in a secure place away from the road and from the vehicle to be raised with the jack. 6 8 OTQ067004 F070200AEN Removing and storing the spare tire Your spare tire is stored underneath your vehicle, directly below the cargo area. To remove the spare tire: 1. Open the tailgate. 2. Find the plastic hex bolt cover and remove the cover. OTQ067005 3. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to loosen the bolt enough to lower the spare tire. Turn the wrench counterclockwise until the spare tire reaches the ground. What to do in an emergency OTQ067006 OTQ067007 4. After the spare tire reaches the ground, continue to turn the wrench counterclockwise, and draw the spare tire outside. Never rotate the wrench excessively, otherwise the spare tire carrier may be damaged. 5. Remove the retainer (1) from the center of the spare tire. To store the spare tire: 1. Lay the tire on the ground with the valve stem facing up. 2. Place the wheel under the vehicle and install the retainer (1) through the wheel center. 3. Turn the wrench clockwise until it clicks. WARNING OTQ047006K F070300ATQ Changing tires 1. Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake firmly. 2. Shift the shift lever into R (Reverse) with manual transmission or P (Park) with automatic transmission. 3. Activate the hazard warning flasher. Ensure the spare tire retainer is properly aligned with the center of the spare tire to prevent the spare tire “rattling”. Otherwise, it may cause the spare tire to fall off the carrier and lead to an accident. 6 9 What to do in an emergency OTQ067022 4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench, jack and spare tire from the vehicle. 5. Block both the front and rear of the wheel that is diagonally opposite the jack position. 6 10 WARNING - Changing a tire • To prevent vehicle movement while changing a tire, always set the parking brake fully, and always block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed. • We recommend that the wheels of the vehicle be blocked, and that no person remain in a vehicle that is being jacked. OTQ067008 6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts counterclockwise one turn each, but do not remove any nut until the tire has been raised off the ground. What to do in an emergency OTQ067018 OTQ067016 7. Place the jack at the front or rear jacking position closest to the tire you are changing. Place the jack at the designated locations under the frame. The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two tabs and a raised dot to index with the jack. 8. Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwise, raising the vehicle until the tire just clears the ground. This measurement is approximately 30 mm (1.2 in). Before removing the wheel lug nuts, make sure the vehicle is stable and that there is no chance for movement or slippage. 9. Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them with your fingers. Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away. To put the wheel on the hub, pick up the spare tire, line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them. If this is difficult, tip the wheel slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud. Then jiggle the wheel back and forth until the wheel can be slid over the other studs. WARNING - Jack location To reduce the possibility of injury, be sure to use only the jack provided with the vehicle and in the correct jack position; never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support. 6 11 What to do in an emergency WARNING Wheels may have sharp edges. Handle them carefully to avoid possible severe injury. Before putting the wheel into place, be sure that there is nothing on the hub or wheel (such as mud, tar, gravel, etc.) that interferes with the wheel from fitting solidly against the hub. If there is, remove it. If there is not good contact on the mounting surface between the wheel and hub, the wheel nuts could come loose and cause the loss of a wheel. Loss of a wheel may result in loss of control of the vehicle. This may cause serious injury or death. 10. To reinstall the wheel, hold it on the studs, put the wheel nuts on the studs and tighten them finger tight. The nuts should be installed with their tapered small diameter ends directed inward. Jiggle the tire to be sure it is completely seated, then tighten the nuts as much as possible with your fingers again. 11. Lower the car to the ground by turning the wheel nut wrench counterclockwise. OTQ067011 Then position the wrench as shown in the drawing and tighten the wheel nuts. Be sure the socket is seated completely over the nut. Do not stand on the wrench handle or use an extension pipe over the wrench handle. Go around the wheel tightening every other nut until they are all tight. Then double-check each nut for tightness. After changing wheels, have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible. Wheel nut tightening torque: Aluminum alloy wheel: 9~11 kg·m (65~79 lb·ft) 6 12 What to do in an emergency If you have a tire gauge, remove the valve cap and check the air pressure. If the pressure is lower than recommended, drive slowly to the nearest service station and inflate to the correct pressure. If it is too high, adjust it until it is correct. Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting tire pressure. If the cap is not replaced, air may leak from the tire. If you lose a valve cap, buy another and install it as soon as possible. After you have changed wheels, always secure the flat tire in its place and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations. CAUTION Your vehicle has metric threads on the wheel studs and nuts. Make certain during wheel removal that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled or, if replaced, that nuts with metric threads and the same chamfer configuration are used. Installation of a non-metric thread nut on a metric stud or vice-versa will not secure the wheel to the hub properly and will damage the stud so that it must be replaced. Note that most lug nuts do not have metric threads. Be sure to use extreme care in checking for thread style before installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels. If in doubt, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. WARNING - Wheel studs If the studs are damaged, they may lose their ability to retain the wheel. This could lead to the loss of the wheel and a collision resulting in serious injuries. To prevent the jack, wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire from rattling while the vehicle is in motion, store them properly. WARNING - Inadequate spare tire pressure Check the inflation pressures as soon as possible after installing the spare tire. Adjust it to the specified pressure, if necessary. Refer to “Tires and wheels” section 9. 6 13 What to do in an emergency TOWING dolly It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the front wheels on the ground (without dollies) and the rear wheels off the ground. If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the rear wheels on the ground, use a towing dolly under the rear wheels. When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used, the rear of the vehicle should always be lifted, not the front. OTQ067012 OTQ067009 F080100BTQ OTQ067010 Towing service If emergency towing is necessary, we recommend having it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow-truck service. Proper lifting and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended. 6 14 CAUTION • Do not tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle. • Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment. What to do in an emergency When towing your vehicle in an emergency without wheel dollies : 1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC position. 2. Place the transmission shift lever in N (Neutral). 3. Release the parking brake. CAUTION Failure to place the transmission shift lever in N (Neutral) may cause internal damage to the transmission. OTQ067019 F080200ATQ Removable towing hook (front, if equipped) 1. Remove the towing hook from the tool case. 2. Remove the hole cover on the front bumper by turning it. OTQ067020 3. Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured. 4. Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use. 6 15 What to do in an emergency Front (if equipped) OTQ067021 Rear OTQ067013 F080300AEN Emergency towing If towing is necessary, we recommend you to have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow truck service. 6 16 If towing service is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be temporarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook under the front (or rear) of the vehicle. Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes. Towing in this manner may be done only on hard-surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds. Also, the wheels, axles, power train, steering and brakes must all be in good condition. • Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehicle out of mud, sand or other conditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power. • Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the vehicle doing the towing. • The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other frequently. CAUTION • Attach a towing strap to the tow hook. • Using a portion of the vehicle other than the tow hooks for towing may damage the body of your vehicle. • Use only a cable or chain specifically intended for use in towing vehicles. Securely fasten the cable or chain to the towing hook provided. • Before emergency towing, check that the hook is not broken or damaged. • Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook. • Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady and even force. • To avoid damaging the hook, do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle. Always pull straight ahead. What to do in an emergency F080301AUN WARNING Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle. • Avoid sudden starts or erratic driving maneuvers which would place excessive stress on the emergency towing hook and towing cable or chain. The hook and towing cable or chain may break and cause serious injury or damage. • If the disabled vehicle is unable to be moved, do not forcibly continue the towing. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow truck service for assistance. • Tow the vehicle as straight ahead as possible. • Keep away from the vehicle during towing. OTQ067014 • Use a towing strap less than 5 m (16 feet) long. Attach a white or red cloth (about 30 cm (12 inches) wide) in the middle of the strap for easy visibility. • Drive carefully so that the towing strap is not loosened during towing. Emergency towing precautions • Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the steering wheel isn’t locked. • Place the transmission shift lever in N (Neutral). • Release the parking bake. • Press the brake pedal with more force than normal since you will have reduced brake performance. • More steering effort will be required because the power steering system will be disabled. • If you are driving down a long hill, the brakes may overheat and brake performance will be reduced. Stop often and let the brakes cool off. CAUTION - Automatic transmission If the car is being towed with all four wheels on the ground, it can be towed only from the front. Be sure that the transmission is in neutral. Do not tow at speeds greater than 40 km/h (25 mph) and for more than 25 km (15 miles). Be sure the steering is unlocked by placing the ignition switch in the ACC position. A driver must be in the towed vehicle to operate the steering and brakes. 6 17 What to do in an emergency F080400AUN Tie-down hook (for flatbed towing) WARNING Do not use the hooks under the front (or rear) of the vehicle for towing purposes. These hooks are designed ONLY for transport tiedown. If the tie-down hooks are used for towing, the tie-down hooks or front bumper will be damaged and this could lead to serious injury. 6 18 What to do in an emergency EMERGENCY COMMODITY (IF EQUIPPED) F110000AUN F110200AUN There are some emergency commodities in the vehicle to help you respond to the emergency situation. First aid kit F110100AUN There are some items such as scissors, bandage and adhesive tape and etc. in the kit to give first aid to an injured person. Fire extinguisher If there is small fire and you know how to use the fire extinguisher, take the following steps carefully. 1. Pull the pin at the top of the extinguisher that keeps the handle from being accidentally pressed. 2. Aim the nozzle toward the base of the fire. 3. Stand approximately 2.5 m (8 ft) away from the fire and squeeze the handle to discharge the extinguisher. If you release the handle, the discharge will stop. 4. Sweep the nozzle back and forth at the base of the fire. After the fire appears to be out, watch it carefully since it may re-ignite. F110300AUN Triangle reflector Place the triangle reflector on the road to warn oncoming vehicles during emergencies, such as when the vehicle is parked by the roadside due to any problems. F110400AUN Tire pressure gauge (If equipped) To check the tire pressure, take the following steps; 1. Unscrew the inflation valve cap that is located on the rim of the tire. 2. Press and hold the gauge against the tire valve. Some air will escape as you begin and more will escape if you don't press the gauge in firmly. 3. A firm non-leaking push will activate the gauge. 4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge to know whether the tire pressure is low or high. 5. Adjust the tire pressures to the specified pressure. Refer to “Tires and wheels” in section 9. 6. Reinstall the inflation valve cap. Tires normally lose some air in day-today use, and you may have to add a few pounds of air periodically and it is not usually a sign of a leaking tire, but of normal wear. Always check tire pressure when the tires are cold because tire pressure increases with temperature. 6 19 Engine compartment / 7-2 Maintenance services / 7-4 Owner maintenance / 7-6 Scheduled maintenance service / 7-8 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items / 7-15 Engine oil / 7-18 Engine coolant / 7-19 Brakes and clutch fluid / 7-22 Power steering fluid / 7-23 Automatic transmission fluid / 7-24 Washer fluid / 7-26 Parking brake / 7-26 Fuel filter / 7-27 Air cleaner / 7-28 Climate control air filter / 7-29 Wiper blades / 7-31 Battery / 7-33 Maintenance Tires and wheels / 7-36 Fuses / 7-45 Light bulbs / 7-55 Appearance care / 7-62 Emission control system / 7-68 7 Maintenance ENGINE COMPARTMENT ■ Diesel Engine 4D56 Engine 1. Power steering fluid reservoir 2. Automatic transmission fluid dipstick (if equipped) 3. Engine oil filler cap 4. Fuel filter 5. Brake fluid reservoir 6. Fuse box 7. Negative battery terminal A2.5 Engine 8. Positive battery terminal 9. Engine coolant reservoir 10. Engine oil dipstick 11. Radiator cap 12. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 13. Air cleaner The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OTQ077001/OTQ027003 7 2 Maintenance ■ Gasoline Engine 1. Power steering fluid reservoir 2. Automatic transmission fluid dipstick (if equipped) 3. Engine oil filler cap 4. Brake fluid reservoir 5. Fuse box 6. Negative battery terminal 7. Positive battery terminal 8. Engine coolant reservoir 9. Engine oil dipstick 10. Radiator cap 11. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 12. Air cleaner * The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OTQ077066 7 3 Maintenance MAINTENANCE SERVICES G020000AEN G020100AEN G020200AEN You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection procedures. Should you have any doubts concerning the inspection or servicing of your vehicle, we strongly recommend that you have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer perform this work. An authorized HYUNDAI dealer has factory-trained technicians and genuine HYUNDAI parts to service your vehicle properly. For expert advice and quality service, see an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational problems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage, an accident, or personal injury. Owner’s responsibility Owner maintenance precautions 7 4 ✽ NOTICE Maintenance Service and Record Retention are the owner's responsibility. You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the following pages. You need this information to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle warranties. Detailed warranty information is provided in your Service Passport. Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered. We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. An authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI’s high service quality standards and receives technical support from HYUNDAI in order to provide you with a high level of service satisfaction. Improper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform. As explained earlier in this section, several procedures can be done only by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer with special tools. ✽ NOTICE Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage. For details, read the separate Service Passport provided with the vehicle. If you're unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Maintenance G020300ATQ WARNING - Maintenance work • Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous. You can be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures. If you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work, have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous. It becomes even more dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing. These can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury. Therefore, if you must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain that you remove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and all neckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling fans. WARNING - Diesel Engine Never work on injection system with engine running or within 30 seconds after shutting off engine. High-pressure pump, rail, injectors and high-pressure pipes are subject to high pressure even after the engine stopped. The fuel jet produced by fuel leaks may cause serious injury, if it touches the body. People using pacemakers should not move than 30cm closer to the ECU or wiring harness within the engine room while engine is running, since the high currents in the electronic engine control system produce considerable magnetic fields. 7 5 Maintenance OWNER MAINTENANCE G030000AEN The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized HYUNDAI dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe, dependable operation of your vehicle. Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible. These Owner Maintenance Checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labor, parts and lubricants used. 7 6 Owner maintenance schedule G030101AUN When you stop for fuel: • Check the engine oil level. • Check coolant level in coolant reservoir. • Check the windshield washer fluid level. • Look for low or under-inflated tires. WARNING Be careful when checking your engine coolant level when the engine is hot. Scalding hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure. This could cause burns or other serious injury. G030102AUN While operating your vehicle: • Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle. • Check for vibrations in the steering wheel. Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or change in its straight-ahead position. • Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or “pulls” to one side when traveling on smooth, level road. • When stopping, listen and check for unusual sounds, pulling to one side, increased brake pedal travel or “hardto-push” brake pedal. • If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transmission occurs, check the transmission fluid level. • Check automatic transmission P (Park) function. • Check parking brake. • Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle (water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal). Maintenance G030103AUN G030104AUN G030105AUN-EU At least monthly: • Check coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir. • Check the operation of all exterior lights, including the stoplights, turn signals and hazard warning flashers. • Check the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare. At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall): • Check radiator, heater and air conditioning hoses for leaks or damage. • Check windshield washer spray and wiper operation. Clean wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with washer fluid. • Check headlight alignment. • Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields and clamps. • Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear and function. • Check for worn tires and loose wheel lug nuts. At least once a year: • Clean body and door drain holes. • Lubricate door hinges and checks, and hood hinges. • Lubricate door and hood locks and latches. • Lubricate door rubber weatherstrips. • Check the air conditioning system. • Check the power steering fluid level. • Inspect and lubricate automatic transmission linkage and controls. • Clean battery and terminals. • Check the brake fluid level. 7 7 Maintenance SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE G040000AUN Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, follow Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions. • Repeated short distance driving. • Driving in dusty conditions or sandy areas. • Extensive use of brakes. • Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used. • Driving on rough or muddy roads. • Driving in mountainous areas. • Extended periods of idling or low speed operation. • Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and/or extremely humid climates. • More than 50% driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 32°C (90°F). 7 8 If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions, you should inspect, replace or refill more frequently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule. After 96 months or 120,000 km (80,000 miles) continue to follow the prescribed maintenance intervals. Maintenance G040100ATQ NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Months MAINTENANCE ITEM Drive belts *1 Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first 12 24 36 48 60 72 Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 A2.5 Diesel For Europe engine oil filter *2 engine 96 I I I I I I I Replace every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6 months *a I R R R R R R R Replace every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 12 months R 4D56 Diesel engine Engine oil and 84 Except Europe Gasoline engine R R R R R R R R Valve clearance 4D56 Diesel engine I I I I I I I I Timing belt 4D56 Diesel engine For China, India, Air cleaner filter Middle East Except China, India, Middle East I R I R R R R R R R R I I R I I R I I I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *1 : Adjust alternator and power steering (and water pump drive belt) and air conditioner drive belt (if equipped). Inspect and if necessary correct or replace. *2 : Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km (350 miles) or before starting a long trip. *a : Republic of South Africa (If the vehicle is lubricated API CH-4 grade or above) - For every 7,500 km or 6 months, whichever occurs first : “R” 7 9 Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Months MAINTENANCE ITEM Spark plug Gasoline engine Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 Unleaded Replace every 100,000 km (62,500 miles) Leaded Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) Vapor hose and fuel filler cap I Vacuum and crankcase ventilation hoses Gasoline I I I I I I I Vacuum hose (for EGR & throttle body) (if equipped) I I I I I I I I Vacuum pump and vaccum hose Diesel I I I I I I I I Vaccum pump oil hose Diesel I I I I I I I I Fuel filter cartridge *3 Fuel filter *4 Diesel Gasoline Fuel lines, hoses and connections For Europe I R I R Except Europe R R R R For Europe I Except Europe I R I I I I R I I I I I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *3 : This interval depends on fuel quality. It is applicable only when using a qualified fuel, "EN 590 or equivalent". If the diesel fuel specifications don't meet the European standards EN590, replace it more frequently. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details. In case of low engine power or fuel pressure decrease of the fuel filter, replace fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule. *4 : In case of hard starting or abnormal fuel pressure, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule. 7 10 Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Months MAINTENANCE ITEM Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 Inspect “Coolant level and leak” every day Inspect “Water pump” when replacing the drive belt or timing belt Cooling system At first, replace at 100,000 km (62,500 miles) or 60 months: For Europe after that, replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 24 months *6 At first, replace at 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months: Engine coolant *5 Except Europe Battery condition I All electrical systems Brake lines, hoses and connections after that, replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 24 months *6 I I I I I I I I I Brake pedal I I I I Parking brake I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Brake fluid I I I I I I I I Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I Power steering fluid and hoses I I I I I I I I I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *5 : When adding coolant, use only a qualified coolant additive for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage. *6 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items. 7 11 Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Months Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first Miles×1,000 MAINTENANCE Km×1,000 ITEM Steering gear rack, linkage and boots 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 I I I I I I I I Propeller shaft I Tire (pressure & tread wear) I I I I I I I I I I I Front suspension ball joints I I I I I I I I Bolt and nuts on chassis and body I I I I I I I I Air conditioner refrigerant (if equipped) I I I I I I I I Air conditioner compressor (if equipped) I I I I I I I I Climate control air filter (if equipped) R R R R R R R R Manual transmission fluid (if equipped) I I I I I I For Europe I I I Automatic transmission fluid I I I I R I I (if equipped) Except Europe I I I I I I I I Rear axle oil *7 I I I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *7 : Rear axle oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water. 7 12 I I Maintenance G040200ATQ MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. R : Replace I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace MAINTENANCE ITEM 4D56 Diesel engine Maintenance operation Maintenance intervals R Every 3,000 km (1,850 miles) or 6 months Driving condition Engine oil and A2.5 Diesel For Europe R Every 7,500 km or 6 months engine oil filter engine R Every 5,000 km or 6 months R Every 7,500 km or 6 months Air cleaner filter R Replace more frequently depending on the condition Engine timing belt 4D56 Diesel engine R Every 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48 months D, E, F, G Manual transmission fluid (if equipped) R Every 100,000 km (62,500 miles) C, D, E, G, H, I, K Automatic transmission fluid (if equipped) R Every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K Rear axle oil R Every 90,000 km (60,000 miles) C, E, G, H, I, K Except Europe Gasoline engine A, B, C, E, F, G, H, I, J, L C, E 7 13 Maintenance Maintenance operation Maintenance intervals Driving condition Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, F, G Propeller shaft I Every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12 months C, E Front suspension ball joints I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, F, G Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, G, H Parking brake I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, G, H Climate control air filter (if equipped) R Replace more frequently depending on the condition C, E MAINTENANCE ITEM Severe driving conditions A : Repeated short distance driving B : Extensive idling C : Driving in dusty, rough roads D : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather E : Driving in sandy areas F : More than 50 % driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 32°C (90°F) 7 14 G : Driving in mountainous areas H : Towing a trailer I : Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle towing J : Driving over 140 km/h (87 mile/h) K : Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h) L : Frequently driving in stop - and - go conditions Maintenance EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS G050100AUN G050300ATQ G050400AEN Engine oil and filter Fuel filter (cartridge) The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. If the car is being driven in severe conditions, more frequent oil and filter changes are required. A clogged filter can limit the speed at which the vehicle may be driven, damage the emission system and cause multiple issues such as hard starting. If an excessive amount of foreign matter accumulates in the fuel tank, the filter may require replacement more frequently. After installing a new filter, run the engine for several minutes, and check for leaks at the connections. Fuel filters should be installed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections G050200AUN Drive belts Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil saturation and replace if necessary. Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and adjusted as necessary. CAUTION In case the fuel filter is clogged due to not conforming to the maintenance period, the fuel injection equipment may supply the fuel insufficiently, which may damage the fuel injection equipment and cause the engine to stall at worst cases. Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections for leakage and damage. Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately. WARNING - Diesel only Never work on injection system with engine running or within 30 seconds after shutting off engine. High pressure pump, rail, injectors and high pressure pipes are subject to high pressure even after the engine stopped. The fuel jet produced by fuel leaks may cause serious injury, if it touch the body. People using pacemakers should not move than 30cm closer to the ECU or wiring harness within the engine room while engine is running, since the high currents in the Common Rail system produce considerable magnetic fields. 7 15 Maintenance G050600AUN G050800AEN G051200AUN Vapor hose and fuel filler cap Air cleaner filter Coolant The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. Make sure that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced. A Genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter is recommended when the filter is replaced. The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. G050900AUN G051300AUN Spark plugs (for gasoline engine) Manual transmission fluid (if equipped) G050700AUN Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses (if equipped) Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and/or mechanical damage. Hard and brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and excessive swelling indicate deterioration. Particular attention should be paid to examine those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sources, such as the exhaust manifold. Inspect the hose routing to assure that the hoses do not come in contact with any heat source, sharp edges or moving component which might cause heat damage or mechanical wear. Inspect all hose connections, such as clamps and couplings, to make sure they are secure, and that no leaks are present. Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage. 7 16 Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range. Inspect the manual transmission fluid according to the maintenance schedule. G051000AEN Valve clearance (if equipped) Inspect excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. An authorized HYUNDAI dealer should perform the operation. G051100AUN Cooling system Check cooling system components, such as radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses and connections for leakage and damage. Replace any damaged parts. G051400ATQ Automatic transmission fluid (if equipped) The fluid level should be in the "HOT" range of the dipstick, after the engine and transmission are at normal operating temperature. Check the automatic transmission fluid level with the engine running and the transmission in neutral, with the parking brake properly applied. ✽ NOTICE If your vehicle is not equipped with the automatic transmission level gauge, have the automatic transmission fluid inspected by an authorized Hyundai dealer according to the maintenance schedule. Maintenance G051500AUN G052100AUN G052500AUN Brake hoses and lines Suspension mounting bolts Visually check for proper installation, chafing, cracks, deterioration and any leakage. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately. Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage. Retighten to the specified torque. Air conditioning refrigerant (if equipped) Check the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and damage. G052200AUN G051600AUN Brake fluid Check brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir. The level should be between “MIN” and “MAX” marks on the side of the reservoir. Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification. Steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint With the vehicle stopped and engine off, check for excessive free-play in the steering wheel. Check the linkage for bends or damage. Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration, cracks, or damage. Replace any damaged parts. G051700AUN Parking brake G052300AEN Inspect the parking brake system including the parking brake lever and cables. Power steering pump, belt and hoses G051900AUN Brake discs, pads, calipers and rotors Check the pads for excessive wear, discs for run out and wear, and calipers for fluid leakage. Check the power steering pump and hoses for leakage and damage. Replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately. Inspect the power steering belt (or drive belt) for evidence of cuts, cracks, excessive wear, oiliness and proper tension. Replace or adjust it if necessary. 7 17 Maintenance ENGINE OIL 3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil to return to the oil pan. 4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and re-insert it fully. WARNING - Radiator hose Be very careful not to touch the radiator hose when checking or adding the engine oil as it may be hot enough to burn you. OTQ077002L G060100AEN Checking the engine oil level 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground. 2. Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. OTQ077003L 5. Pull the dipstick out again and check the level. The level should be between F and L. CAUTION Do not overfill with engine oil. Engine damage may result. CAUTION - Diesel engine Overfilling the engine oil may cause severe dieseling due to churning effect. It may lead to engine damage accompanied with abrupt engine speed increment, combustion noise and white smoke emission. 7 18 If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bring the level to F. Do not overfill. Use a funnel to help prevent oil from being spilled on engine components. Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants and capacities” in section 9.) Maintenance ENGINE COOLANT G070000AUN The high-pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year-round antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is filled at the factory. Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year, at the beginning of the winter season, and before traveling to a colder climate. G070100AEN Checking the coolant level G060200AEN Changing the engine oil and filter Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section. WARNING Used engine oil may cause irritation or cancer of the skin if left in contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time. Used engine oil contains chemicals that have caused cancer in laboratory animals. Always protect your skin by washing your hands thoroughly with soap and warm water as soon as possible after handling used oil. WARNING - Removing radiator cap • Never attempt to remove the radiator cap while the engine is operating or hot. Doing so might lead to cooling system and engine damage and could result in serious personal injury from escaping hot coolant or steam. (Continued) (Continued) • Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down. Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop. Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press down on the cap, using a thick towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it. • Even if the engine is not operating, do not remove the radiator cap or the drain plug while the engine and radiator are hot. Hot coolant and steam may still blow out under pressure, causing serious injury. 7 19 Maintenance G070101AUN OTQ077004 Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses. Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses. The coolant level should be filled between F and L marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool. If the coolant level is low, add enough specified coolant to provide protection against freezing and corrosion. Bring the level to F, but do not overfill. If frequent additions are required, see an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for a cooling system inspection. 7 20 Recommended engine coolant • Use only soft (de-mineralized) water in the coolant mixture. • The engine in your vehicle has aluminum engine parts and must be protected by an ethylene-glycol-based coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing. • DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant. • Do not use a solution that contains more than 60% antifreeze or less than 35% antifreeze, which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution. For mixture percentage, refer to the following table. Mixture Percentage (volume) Ambient Temperature Antifreeze Water -15°C (5°F) 35 65 -25°C (-13°F) 40 60 -35°C (-31°F) 50 50 -45°C (-49°F) 60 40 Maintenance G070200AEN Changing the coolant Have coolant changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section. CAUTION OTQ077005 Put a thick cloth around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant in order to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts such as the generator. WARNING - Coolant • Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. • Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control or damage to paint and body trim. WARNING - Radiator cap Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine and radiator are hot. Scalding hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure causing serious injury. 7 21 Maintenance BRAKE AND CLUTCH (IF EQUIPPED) FLUID If the level is low, add fluid to the MAX level. The level will fall with accumulated mileage. This is a normal condition associated with the wear of the brake linings. If the fluid level is excessively low, have the brake system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Use only the specified brake fluid. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants or capacities” in section 9.) OTQ077006 Never mix different types of fluid. G080100AEN Checking the brake fluid level Check the fluid level in the reservoir periodically. The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir. Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake fluid, clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake fluid contamination. 7 22 WARNING - Loss of brake fluid In the event the brake system requires frequent additions of fluid, the vehicle should be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. WARNING - Brake fluid When changing and adding brake fluid, handle it carefully. Do not let it come in contact with your eyes. If brake fluid should come in contact with your eyes, immediately flush them with a large quantity of fresh tap water. Have your eyes examined by a doctor as soon as possible. CAUTION Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle's body paint, as paint damage will result. Brake fluid, which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should never be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed. It should be disposed of properly. Don't put in the wrong kind of fluid. A few drops of mineral-based oil, such as engine oil, in your brake system can damage brake system parts. Maintenance POWER STEERING FLUID ✽ NOTICE Check that the fluid level is in the "HOT" range on the reservoir. If the fluid is cold, check that it is in the "COLD" range. In the event the power steering system requires frequent addition of fluid, the vehicle should be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. OTQ077007 G090100AEN Checking the power steering fluid level With the vehicle on level ground, check the fluid level in the power steering reservoir periodically. The fluid should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir at the normal temperature. Before adding power steering fluid, thoroughly clean the area around the reservoir cap to prevent power steering fluid contamination. If the level is low, add fluid to the MAX level. Use only the specified power steering fluid. (Refer to "Recommended lubricants or capacities" in section 9.) G090200AEN Checking the power steering hose Check the connections for oil leaks, damage and twists in the power steering hose before driving. CAUTION • To avoid damage to the power steering pump, do not operate the vehicle for prolonged periods with a low power steering fluid level. • Never start the engine when the reservoir tank is empty. • When adding fluid, be careful that dirt does not get into the reservoir. • Too little fluid can result in increased steering effort and/or noise from the power steering system. • The use of the non-specified fluid could reduce the effectiveness of the power steering system and cause damage to it. 7 23 Maintenance AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID (IF EQUIPPED) OTQ077008 G100100ATQ Checking the automatic transmission fluid level ✽ NOTICE If your vehicle is not equipped with the automatic transmission level gauge, have the automatic transmission fluid inspected by an authorized Hyundai dealer according to the maintenance schedule. 7 24 If your vehicle is equipped with the automatic transmission level gauge, inspect the fluid level as follows. The automatic transmission fluid level should be checked regularly. Keep the vehicle on the level ground with the parking brake applied and check the fluid level according to the following procedure. 1. Place the selector lever in N (Neutral) position and confirm the engine is running at normal idle speed. 2. After the transmission is warmed up sufficiently (fluid temperature 70~80°C (158~176°F), for example by 10 minutes usual driving, move the shift lever through all positions then place the selector lever in “N (Neutral) or P (Park)” position. OTQ077009 3. Confirm that the fluid level is in “HOT” range on the level gauge. If the fluid level is lower, add the specified fluid from the fill hole. If the fluid level is higher, drain the fluid from the drain hole. 4. If the fluid level is checked in cold condition (fluid temperature 20~30°C (68~86°F) add the fluid to “C” (COLD) line and then recheck the fluid level according to the above step 2. Maintenance WARNING - Transmission fluid The transmission fluid level should be checked when the engine is at normal operating temperature. This means that the engine, radiator, radiator hose and exhaust system etc., are very hot. Exercise great care not to burn yourself during this procedure. CAUTION • Low fluid level causes transmission slippage. Overfilling can cause foaming, loss of fluid and transmission malfunction. • The use of a non-specified fluid could result in transmission malfunction and failure. WARNING - Parking brake To avoid sudden movement of the vehicle, apply parking brake and depress the brake pedal before moving the shift lever. ✽ NOTICE “C” (COLD) range is for reference only and should NOT be used to determine transmission fluid level. ✽ NOTICE New automatic transmission fluid should be red. The red dye is added so the assembly plant can identify it as automatic transmission fluid and distinguish it from engine oil or antifreeze. The red dye, which is not an indicator of fluid quality, is not permanent. As the vehicle is driven, the automatic transmission fluid will begin to look darker. The color may eventually appear light brown. Therefore, have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer change the automatic transmission fluid according to the Scheduled Maintenance at the beginning of this section. Use only the specified automatic transmission fluid. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants and capacities” in section 9.) G100200AFD Changing the automatic transmission fluid Have automatic transmission fluid changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section. 7 25 Maintenance WASHER FLUID PARKING BRAKE However, use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing. Front WARNING - Coolant OTQ077010 Rear (if equipped) OTQ077011 G120100AUN Checking the washer fluid level The reservoir is translucent so that you can check the level with a quick visual inspection. Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available. 7 26 • Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. • Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control or damage to paint and body trim. • Windshield Washer fluid agents contain some amounts of alcohol and can be flammable under certain circumstances. Do not allow sparks or flame to contact the washer fluid or the washer fluid reservoir. Damage to the vehicle or occupants could occur. • Windshield washer fluid is poisonous to humans and animals. Do not drink and avoid contacting windshield washer fluid. Serious injury or death could occur. OTQ057008 G140100AFD Checking the parking brake Check the stroke of the parking brake by counting the number of “clicks’’ heard while fully applying it from the released position. Also, the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the stroke is more or less than specified, have the parking brake adjusted by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Stroke : 7 “clicks’’ at a force 20 kg (44 lbs, 196 N). of Maintenance FUEL FILTER (FOR DIESEL) G150100AFD Draining water from fuel filter The fuel filter for diesel engine plays an important role of separating water from fuel and accumulating the water in its bottom. If water accumulates in the fuel filter, the warning light comes on when the ignition switch is in the ON position. If the light is turned on, take your car to the authorised HYUNDAI dealer and have drain the water and checked the system. CAUTION If the water accumulated in the fuel filter is not drained at proper times, damages to the major parts such as the fuel system can be caused by water permeation in the fuel filter. OTQ077012 G150200AEN Fuel filter cartridge replacement ✽ NOTICE When replacing the fuel filter cartridge, use HYUNDAI genuine parts. 7 27 Maintenance AIR CLEANER OTQ077015 OTQ077013 G160100AEN Filter replacement OTQ077014 1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching clips and open the cover. It must be replaced when necessary, and should not be cleaned and reused. OTQ077016 2. Replace the air cleaner filter. 3. Lock the cover with the cover attaching clips. 7 28 Maintenance CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED) Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas, replace the element more often than the usual recommended intervals. (Refer to “Maintenance under severe usage conditions” in this section.) CAUTION • Do not drive with the air cleaner removed; this will result in excessive engine wear. • When removing the air cleaner filter, be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake, or damage may result. • Use a HYUNDAI genuine part. Use of non-genuine parts could damage the air flow sensor or turbocharger. OTQ077017 OTQ077018 G170100AEN G170200ATQ Filter inspection Filter replacement The climate control air filter should be replaced every 15,000 km (10,000 miles). If the vehicle is operated in severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period, it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier. When you replace the climate control air filter, replace it performing the following procedure, and be careful to avoid damaging other components. 1. Open the glove box and remove the support rod (1). 7 29 Maintenance OTQ077019 OTQ077020 OTQ077021 2. With the glove box open, remove the stoppers on both sides to allow the glove box to hang freely on the hinges. 3. Remove the climate control air filter cover by turning the cover stopper (1) and then remove the air filters. 4. Replace the climate control air filter. 5. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly. ✽ NOTICE When replacing the climate control air filter install it properly. Otherwise, the system may produce noise and the effectiveness of the filter may be reduced. 7 30 Maintenance WIPER BLADES Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wipers. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments used by some commercial car washes. If the blades are not wiping properly, clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse thoroughly with clean water. 1JBA5122 G180100AUN Blade inspection ✽ NOTICE Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic car washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean. G180200AUN Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean adequately, the blades may be worn or cracked, and require replacement. CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manually. CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper blades, do not use gasoline, kerosene, paint thinner, or other solvents on or near them. CAUTION The use of a non-specified wiper blade could result in wiper malfunction and failure. 7 31 Maintenance 1LDA5023 G180201ATQ Front windshield wiper blade 1. Raise the wiper arm. CAUTION Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield, since it may chip or crack the windshield. 7 32 1JBA7037 1JBA7038 2. Compress the clip and slide the blade assembly downward. 3. Lift it off the arm. 4. Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal. Maintenance BATTERY OEN076018 G180202AFD Rear window wiper blade (if equipped) 1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the wiper blade assembly. OEN076019 2. Install the new blade assembly by inserting the center part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place. 3. Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly. To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace the wiper blade. OTQ077022 G190100AUN For best battery service • Keep the battery securely mounted. • Keep the battery top clean and dry. • Keep the terminals and connections clean, tight, and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease. • Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda. • If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time, disconnect the battery cables. 7 33 Maintenance WARNING - Battery dangers Always read the following instructions carefully when handling a battery. Keep lighted cigarettes and all other flames or sparks away from the battery. Hydrogen, a highly combustible gas, is always present in battery cells and may explode if ignited. Keep batteries out of the reach of children because batteries contain highly corrosive SULFURIC ACID. Do not allow battery acid to contact your skin, eyes, clothing or paint finish. (Continued) 7 34 (Continued) If any electrolyte gets into your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If electrolyte gets on your skin, thoroughly wash the contacted area. If you feel a pain or a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately. Wear eye protection when charging or working near a battery. Always provide ventilation when working in an enclosed space. • When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak, resulting in personal injury. Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners. • Never attempt to recharge the battery when the battery cables are connected. (Continued) (Continued) • The electrical ignition system works with high voltage. Never touch these components with the engine running or the ignition switched on. Failure to follow the above warnings can result in serious bodily injury or death. Maintenance G190200AUN Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance-free, calcium-based battery. • If the battery becomes discharged in a short time (because, for example, the headlights or interior lights were left on while the vehicle was not in use), recharge it by slow charging (trickle) for 10 hours. • If the battery gradually discharges because of high electric load while the vehicle is being used, recharge it at 2030A for two hours. WARNING - Recharging battery When recharging the battery, observe the following precautions: • The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in an area with good ventilation. • Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or flame near the battery. • Watch the battery during charging, and stop or reduce the charging rate if the battery cells begin gassing (boiling) violently or if the temperature of the electrolyte of any cell exceeds 49°C (120°F). • Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging. • Disconnect the battery charger in the following order. 1. Turn off the battery charger main switch. 2. Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal. 3. Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal. WARNING • Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery, turn off all accessories and stop the engine. • The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is disconnected. G190300ATQ Reset items Items should be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected. • Climate control system (See section 4) • Clock (See section 4) • Audio (See section 4) 7 35 Maintenance TIRES AND WHEELS G200100AUN CAUTION Tire care For proper maintenance, safety, and maximum fuel economy, you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle. G200200AEN Recommended cold tire inflation pressures All tire pressures (including the spare) should be checked when the tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or driven less than 1.6 km (one mile). Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride, top vehicle handling, and minimum tire wear. For recommended inflation pressure, refer to “Tire and wheels” in section 9. 7 36 OTQ087003 All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label attached to the vehicle. WARNING - Tire underinflation Severe underinflation can lead to severe heat build-up, causing blowouts, tread separation and other tire failures that can result in the loss of vehicle control leading to severe injury or death. This risk is much higher on hot days and when driving for long periods at high speeds. • Underinflation also results in excessive wear, poor handling and reduced fuel economy. Wheel deformation also is possible. Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels. If a tire frequently needs refilling, have it checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Overinflation produces a harsh ride, excessive wear at the center of the tire tread, and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards. Maintenance G200300AUN CAUTION • Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pressures by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6 psi). Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires will be underinflated. • Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation valve caps. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible. WARNING - Tire Inflation Overinflation or underinflation can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure. This could result in loss of vehicle control and potential injury. CAUTION - Tire pressure Always observe the following: • Check tire pressure when the tires are cold. (After vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or hasn't been driven more than 1.6 km (one mile) since startup.) • Check the pressure of your spare tire each time you check the pressure of other tires. • Never overload your vehicle. Be careful not to overload a vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one. • Worn, old tires can cause accidents. If your tread is badly worn, or if your tires have been damaged, replace them. Checking tire inflation pressure Check your tires once a month or more. Also, check the tire pressure of the spare tire. G200301AEN How to check Use a good quality gage to check tire pressure. You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they're underinflated. Check the tire's inflation pressure when the tires are cold. - "Cold" means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1.6 km (1 mile). 7 37 Maintenance Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem. Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement. If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire and loading information label, no further adjustment is necessary. If the pressure is low, add air until you reach the recommended amount. If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve. Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gage. Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture. 7 38 G200400AUN WARNING • Inspect your tires frequently for proper inflation as well as wear and damage. Always use a tire pressure gauge. • Tires with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling, loss of vehicle control, and sudden tire failure leading to accidents, injuries, and even death. The recommended cold tire pressure for your vehicle can be found in this manual and on the tire label located on the driver's side center pillar. • Worn tires can cause accidents. Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. • Remember to check the pressure of your spare tire. HYUNDAI recommends that you check the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your vehicle. Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recommended that the tires be rotated every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or sooner if irregular wear develops. During rotation, check the tires for correct balance. When rotating tires, check for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, outof-balance wheels, severe braking or severe cornering. Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire. Replace the tire if you find either of these conditions. Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness. Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section 9. Maintenance Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated. With a full-size spare tire ✽ NOTICE Rotate radial tires that have an asymmetric tread pattern only from front to rear and not from right to left. S2BLA790 Without a spare tire WARNING S2BLA790A Directional tires (if equipped) • Do not use the compact spare tire for tire rotation. • Do not mix bias ply and radial ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling characteristics that could result in death, severe injury, or property damage. G200500AUN Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance. In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels aligned again. However, if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other, the alignment may need to be reset. If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your wheels may need to be rebalanced. CAUTION Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle's aluminum wheels. Use only approved wheel weights. CBGQ0707A 7 39 Maintenance WARNING - Replacing Tread wear indicator OEN076053 G200600AEN Tire replacement If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread. This shows there is less than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of tread left on the tire. Replace the tire when this happens. Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replacing the tire. 7 40 tires To reduce the chance or serious or fatal injuries from an accident caused by tire failure or loss of vehicle control: • Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tires can cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering control, and traction. • Do not drive your vehicle with too little or too much pressure in your tires. This can lead to uneven wear and tire failure. • When replacing tires, never mix radial and bias-ply tires on the same car. You must replace all tires (including the spare) if moving from radial to bias-ply tires. (Continued) (Continued) • Using tires and wheel other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics and poor vehicle control, resulting in a serious accident. • Wheels that do not meet HYUNDAI’s specifications may fit poorly and result in damage to the vehicle or unusual handling and poor vehicle control. • The ABS works by comparing the speed of the wheels. Tire size can affect wheel speed. When replacing tires, all 4 tires must use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can cause the ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) and ESP (Electronic Stability Program) (if equipped) to work irregularly. Maintenance G200700BUN G200800AUN Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels for any reason, make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter, rim width and offset. Tire traction Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires, tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces. Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear. To reduce the possibility of losing control, slow down whenever there is rain, snow or ice on the road. WARNING A wheel that is not the correct size may adversely affect wheel and bearing life, braking and stopping abilities, handling characteristics, ground clearance, body-to-tire clearance, snow chain clearance, speedometer and odometer calibration, headlight aim and bumper height. 1 5,6 7 4 2 3 1 G200900AUN Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear. If you find a tire is worn unevenly, have your dealer check the wheel alignment. When you have new tires installed, make sure they are balanced. This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life. Additionally, a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel. I030B04JM G201000AUN Tire sidewall labeling This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number (TIN) for safety standard certification. The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall. G201001AUN 1. Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown. 7 41 Maintenance G201002AEN 2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire size designation. You will need this information when selecting replacement tires for your car. The following explains what the letters and numbers in the tire size designation mean. Example tire size designation: (These numbers are provided as an example only; your tire size designator could vary depending on your vehicle.) P245/65R17 105T P - Applicable vehicle type (tires marked with the prefix “P’’ are intended for use on passenger cars or light trucks; however, not all tires have this marking). 245 - Tire width in millimeters. 65 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section height as a percentage of its width. R - Tire construction code (Radial). 17 - Rim diameter in inches. 7 42 105 - Load Index, a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry. T - Speed Rating Symbol. See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information. Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with important information that you need if you ever have to replace one. The following explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designation mean. Example wheel size designation: 7.0JX17 7.0 - Rim width in inches. J - Rim contour designation. 17 - Rim diameter in inches. Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the different speed ratings currently being used for passenger car tires. The speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire. This symbol corresponds to that tire's designed maximum safe operating speed. Speed Rating Symbol S T H V Z Maximum Speed 180 km/h (112 mph) 190 km/h (118 mph) 210 km/h (130 mph) 240 km/h (149 mph) Above 240 km/h (149 mph) Maintenance G201003AEN 3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire Identification Number) Any tires that are over 6 years old, based on the manufacturing date, (including the spare tire) should be replaced by new ones. You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall (possibly on the inside of the wheel), displaying the DOT Code. The DOT Code is a series of numbers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters. The manufacturing date is designated by the last four digits (characters) of the DOT code. DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO The front part of the DOT means a plant code number, tire size and tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured. For example: DOT XXXX XXXX 1608 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2008. G201005AUN WARNING - Tire age Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used. Regardless of the remaining tread, it is recommended that tires generally be replaced after six (6) years of normal service. Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process. Failure to follow this warning can result in sudden tire failure, which could lead to a loss of control and an accident involving serious injury or death. G201004AEN 5. Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire. Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure. Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pressure. G201006AUN 6. Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire. When replacing the tires on the vehicle, always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire. 4. Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire, which include steel, nylon, polyester, and others. The letter "R" means radial ply construction; the letter "D" means diagonal or bias ply construction; and the letter "B" means belted-bias ply construction. 7 43 Maintenance G2010007BEN 7. Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example: TREAD wear 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATUE A Tread wear The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-ahalf times (1½) as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate. 7 44 These grades are molded on the side-walls of passenger vehicle tires. The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade. Traction - AA, A, B & C The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance. WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straightahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics. Temperature -A, B & C The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law. WARNING - Tire temperature The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat build-up and possible sudden tire failure. This can cause loss of vehicle control and serious injury or death. Maintenance FUSES Blade type Normal Blown Cartridge type Normal Blown Fusible link Normal This vehicle has 3 fuse panels, one located in the driver’s side panel bolster, the other in the engine compartment. If any of your vehicle’s lights, accessories, or controls do not work, check the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has blown, the element inside the fuse will be melted. If the electrical system does not work, first check the driver’s side fuse panel. Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating. If the replacement fuse blows, this indicates an electrical problem. Avoid using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Three kinds of fuses are used: blade type for lower amperage rating, cartridge type, and fusible link for higher amperage ratings. WARNING - Fuse replacement • Never replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the same rating. • A higher capacity fuse could cause damage and possibly a fire. • Never install a wire instead of the proper fuse - even as a temporary repair. It may cause extensive wiring damage and a possible fire. CAUTION Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system. Blown 1VQA4037 G210000AEN A vehicle’s electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses. 7 45 Maintenance If the headlights or other electrical components do not work and the fuses are OK, check the fuse panel in the engine compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must be replaced. OTQ077040 G210100AFD Instrument panel fuse replacement 1. Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off. 2. Open the fuse panel cover. 7 46 OTQ077041 3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out. Use the removal tool provided in the engine compartment fuse panel. 4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. Spare fuses are provided in the inner fuse panel (or in the engine compartment fuse panel). 5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. If you do not have a spare, use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle, such as the cigarette lighter fuse. Maintenance ✽ NOTICE • If the memory fuse is pulled up from the fuse panel, the warning chime, audio, clock and interior lamps, etc., will not operate. Some items must be reset after replacement. Refer to “Battery” in this section. • Even though the memory fuse is pulled up, the battery can still be discharged by operation of the headlights or other electrical devices. OTQ077042 OTQ077043 Diesel only G210101AUN Memory fuse Your vehicle is equipped with a memory fuse to prevent battery discharge if your vehicle is parked without being operated for prolonged periods. Use the following procedures before parking the vehicle for prolonged periods. 1. Turn off the engine. 2. Turn off the headlights and tail lights. 3. Open the driver’s side panel cover and pull up the memory fuse. OTQ077044 G210200AEN Engine compartment fuse replacement 1. Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off. 2. Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tab and pulling up. 7 47 Maintenance 3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. To remove or insert the fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse panel. 4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. ✽ NOTICE If the main fuse is blown, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. CAUTION After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment, securely install the fuse panel cover. If not, electrical failures may occur from water contact. 7 48 OTQ077045 G210201AEN Main fuse If the main fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows: 1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 2. Remove the nuts shown in the picture above. 3. Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating. 4. Reinstall in the reverse order of removal. Maintenance G210300ATQ Fuse/relay panel description Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity. Instrument panel fuse panel Engine compartment fuse panel ✽ NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label. Diesel only OTQ077046/OTQ077047/OTQ077048 7 49 Maintenance Instrument panel fuse panel Description Fuse rating AUDIO-2 C/LIGHTER S/HTD DRI DRL RR FOG LP H/LP FRT WIPER BCM HTR 10A 20A 10A 10A 15A 10A 25A 10A 10A B/UP LP ABS T/SIG LP A/BAG A/BAG IND CLUSTER ECU START MIRR HTD STOP LP BWS 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 15A 10A 7 50 Protected component Audio, Digital clock, BCM, Power outside mirror switch Cigarette lighter, Front power outlet Driver seat warmer switch (if equipped) BCM (if equipped) Rear fog lamp relay Head lamp High/Low relay Front wiper relay, Front wiper motor BCM Front/Rear blower relay, Front/Rear A/C control module, Condenser fan relay, Electro chromic mirror, Thermo switch, PTC heater relay(D4CB), EGR solenoid valve(D4BH) Back-up lamp relay, Back-up lamp switch, Transmission range switch ABS/ESP control module, ESP switch(D4CB) Hazard switch SRS control module Instrument cluster Instrument cluster, BCM, Immobilizer control module(D4BH), A/C relay(D4BH), Generator resister Vehicle speed sensor, ECM, Air flow sensor(D4CB), Injection pump(D4BH), TCM, Fuel filter warning sensor Start relay, Burglar alarm relay Front A/C control module, Power outside mirror & defogger LH/RH Stop lamp switch Buzzer Maintenance Description DR LOCK FRT FOG LP B/ALARM AUDIO-1 (POWER CONNECTOR) ROOM LP (POWER CONNECTOR) HAZARD FUEL LID P/WDW LH P/WDW RH Fuse rating Protected component 20A 10A 10A 15A Door lock/unlock relay Front fog lamp relay Burglar alarm horn relay Audio 10A Digital clock, Instrument cluster, Courtesy lamp LH/RH, Step lamp LH/RH, Cargo lamp, Room lamp switch, Door warning switch, Data link connector, BCM, Vanity lamp switch LH/RH, Overhead console lamp Hazard relay, Hazard switch Fuel filler door relay Power window main switch, Power window switch LH Power window main switch, Power window switch RH 15A 15A 25A 25A 7 51 Maintenance Engine compartment main fuse panel Description ALT BATT 1 BATT 2 BATT 3/RAD FAN IGN 1 IGN 2 ECU MAIN FRT HTR RR HTD RR HTR ABS 1 ABS 2 C/FAN F/FILTER ECU/TCU HORN BURNER F/PUMP ALT H/LP HI A/CON FRT DEICER TAIL LH 7 52 Fuse rating Protected component 150A Fuse(A/CON, FRT DEICER), Fusible link(FRT HTR, RR HTR, RR HTD, C/FAN, F/FILTER, ABS 1/2), Generator, E/R fuse & relay box RH Fuse(DR LOCK, FRT FOG LP, B/ALARM, Power connector(AUDIO-1, ROOM LP)) Fuse(FUEL LID, P/WDW LH/RH, HAZARD), Multipurpose check connector Fuse(STOP LP, BWS), Radiator fan relay(G4KC) Ignition switch(ACC, IG1) Ignition switch(IG2, START), Start relay Engine control relay Front blower relay Rear defogger relay Rear blower relay ABS control module(G4KC) ABS control module(G4KC) Condenser fan relay 1 Fuel filter heater relay(DIESEL) TCM, ECM (Gasoline) Horn relay Fuel fired heater control module(D4CB) Fuel pump relay(G4KC) Generator(D4BH) Head lamp(HIGH) relay, Head lamp(LOW) relay A/C relay Windshield defogger relay (if equipped) Head lamp LH(Position lamp), Rear combi lamp LH, License lamp LH 50A 30A 40A 40A 40A 30A/20A 40A 40A 40A 40A 40A 30A 30A 10A 10A 20A 15A 10A 15A 10A 15A 10A Maintenance Description Fuse rating TAIL RH H/LP LO LH H/LP LO RH SNSR 1 10A 10A 10A 10A SNSR 2 15A IGN COIL ECU 1 ECU 2 SAFETY P/WDW 15A 10A 20A 20A Protected component Head lamp RH(Position lamp), Rear combi lamp RH, License lamp RH Head lamp LH Head lamp RH A/C relay, Condenser fan relay(D4CB), Lambda sensor(D4CB), PTC heater relay #1(D4CB), Stop lamp switch(D4CB) D4CB:Camshaft position sensor, Glow plug relay, EGR actuator, VGT control valve, Immobilizer control module G4KC:Fuel pump relay, Canister purge solenoid valve, Oil control valve, Crankshaft position sensor, Oxygen sensor, Immobilizer control module, Idle speed control actuator Ignition coil #1~#4(G4KC), Condenser(G4KC) ECM(D4CB) ECM(D4CB, G4KC), Injector #1~#4(G4KC) Safety power window 7 53 Maintenance Engine compartment sub fuse panel (Diesel engine) Description GLOW PTC 1 PTC 2 PTC 3 ABS 1 ABS 2 GLOW 7 54 Fuse rating 80A 40A 40A 40A 40A 40A 10A Protected component Glow plug relay PTC heater relay #1 PTC heater relay #2 PTC heater relay #3 ABS/ESP control module ABS/ESP control module ECM (D4BH) Maintenance LIGHT BULBS G220000AEN CAUTION WARNING - Working on the lights Prior to working on the light, firmly apply the parking brake, ensure that the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position and turn off the lights to avoid sudden movement of the vehicle and burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock. Use only the bulbs of the specified wattage. CAUTION Be sure to replace the burned-out bulb with one of the same wattage rating. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the fuse or electric wiring system. If you don’t have necessary tools, the correct bulbs and the expertise, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. In many cases, it is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the bulb. This is especially true if you have to remove the headlight assembly to get to the bulb(s). Removing/installing the headlight assembly can result in damage to the vehicle. ✽ NOTICE After heavy, driving rain or washing, headlight and taillight lenses could appear frosty. This condition is caused by the temperature difference between the lamp inside and outside. This is similar to the condensation on your windows inside your vehicle during the rain and doesn’t indicate a problem with your vehicle. If the water leaks into the lamp bulb circuitry, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. OTQ077049 G220100AUN Headlight, position light, turn signal light, front fog light bulb replacement (1) Headlight (High) (2) Headlight (Low) (3) Position light (4) Front turn signal light (5) Front fog light (if equipped) 7 55 Maintenance (Continued) • If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it. • Wear eye protection when changing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down before handling it. OTQ077063 G220101ATQ Headlight bulb WARNING - Halogen bulbs • Halogen bulbs contain pressurized gas that will produce flying pieces of glass if broken. • Always handle them carefully, and avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids. Never touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit. A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlight. (Continued) 7 56 OTQ077062 1. Open the hood. 2. Remove the headlight bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise. 3. Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly. 4. Install a new headlight bulb assembly. 5. Install the headlight bulb cover by turning it clockwise. Maintenance G220102ATQ Turn signal light/position light, fog light bulb (if equipped) Turn signal light 1. If necessary, remove the headlight assembly by loosening the headlight installation bolts. When you remove the headlight assembly, you may need to remove the bumper according to the vehicle. 2. Replace the malfunctioned light bulb. 3. Install the headlight assembly. Fog light bulb (if equipped) 1. Remove the fog light under cover by loosening the screw. 2. Replace the malfunctioned light bulb. 3. Install the fog light under cover. OTQ077050 Position light 1. Open the hood. 2. Remove the socket by turning it counterclockwise. 3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 4. Insert a new bulb in the socket. 5. Install the position light socket. OTQ077056 G220200AUN Side repeater light bulb replacement (if equipped) 1. Remove the light assembly from the vehicle by prying the lens and pulling the assembly out. 2. Disconnect the bulb electrical connector. 3. Separate the socket and the lens parts by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the lens part. 4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 5. Insert a new bulb in the socket. 6. Reassemble the socket and the lens part. 7. Connect the bulb electrical connector. 8. Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle. 7 57 Maintenance - Without rear fog light (1) Tail light (2) Back-up light (3) Rear turn signal light (4) Stop light Type A OTQ077051 Type B OTQ077051G G220300ATQ Rear combination light bulb replacement 7 58 - With rear fog light (1) Tail and stop light (2) Back-up light (3) Rear turn signal light (4) Rear fog light OTQ077052 OTQ077053 1. Open the tailgate. 2. Loosen the light assembly retaining screws with a philips head screwdriver. 3. Remove the rear combination light assembly from the body of the vehicle. Maintenance 6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place. 7. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. 8. Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle. OTQ077060G OTQ077054 OTQ077091 OTQ077055 4. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 5. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket. G220400ATQ High mounted stop light replacement (if equipped) 1. Open the tailgate. 2. Loosen the light assembly retaining bolts with a proper tool. 7 59 Maintenance 4. Install a new bulb. 5. Reinstall the lens securely with the lens retaining screws. Type A OEN076039 OTQ077092 3. Remove the light assembly from the body of the vehicle. 4. Separate the socket and the lens parts by removing the screws with a philips head screwdriver. 5. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 6. Insert a new bulb in the socket. 7. Reassemble the socket and the lens part. 8. Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle. Type B OTQ077081 G220500AUN License plate light bulb replacement 1. Loosen the lens retaining screws with a philips head screwdriver. 2. Remove the lens. 3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 7 60 Maintenance 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens from the interior light housing. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. Type A WARNING OTQ077065 Type B Prior to working on the Interior Lights, ensure that the “OFF” button is depressed to avoid burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock. 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Align the lens tabs with the interior light housing notches and snap the lens into place. OTQ077065G Type C CAUTION Use care not to dirty or damage lens, lens tab, and plastic housings. OTQ077065L G220600AUN Interior light bulb replacement 7 61 Maintenance APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care G230101AUN Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish. Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label. G230102AEN Finish maintenance Washing To help protect your vehicle’s finish from rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water. If you use your vehicle for off-road driving, you should wash it after each offroad trip. Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign materials. Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean. 7 62 Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle’s finish if not removed immediately. Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on painted surfaces, may be used. After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow soap to dry on the finish. OJB037800 CAUTION Do not use strong soap, chemical detergents or hot water, and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm. WARNING - Wet brakes After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed. CAUTION • Water washing in the engine compartment including high pressure water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment. • Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them. Maintenance Waxing Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint. Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing. Use a good quality liquid or paste wax, and follow the manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster. Removing oil, tar, and similar materials with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need waxing. CAUTION G230103AUN G230104AUN Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly. Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense. Bright-metal maintenance • To remove road tar and insects, use a tar remover, not a scraper or other sharp object. • To protect the surfaces of bright-metal parts from corrosion, apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster. • During winter weather or in coastal areas, cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preservative. If necessary, coat the parts with non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound. ✽ NOTICE If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement, be sure the body shop applies anti-corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced. • Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish. • Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome-plated or anodized aluminum parts. This may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration. 7 63 Maintenance G230106AUN G230105AUN Underbody maintenance Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may collect on the underbody. If these materials are not removed, accelerated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaust system, even though they have been treated with rust protection. Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month, after off-road driving and at the end of each winter. Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it. The lower edges of doors, rocker panels, and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt; trapped water in these areas can cause rusting. 7 64 WARNING After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed. Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with a clear protective finish. • Do not use any abrasive cleaner, polishing compound, solvent, or wire brushes on aluminum wheels. They may scratch or damage the finish. • Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water. Also, be sure to clean the wheels after driving on salted roads. This helps prevent corrosion. • Avoid washing the wheels with highspeed car wash brushes. • Do not use any acid detergent. It may damage and corrode the aluminum wheels coated with a clear protective finish. Maintenance G230107AUN Corrosion protection Protecting your vehicle from corrosion By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corrosion, we produces cars of the highest quality. However, this is only part of the job. To achieve the long-term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver, the owner's cooperation and assistance is also required. Common causes of corrosion The most common causes of corrosion on your car are: • Road salt, dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the car. • Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion. High-corrosion areas If you live in an area where your car is regularly exposed to corrosive materials, corrosion protection is particularly important. Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts, dust control chemicals, ocean air and industrial pollution. Moisture breeds corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur. For example, corrosion is accelerated by high humidity, particularly when temperatures are just above freezing. In such conditions, the corrosive material is kept in contact with the car surfaces by moisture that is slow to evaporate. Mud is particularly corrosive because it is slow to dry and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle. Although the mud appears to be dry, it can still retain the moisture and promote corrosion. High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to keep your car clean and free of mud or accumulations of other materials. This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the car. 7 65 Maintenance To help prevent corrosion You can help prevent corrosion from getting started by observing the following: Keep your car clean The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your car clean and free of corrosive materials. Attention to the underside of the car is particularly important. • If you live in a high-corrosion area — where road salts are used, near the ocean, areas with industrial pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you should take extra care to prevent corrosion. In winter, hose off the underside of your car at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over. 7 66 • When cleaning underneath the car, give particular attention to the components under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view. Do a thorough job; just dampening the accumulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials. • When cleaning lower door panels, rocker panels and frame members, be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion. Keep your garage dry Don't park your car in a damp, poorly ventilated garage. This creates a favorable environment for corrosion. This is particularly true if you wash your car in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow, ice or mud. Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed. Keep paint and trim in good condition Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with "touch-up" paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of corrosion. If bare metal is showing through, the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended. Bird droppings : Bird droppings are highly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours. Always remove bird droppings as soon as possible. Don't neglect the interior Moisture can collect under the floor mats and carpeting to cause corrosion. Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry. Use particular care if you carry fertilizers, cleaning materials or chemicals in the car. These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up, flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried. Maintenance Interior care G230201AUN Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oil from contacting the dashboard because they may cause damage or discoloration. If they do contact the dashboard, wipe them off immediately. See the instructions that follow for the proper way to clean vinyl. CAUTION Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them. G230202AUN G230203AUN Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner. Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt webbing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow the instructions provided with the soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing because this may weaken it. Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or carpets. Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention, the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained. CAUTION Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric’s appearance and fireresistant properties. G230204AUN Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy film), they should be cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container. CAUTION Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window. This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid. 7 67 Maintenance EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) G270000AEN The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty. Please see the warranty information contained in the Service Passport in your vehicle. Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system to meet all applicable emission regulations. There are three emission control systems, as follows. (1) Crankcase emission control system (2) Evaporative emission control system (3) Exhaust emission control system In order to assure the proper function of the emission control systems, it is recommended that you have your car inspected and maintained by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual. 7 68 Caution for the Inspection and Maintenance Test (With Electronic Stability Program (ESP) system) • To prevent the vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing, turn the Electronic Stability Program (ESP) system off by pressing the ESP switch. • After dynamometer testing is completed, turn the ESP system back on by pressing the ESP switch again. G270100AUN 1. Crankcase emission control system The positive crankcase ventilation system is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow-by gases being emitted from the crankcase. This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose. Inside the crankcase, the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases, which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system. G270200AUN 2. Evaporative emission control (including ORVR: Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmosphere. (The ORVR system is designed to allow the vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station, preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere.) Maintenance G270201AUN G270300AUN G270302AUN Canister Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister. When the engine is running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control solenoid valve. 3. Exhaust emission control system Engine exhaust gas precautions (carbon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if you smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside your vehicle, have it inspected and repaired immediately. If you ever suspect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle, drive it only with all the windows fully open. Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately. G270202AUN Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV) The purge control solenoid valve is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM); when the engine coolant temperature is low during idling, the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the engine. After the engine warmsup during ordinary driving, the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine. The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle performance. G270301AUN Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified. Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty. WARNING - Exhaust Engine exhaust gases contain carbon monoxide (CO). Though colorless and odorless, it is dangerous and could be lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions on this page to avoid CO poisoning. 7 69 Maintenance • Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas (such as garages) any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area. • When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running, adjust the ventilation system (as needed) to draw outside air into the vehicle. • Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle for any extended time with the engine running. • When the engine stalls or fails to start, excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system. 7 70 G270303AEN Operating precautions for catalytic converters (if equipped) WARNING - Fire A hot exhaust system can ignite flammable items under your vehicle. Do not park, idle, or drive the vehicle over or near flammable objects, such as grass, vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control device. Therefore, the following precautions must be observed: • Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gasoline engines. • Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction, such as misfire or a noticeable loss of performance. • Do not misuse or abuse the engine. Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off. • Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods (5 minutes or more). • Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Avoid driving with a very low fuel level. If you run out of gasoline, it could cause the engine to misfire and result in excessive loading of the catalytic converter. Failure to observe these precautions could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle. Additionally, such actions could void your warranties. Vehicle identification number (VIN) / 8-2 Vehicle certification label / 8-2 Tire specification and pressure label / 8-2 Engine number / 8-3 Consumer information 8 Consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL TIRE SPECIFICATION AND PRESSURE LABEL Frame number OTQ087001 VIN label (if equipped) OTQ087002 OEN086004N H010000ATQ The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the number used in registering your car and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc. 8 2 OTQ087003 H020000AUN H030000AUN The vehicle certification label located on the driver’s (or front passenger’s) side center pillar gives the vehicle identification number (VIN). The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving. The tire label located on the driver's side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your car. Consumer information ENGINE NUMBER The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing. 4D56 Diesel engine B060B01P A2.5 Diesel engine OTQ087004 Gasoline engine B060D01P H04000AUN 8 3 Dimensions / 9-2 Bulb wattage / 9-2 Tires and wheels / 9-3 Recommended lubricants and capacities / 9-4 Specifications 9 Specifications DIMENSIONS BULB WATTAGE I010000ATQ I030000ATQ Item mm (in) Overall length 5125 (201.8) Overall width 1920 (75.6) Overall height 1925 (75.8) Front tread 1685 (66.3) Rear tread 1660 (65.4) Wheelbase 3200 (126.0) The above dimensions are based on 12-seater/8-seater vehicle. Light Bulb Headlights (Low) Headlights (High) Front turn signal lights Position lights Side repeater lights* Front fog lights* Rear fog light* Stop and tail lights Rear turn signal lights Back-up lights High mounted stop light* License plate lights Room lamps Luggage lamp* Step lamp* * : If equipped 9 2 Wattage 55 55 21 5 5 27 21 21/5 21 16 5 5 10 10 5 Specifications TIRES AND WHEELS I020000ATQ Except China Inflation pressure bar (psi, kPa) Item Full size tire Tire size Wheel size 215/70R16 6.5Jx16 Wagon Normal load *1 Wheel lug nut torque Van Maximum load kg•m (lb•ft, N•m) Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear 2.9 3.25 2.9 3.5 2.9 3.5 (42, 290) (47,325) (42, 290) (51,350) (42, 290) (51,350) 9~11 (65~79, 88~107) * Normal load : Up to 3 persons ✽ NOTICE - For Europe • Purchase of Regular tire : Consult with a dealer about tire replacement (Originally Equipped tire maker : Hankook tire Co.Ltd). Refer to web page : http://www.hankooktire.com/eur_eng/indexNew.asp • Recommended Snow tire & Inflation pressure specification : 195/75R16C 8PR (Load index=107/105), 475 kPa (69 psi) 9 3 Specifications RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES I040000ATQ To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy. These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle. Lubricant Volume Engine oil * * 1 2 (drain and refill) Recommends Manual transmission fluid Automatic transmission fluid Power steering Classification VGT*3 : API Service CH-4 or above, ACEA B4 WGT*4 : API Service CF-4 or above, ACEA B4 A2.5 7.4 l (7.82 US qt.) 4D56 5.4 l (5.71 US qt.) API Service CF-4 or above, ACEA B2 or B3 Gasoline engine 4.3 l (4.54 US qt.) API Service SJ, SL or above, ILSAC GF-3 or above A2.5 Diesel engine 3.2 l (3.38 US qt.) Diesel engine 4D56 Diesel engine & Gasoline engine A2.5 Diesel engine 4D56 Diesel engine & Gasoline engine 1.95 l (2.06 US qt.) API Service GL-4 SAE 75W/85 10.0 l (10.60 US qt.) APOLLOIL ATF RED-1 8.0 l (8.45 US qt.) CASTLE AUTO FLUID T-IV, DIAMOND ATF SP-I 0.9~1.0 l (0.95~1.06 US qt.) PSF-3 *1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on page 9-6. *2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings. *3 VGT : Variable Geometry Turbocharger *4 WGT : Waste Gate Turbocharger 9 4 Specifications Lubricant Volume Wagon Coolant Van Classification Diesel engine 13 l (13.74 US qt.) Gasoline engine 10.2 l (10.8 US qt.) Mixture of antifreeze and water Diesel engine 10 l (10.75 US qt.) (Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminium radiator) Gasoline engine 7.1 l (7.5 US qt.) Brake fluid 0.7~0.8 l (0.7~0.8 US qt.) Rear axle oil 1.8~2.4 l (1.9~2.54 US qt.) FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4 The temperate zone (-30°C ~ 30°C) : API GL-4 (SAE 90) The torrid zone (30°C ~ ) : API GL-4 (SAE 140) The frigid zone ( ~ -30°C) : API GL-5 (SAE 80) Fuel 75 l (79.25 US gal.) - 9 5 Specifications I040100AUN Recommended SAE viscosity number CAUTION Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged. Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather. Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in engine damage. Temperature When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart. Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers °C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 (°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 50 120 20W-50 15W-40 Gasoline Engine Oil *1 10W-30 5W-20, 5W-30 15W-40 10W-30 Diesel Engine Oil 5W-30 0W-30 *2 1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W20,5W-30 (API SJ, SL / ILSAC GF-3 or above). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart. 2. It is only for extreme cold area and to be restricted by driving condition and area. (Especially, not recommended for sustained high loaded and high speed operation.) 9 6 Index I Index A E Air bag - supplemental restraint system ······················ 3-35 Air cleaner ··································································· 7-28 Appearance care ·························································· 7-62 Audio system ······························································· 4-79 Automatic transmission ··············································· 5-11 Automatic transmission fluid ······································ 7-24 Economical operation ·················································· 5-29 Emergency commodity ················································ 6-19 Emergency starting ························································ 6-4 Emission control system ·············································· 7-68 Engine compartment ·············································· 2-6, 7-2 Engine coolant ····························································· 7-19 Engine number ······························································· 8-3 Engine oil ····································································· 7-18 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ············· 7-15 B Battery ········································································· 7-33 Before driving ································································ 5-3 Brake system ······························································· 5-18 Brakes and clutch fluid ················································ 7-22 Bulb wattage ·································································· 9-2 C Child restraint system ·················································· 3-24 Climate control air filter ·············································· 7-29 D Defroster ······································································ 4-58 Dimensions ···································································· 9-2 Door locks ····································································· 4-8 I 2 F Fuel filler lid ································································ 4-23 Fuel filter ····································································· 7-27 Fuel requirements ·························································· 1-2 Fuses ············································································ 7-45 H Hazard warning flasher ··············································· 4-46 Hood ············································································ 4-21 How to use this manual ················································· 1-2 Index I If the engine overheats ·················································· 6-6 If the engine will not start ············································· 6-3 If you have a flat tire ····················································· 6-7 In case of an emergency while driving ························· 6-2 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster ················· 1-6 Instrument cluster ························································ 4-32 Instrument panel overview ············································ 2-3 Interior features ··························································· 4-74 Interior light ································································· 4-56 Interior overview ··························································· 2-4 Manual transmission ······················································ 5-8 Mirrors ········································································· 4-28 O Owner maintenance ······················································· 7-6 P Parking brake ······························································ 7-26 Power steering fluid ····················································· 7-23 R K Key positions ································································· 5-4 Keys ··············································································· 4-2 Rear parking assist system ·········································· 4-44 Recommended lubricants and capacities ······················· 9-4 Remote keyless entry ····················································· 4-4 Road warning ································································· 6-2 L S Light bulbs ··································································· 7-55 Lighting ······································································· 4-47 Locking differential ····················································· 5-28 M Maintenance services ····················································· 7-4 Manual climate control system ··································· 4-59 Scheduled maintenance service ····································· 7-8 Seat belts ······································································ 3-13 Seats ··············································································· 3-2 Special driving conditions ··········································· 5-31 Starting the engine ························································· 5-6 Steering wheel ····························································· 4-26 Storage compartment ··················································· 4-72 I 3 Index T Tailgate ········································································ 4-13 Theft-alarm system ························································ 4-6 Tire specification and pressure label ····························· 8-2 Tires and wheels ··················································· 7-36, 9-3 Towing ········································································· 6-14 Trailer towing (for Europe) ········································· 5-40 V Vehicle break-in process ················································ 1-5 Vehicle certification label ·············································· 8-2 Vehicle handling instructions ········································ 1-5 Vehicle identification number (VIN) ····························· 8-2 Vehicle weight ····························································· 5-47 W Washer fluid ································································· 7-26 Windows ······································································ 4-16 Windshield defrosting and defogging ························· 4-70 Winter driving ······························································ 5-36 Wiper blades ································································ 7-31 Wipers and washers ····················································· 4-52 I 4 OWNER'S MANUAL Operation Maintenance Specifications The information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, the right to amend specifications without notice or obligation to incorporate such amendments into vehicles already produced is reserved. This manual applies to all markets and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, some of the equipment operating descriptions referred to may not apply to the particular vehicle with which this manual is supplied. Please refer to the nearest Hyundai authorised repairer for information regarding current standard and optional equipment levels. CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO ORIGINAL VEHICLE SPECIFICATION Modification to the original vehicle specification may invalidate the manufacturers warranty and may adversely affect the safety and durability of the vehicle. Components which are subject to modification or are added to the original vehicle specification without the express approval of the manufacturer and result in consequential loss or damage are not covered by the vehicle manufacturers warranty. TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION This vehicle is fitted with electronically controlled fuel injection or other micro processor controlled equipment. It is possible for incorrectly installed two way radio equipment including mobile telephones to adversely affect these systems. Before radio equipment of this kind is installed, please contact your Hyundai authorised repairer for recommendation regarding the suitability of the particular radio equipment concerned and the recommended method of installation and equipment location. Incorrectly installed or unsuitable equipment which gives rise to incorrect functioning of or damage to electronic vehicle components will not fall within the scope of the vehicle manufacturers warranty. F2 SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE. These titles indicate the following: WARNING This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or other persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning. CAUTION This indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution. ✽ NOTICE This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided. F3 FOREWORD Hyundai Motor Company wish to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing a Hyundai product and to welcome you to the ever increasing number of discriminating motorists who drive Hyundai vehicles. The advanced engineering and construction methods employed during both design and production of the Hyundai marque are something of which we are proud, and this commitment to providing a high quality product is supported by a comprehensive after sales and warranty service of which we are equally proud. This owner's manual will introduce the operating and maintenance requirements for the vehicle and it is recommended that it is carefully read to ensure that the maximum performance and durability along with safe and satisfactory operation are obtained. The recommended routine maintenance servicing along with any running repairs that may be required should be entrusted to a Hyundai authorised repairer to ensure that only the latest methods and genuine Hyundai replacement parts are used for the continued reliability, safety and performance of the vehicle. Should any question or query exist regarding any aspect of your Hyundai please contact the nearest Hyundai authorised repairer who will be only too pleased to assist wherever possible. Note : This owners manual should be considered as part of the vehicle and should be kept in the vehicle at all times for ease of reference. In the event of the vehicle being sold please ensure that this manual is left in the vehicle for the reference of the new owner. CAUTION Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 9-4 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual. Copyright 2008 Hyundai Motor Company. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor Company. F4 Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts 1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts? Hyundai Genuine Parts are manufactured to the same specification as those used by Hyundai Motor Company to manufacture vehicles and are designed and tested to guarantee optimum safety, performance, and reliability. 2. Why should you use genuine parts? Hyundai Genuine Parts are engineered and built to meet rigid manufacturing requirements. The use of imitation, counterfeit or used salvage parts is not covered under the Hyundai New Vehicle Warranty. A100A01L In addition, any damage to or failure of Hyundai Genuine Parts caused by the installation or failure of an imitation, counterfeit or used salvage part is not covered by the Hyundai New Vehicle Warranty. 3. How can you tell if you are purchasing Hyundai Genuine Parts? Look for the Hyundai Genuine Parts Logo on the package (see below). Hyundai Genuine Parts exported to are packaged with labels written only in English. Hyundai Genuine Parts are only sold through Hyundai authorised repairers. A100A02L A100A03L A100A04L F5 table of contents Introduction 1 Your vehicle at a glance 2 Safety features of your vehicle 3 Features of your vehicle 4 Driving your vehicle 5 What to do in an emergency 6 Maintenance 7 Consumer information 8 Specifications 9 Index I Introduction How to use this manual / 1-2 Fuel requirements / 1-2 Vehicle handling instructions / 1-5 Vehicle run-in process / 1-5 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster / 1-6 1 Introduction HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL A010000ATQ-UK This Owners Manual is designed to help vehicle users derive the greatest possible amount of enjoyment and satisfaction from driving the HYUNDAI H-1/i800. It is strongly recommended that the entire manual is read in order that all of the features, safety systems and maintenance requirements are understood. To minimise the RISK of death or injury, the "WARNING" and "CAUTION" statements must be read and understood before operating the vehicle. Illustrations are used throughout the manual to complement written descriptions intended to best explain how to enjoy using the vehicle. Reading this manual will assist the vehicle user to learn about and understand the features, important safety information, and driving recommendations. The general layout of the manual is provided in the Table of Contents. The index has an alphabetical listing of all the information contained in the manual. The manual has nine sections plus an index. Each section begins with a brief list of contents to easily identify at a glance if that section contains the information being sought. 1 2 FUEL REQUIREMENTS "WARNING", "CAUTION", and "NOTICE" information is provided to enhance the personal safety of the vehicle user. This information must be carefully read and followed. WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation in which harm, serious bodily injury or death could result if the warning is ignored. Petrol engine A020101AEN-UK Unleaded Your new HYUNDAI vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having an Octane Rating of RON (Research Octane Number) 91 / AKI (Anti-Knock Index) 87 or higher. Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL, as well as minimise exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling. CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to your vehicle could result if the caution is ignored. ✽ NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or helpful information is being provided. CAUTION NEVER USE LEADED FUEL. The use of leaded fuel is detrimental to the catalytic converter and will damage the engine control system’s oxygen sensor and affect emission control. Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified. (Consult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer for details.) Introduction WARNING • Do not "top off" after the nozzle automatically shuts off when refuelling. • Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident. A020103AUN-UK A020104AEN-UK Petrol containing alcohol and methanol Gasohol, a mixture of petrol and ethanol (also known as grain alcohol), and petrol or gasohol containing methanol (also known as wood alcohol) are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded petrol. Do not use gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol, and do not use petrol or gasohol containing any methanol. Either of these fuels may cause drivability problems and damage to the fuel system. Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur. Vehicle damage or driveability problems may not be covered by the manufacturer’s warranty if they result from the use of: 1. Gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol. 2. Petrol or gasohol containing methanol. 3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol. Use of MTBE HYUNDAI recommends that fuels containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) should not be used in your vehicle. Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) may reduce vehicle performance and produce vapour lock or hard starting. CAUTION The New Vehicle Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any performance problems caused by the use of fuels containing methanol or fuels containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight). CAUTION Never use gasohol which contains methanol. Discontinue use of any gasohol product which impairs drivability. 1 3 Introduction A020105AUN-UK Do not use methanol Fuels containing methanol (wood alcohol) should not be used. This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and damage components of the fuel system. A020106AUN-UK Fuels for cleaner air To help contribute to cleaner air, HYUNDAI recommends use of fuels treated with detergent additives, which help to prevent deposit formation in the engine. These fuels will help the engines run cleaner and increase the Emission Control System performance. A020107AUN-UK Operation in foreign countries Drivers of vehicles which are to be operated in foreign countries must satisfy themselves that: • The vehicle meets all local regulations with respect to insurance, specifications etc.. • The correct types and grades of fuel are available for satisfactory operation of the vehicle. 1 4 Diesel engine A020201AUN-UK Diesel fuel Diesel engines must be operated only on commercially available diesel fuel that complies with EN 590 or comparable standard. (EN stands for "European Norm"). Do not use marine diesel fuel, heating oils, or non-approved fuel additives, these will increase wear and cause damage to the engine and fuel system. The use of non-approved fuels and / or fuel additives will invalidate the New Vehicle Warranty. Diesel fuel of 52 to 54 cetane must be used in HYUNDAI diesel engined vehicles. If two types of diesel fuel are available, use summer or winter fuel properly according to the following temperature conditions. • Above -5°C(23°F) ... Summer type diesel fuel. • Below -5°C(23°F) ... Winter type diesel fuel. Watch the fuel gauge very carefully : If the engine stops due to fuel failure, the circuits must be completely purged to permit restarting. CAUTION Do not allow petrol or water to enter the fuel tank. If this happens, the tank should be completely drained and the fuel lines must all be cleaned out to prevent the fuel pump from becoming contaminated. Introduction A020202AUN Biodiesel Commercially supplied biodiesel blends of no more than 5% biodiesel, commonly known as "B5 biodiesel" may be used in your vehicle if it meets EN 14214 or equivalent specifications. (EN stands for "European Norm"). The use of biofuels made from rapeseed methyl ester (RME), fatty acid methyl ester (FAME), vegetable oil methyl ester (VME) etc. or mixing diesel with biodiesel will cause increased wear or damage to the engine and fuel system. Repair or replacement of worn or damaged components due to the use of non approved fuels will not be covered by the manufactures warranty. CAUTION • Never use any fuel, whether diesel or B5 biodiesel that fails to meet the latest petroleum industry specification. • Never use any fuel additives or treatments that are not recommended or approved by the vehicle manufacturer. VEHICLE HANDLING INSTRUCTIONS A090000AEN-UK As with other vehicles of this type, failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control, an accident or vehicle rollover. Specific design characteristics (higher ground clearance, track, etc.) give this vehicle a higher centre of gravity than other types of vehicles. In other words they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional 2-wheel drive vehicles. Avoid sharp turns or abrupt manoeuvres. Again, failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control, an accident or vehicle rollover. Be sure to read the “Reducing the risk of a rollover” driving guidelines, in section 5 of this manual. VEHICLE RUN-IN PROCESS A030000AUN-UK No special run-in period is needed. By following a few simple precautions for the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you may add to the performance, economy and life of your vehicle. • Do not race the engine. • Whilst driving, keep your engine speed (rpm, or revolutions per minute) between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm. • Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time, either fast or slow. Varying engine speed is needed to properly run-in the engine. • Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly. • Don't let the engine idle longer than 3 minutes at one time. • Don't tow a trailer/caravan during the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of operation. 1 5 Introduction INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER A050000ATQ-UK Door ajar warning light Air bag warning light (if equipped) Seat belt warning light (if equipped) Immobiliser indicator (if equipped) High beam indicator Tailgate open warning light Turn signal indicator Low fuel level warning light ABS warning light (if equipped) Glow indicator (Diesel only) Parking brake & Brake fluid warning light Fuel filter warning light (Diesel only) Engine oil pressure warning light O/D OFF O/D OFF indicator (if equipped) Charging system warning light ESP ESP indicator (if equipped) Malfunction indicator (if equipped) ESP OFF ESP OFF indicator (if equipped) * For more detailed explanations, refer to “Instrument cluster” in section 4. 1 6 Your vehicle at a glance Interior overview / 2-2 Instrument panel overview / 2-3 Engine compartment / 2-4 2 Your vehicle at a glance INTERIOR OVERVIEW 1. Door lock/unlock button* ...................4-10 2. Outside rearview mirror control switch*...............................................4-30 3. Central door lock switch* ..................4-11 4. Power window switches*...................4-16 5. Air vent..............................................4-60 6. Front fog light switch*........................4-49 7. Rear fog light switch* .......................4-50 8. Head lamp levelling device*..............4-51 9. Instrument panel illumination control knob*.................................................4-33 10. Steering wheel tilt control* ..............4-26 11. Steering wheel ................................4-26 12. Fuse box .........................................7-39 13. Bonnet release lever .......................4-21 14. Brake pedal.....................................5-18 15. Accelerator pedal..............................5-6 16. Seat...................................................3-2 17. Fuel filler lid release button.............4-23 * : if equipped OTQ027001R B010000ATQ-UK 2 2 Your vehicle at a glance INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW 1. Instrument cluster.............................4-32 2. Light control / Turn signals ...............4-47 3. Horn .................................................4-27 4. Wiper/Washer...................................4-52 5. Driver’s front air bag* .......................3-35 6. Ignition switch.....................................5-4 7. Digital clock* ....................................4-77 8. Audio*...............................................4-79 9. Hazard warning flasher switch..4-46, 6-2 10. Climate control system* .................4-59 11. Parking brake .................................5-19 12. Shift lever ................................5-11, 5-8 13. Passenger’s front air bag* ..............3-35 14. Glove box .......................................4-72 * : if equipped OTQ027002R B020000ATQ 2 3 Your vehicle at a glance ENGINE COMPARTMENT 1. Power steering fluid reservoir ...........7-17 2. Automatic transmission fluid dipstick*.............................................7-18 3. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-12 4. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-16 5. Fuse box ...........................................7-39 6. Negative battery terminal..................7-27 7. Positive battery terminal ...................7-27 8. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-13 9. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-12 10. Radiator cap ...................................7-15 11. Windscreen washer fluid reservoir..7-20 12. Air cleaner.......................................7-22 * : if equipped * The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OTQ027003R B030000ATQ-UK 2 4 Seats / 3-2 Seat belts / 3-13 Child restraint system / 3-24 Air bag - supplemental restraint system / 3-35 Safety features of your vehicle 3 Safety features of your vehicle SEATS Front seat (1) Fore/aft seat slide adjustment lever (2) Seatback recline lever (3) Seat cushion height adjuster (Driver’s seat)* (4) Seat warmer (Driver’s seat)* (5) Head restraint 2nd row seat* / 3rd row seat* (6) Fore/aft seat slide adjustment lever (7) Seatback recline lever (8) Head restraint 4th row seat* (9) Fore/aft seat slide adjustment lever (10) Folding seat cushion release lever (11) Head restraint *: if equipped OTQ037001R C010000ATQ-UK The actual seats in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 3 2 Safety features of your vehicle WARNING - Loose objects Loose objects in the driver’s foot area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, possibly causing an accident. Do not place anything under the front seats. WARNING - Uprighting seat When you return the seatback to its upright position, hold the seatback and return it slowly and be sure there are no other occupants around the seat. If the seatback is returned without being held and controlled, the back of the seat could spring forward resulting in accidental injury to a person struck by the seatback. WARNING - Driver responsibility for passengers Riding in a vehicle with the seatback reclined could lead to serious or fatal injury in an accident. If a seat is reclined during an accident, the occupant’s hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt applying great force to the unprotected abdomen. Serious or fatal internal injuries could result. The driver must advise the front passenger to keep the seatback in an upright position whenever the vehicle is in motion. WARNING - Driver’s seat • Never attempt to adjust the seat whilst the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss of control, and an accident causing death, serious injury, or property damage. • Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position of the seatback. Storing items against a seatback or in any other way interfering with proper locking of a seatback could result in serious or fatal injury in a sudden stop or collision. • Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap portion of the seat belt snug and low across the hips. This is the best position to protect you in case of an accident. • In order to avoid unnecessary and perhaps severe air bag injuries, always sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel whilst maintaining comfortable control of the vehicle. We recommend that your chest be at least 10 inches (250 mm) away from the steering wheel. 3 3 Safety features of your vehicle WARNING - Rear seatbacks • The rear seatback must be securely latched. If not, passengers and objects could be thrown forward resulting in serious injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or collision. • Luggage and other cargo should be laid flat in the cargo area. If objects are large, heavy, or must be piled, they must be secured. Under no circumstances should cargo be piled higher than the seatbacks. Failure to follow these warnings could result in serious injury or death in the event of a sudden stop, collision or rollover. • No passenger should ride in the cargo area or sit or lie on folded seatbacks whilst the vehicle is moving. All passengers must be properly seated in seats and restrained properly whilst riding. (Continued) 3 4 (Continued) • When resetting the seatback to the upright position, make sure it is securely latched by pushing it forward and backward. • To avoid the possibility of burns, do not remove the carpet in the cargo area. Emission control devices beneath this floor generate high temperatures. OTQ037002/H WARNING After adjusting the seat, always check that it is securely locked into place by attempting to move the seat forward or backwards without using the fore/aft adjuster. Sudden or unexpected movement of the driver's seat could cause you to lose control of the vehicle resulting in an accident. Front seat adjustment C010101AUN Forward and backward To move the seat forward or backward: 1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever under the front edge of the seat cushion up and hold it. 2. Slide the seat to the position you desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place. Adjust the seat before driving, and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly. Safety features of your vehicle OTQ037003/H OTQ037004/H OTQ037008R C010102AUN C010103AUN C010107ATQ-UK Seatback angle To recline the seatback: 1. Lean forward slightly and lift up on the seatback recline lever located on the outside of the seat at the rear. 2. Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback of the seat to the position you desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place. (The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock.) Seat cushion height (for driver’s seat) To change the height of the seat cushion, push the lever that is located on the outside of the seat cushion upwards or downwards. • To lower the seat cushion, push the lever down several times. • To raise the seat cushion, pull the lever up several times. Seat warmer (Driver’s seat, if equipped) The seat warmer is provided to warm the driver’s seat during cold weather. With the ignition switch in the ON position, push the switch to warm the driver's seat. During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed, keep the switch in the "OFF" position. • The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on. 3 5 Safety features of your vehicle ✽ NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in ON position, the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature. CAUTION • When cleaning the seats, do not use an organic solvent such as thinner, benzene, alcohol and petrol. Doing so may damage the surface of the heater or seats. • To prevent overheating the seat warmer, do not place blankets, cushions or seat covers on the seats whilst the seat warmer is in operation. • Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmer. Damage to the seat warming components could occur. WARNING - Seat warmer burns Passengers should use extreme caution when using seat warmers due to the possibility of excess heating or burns. In particular, the driver must exercise extreme care for the following types of passengers: 1. Infants, children, elderly or handicapped persons, or hospital outpatients 2. Persons with sensitive skin or those that burn easily 3. Fatigued individuals 4. Intoxicated individuals 5. Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness (sleeping pills, cold tablets, etc.) C010104BTQ-UK Head restraint The driver's and front passenger's seats are equipped with a head restraint for the occupant's safety and comfort. The head restraint not only provides comfort for the driver and front passenger, but also helps to protect the head and neck in the event of a collision. 3 6 WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident, the head restraint should be adjusted so the middle of the head restraint is at the same height of the centre of gravity of an occupant's head. Generally, the centre of gravity of most people's head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes. Also, adjust the head restraint as close to your head as possible. For this reason, the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended. • Do not operate the vehicle with the head restraints removed as severe injury to the occupants may occur in the event of an accident. Head restraints may provide protection against neck injuries when properly adjusted. • Do not adjust the head restraint position of the driver's seat whilst the vehicle is in motion. Safety features of your vehicle 3 OTQ037006 OTQ037007 Adjusting the height up and down To raise the head restraint, pull it up to the desired position (1). To lower the head restraint, push and hold the release button (2) on the head restraint support and lower the head restraint to the desired position (3). Removal To remove the head restraint, raise it as far as it can go then press the release button (1) whilst pulling upward (2). To reinstall the head restraint, put the head restraint poles (3) into the holes whilst pressing the release button (1). Then adjust it to the appropriate height. WARNING Make sure the head restraint locks in position after adjusting it to properly protects the occupants. OTQ037036 C010108AUN Seatback pocket (if equipped) The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front passenger’s and driver’s seatbacks. WARNING - Seatback pockets Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the seatback pockets. In an accident they could come loose from the pocket and injure vehicle occupants. 3 7 Safety features of your vehicle 2. Slide the seat to the position you desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place. Adjust the seat before driving, and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly. Type A Type A OTQ037012 OTQ037011 Type B Type B OTQ037012G Type C OTQ037011G Rear seat adjustment C010301ATQ Forward and backward (2nd and 3rd row, if equipped) To move the seat forward or backward: 1. Pull up the seat slide adjustment lever under the front edge of the seat cushion and hold it. 3 8 OTQ037015 C010302ATQ Seatback angle (if equipped) Safety features of your vehicle To recline the seatback: 1. Pull or pull up the seatback recline lever. 2. Carefully lean back the seat and adjust the seatback to the position you desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place. (The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock.) C010303BUN-UK Head restraint The rear seats is equipped with head restraints in the outboard seating positions (except centre seating position) for the occupant's safety and comfort. The head restraint not only provides comfort for passengers, but also helps to protect the head and neck in the event of a collision. WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident, the head restraint should be adjusted so the middle of the head restraint is at the same height of the centre of gravity of an occupant's head. Generally, the centre of gravity of most people's head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes. Also, adjust the head restraint as close to your head as possible. The use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended. • Do not operate the vehicle with the head restraints removed as severe injury to an occupant may occur in the event of an accident. Head restraints may provide protection against severe neck injuries when properly adjusted. OTQ037013 Adjusting the height up and down To raise the head restraint, pull it up to the desired position (1). To lower the head restraint, push and hold the release button (2) on the head restraint support and lower the head restraint to the desired position (3). 3 9 Safety features of your vehicle CAUTION - Damaging rear seat belt buckles When you fold the rear (2nd and/or 3rd row) seatback, insert the buckle in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion. Doing so can prevent the buckle from being damaged by the rear seatback. 3 OTQ037014 Removal To remove the head restraint, raise it as far as it can go then press the release button (1) whilst pulling upward (2). To reinstall the head restraint, put the head restraint poles (3) into the holes whilst pressing the release button (1). Then adjust it to the appropriate height. WARNING Make sure the head restraint locks in position after adjusting it to properly protect the occupants. 3 10 OTQ037031 C010304ATQ-UK Centre seat folding (if equipped) 1. Stow the rear seat belt in the pocket to prevent the seat belt from being damaged. 2. Pull the release knob and fold the seatback forward. 3. Fold up the seat. WARNING - Uprighting seat When you return the seatback to its upright position, hold the seatback and return it slowly. If the seatback is returned without holding it, the back of the seat could spring forward resulting in injury caused by being struck by the seatback. CAUTION - Rear seat belts When returning the rear (2nd and/or 3rd row) seatbacks to the upright position, remember to return the rear shoulder belts to their proper position. Routing the seat belt webbing through the rear seat belt guides will help keep the belts from being trapped behind or under the seats. Safety features of your vehicle C010307ATQ-UK Folding the rear seat (4th row seat, if equipped) The rear seat cushion may be folded to facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle. To fold the rear seat: 1. Stow the rear seat belt in the pocket to prevent the seat belt from being damaged. 2. Set the 3rd row seatback to the upright position and if necessary, slide the 3rd row seat forward. WARNING The purpose of the fold rear seat is to allow you to carry longer objects that could not be accommodated in the cargo area. Never allow passengers to sit on a improper position (ex : top of the folded seat, floor etc.) whilst the car is moving as this is not a proper seating position and no seat belts are available for use. This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or sudden stop. Objects carried on the cargo area should not extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks. Doing this could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops. OTQ037016 OTQ037017 3. Pull on the seat cushion folding lever, then fold the seat toward the rear of the vehicle. 4. Increase the luggauge compartment space by moving the rear seat using the sliding lever. 3 11 Safety features of your vehicle WARNING When you return the rear seat cushion to its locking position after being folded: Be careful not to damage the seat belt webbing or buckle. Do not allow the seat belt webbing or buckle to get caught or pinched in the rear seat. Ensure that the seat is completely locked into its proper position by pushing the seat cushion and seatback. Otherwise, in an accident or sudden stop, the seat could fold, which could result in serious injury or death. 3 12 WARNING - Cargo Cargo should always be secured to prevent it from being thrown about the vehicle in a collision and causing injury to the vehicle occupants. Do not place objects in the rear seats, since they cannot be properly secured and may hit the front seat occupants in a collision. OUN026140 WARNING - Cargo loading WARNING The head restraint on the seat (especially the last row seat) should be adjusted so the middle of the head restraint is at the same height as the top of the occupant's eyes. If the tailgate is pushed down to close when a passenger's head is not against a properly adjusted head restraint or a tall person is seated, the tailgate may hit the occupant's head, which could cause injury. Make sure the engine is off, the transmission is in P (Park) and the parking brake is securely applied whenever loading or unloading cargo. Failure to take these steps may allow the vehicle to move if the shift lever is inadvertently moved to another position. Safety features of your vehicle SEAT BELTS C020100AUN Seat belt restraint system WARNING • For maximum restraint system protection, the seat belts must always be used whenever the car is moving. • Seat belts are most effective when seatbacks are in the upright position. • Children age 12 and under must always be properly restrained in the rear seat. Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat, he/she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible. • Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back. An improperly positioned shoulder belt can cause serious injuries in a crash. The shoulder belt should be positioned midway over your shoulder across your collarbone. (Continued) (Continued) • Avoid wearing twisted seat belts. A twisted belt can't do its job as well. In a collision, it could even cut into you. Be sure the belt webbing is straight and not twisted. • Be careful not to damage the belt webbing or hardware. If the belt webbing or hardware is damaged, replace it. WARNING Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body, and should be worn low across the front of the pelvis, or the pelvis, chest and shoulders, as applicable; wearing the lap section of the belt across the abdominal area must be avoided. Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as possible, consistent with comfort, to provide the protection for which they have been designed. A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the occupant. (Continued) (Continued) Care should be taken to avoid contamination of the webbing with polishes, oils and chemicals and particularly battery acid. Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water. The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed, contaminated or damaged. It is essential to replace the entire assembly after it has been worn in a severe impact even if damage to the assembly is not obvious. Belts should not be worn with straps twisted. Each seat belt assembly must only be used by one occupant; it is dangerous to put a belt around a child being carried on the occupant's lap. WARNING No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack, or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack. 3 13 Safety features of your vehicle ✽ NOTICE If you are not able to pull out the seat belt from the retractor, firmly pull the belt out and release it. Then you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly. 1GQA2083 B180A01NF-E D150302AEN-EE C020102AEN-UK Seat belt warning (if equipped) As a reminder to the driver, the seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening. If the driver’s seat belt is unfastened after the ignition switch is ON, the seat belt warning light blinks again for approximately 6 seconds. Lap/shoulder belt To fasten your seat belt: To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab (1) into the buckle (2). There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle. The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips. If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt will extend and let you move around. If there is a sudden stop or impact, however, the belt will lock into position. It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly. Seat belt warning chime (if equipped) If the driver's seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it is unfastened after the ignition switch is ON, the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 6 seconds. At this time, if the seat belt is fastened, the chime will stop at once. 3 14 Safety features of your vehicle To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1). To lower it, push it down (3) whilst pressing the height adjuster button (2). Release the button to lock the anchor into position. Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position. Front seat WARNING B200A02NF/H WARNING You should place the lap belt portion as low as possible and snugly across your hips, not on your waist. If the lap belt is located too high on your waist, it may increase the chance of injury in the event of a collision. Both arms should not be under or over the belt. Rather, one should be over and the other under, as shown in the illustration. Never wear the seat belt under the arm nearest the door. OEN036029 Height adjustment (if equipped) You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of 5 positions for maximum comfort and safety. The height of the adjusting seat belt should not be too near your neck. The shoulder portion should be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder nearest the door and not your neck. To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position. • Verify the shoulder belt anchor is locked into position at the appropriate height. Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face. Improperly positioned seat belts can cause serious injuries in an accident. • Failure to replace seat belts after an accident could leave you with damaged seat belts that will not provide protection in the event of another collision leading to personal injury or death. Replace your seat belts after being in an accident as soon as possible. 3 15 Safety features of your vehicle OEN036030 B210A01NF-E To release the seat belt: The seat belt is released by pressing the release button (1) in the locking buckle. When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor. If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then try again. B220A04NF-1 C020103AUN-UK Lap belt (if equipped) To fasten your seat belt: To fasten a 2-point static type belt, insert the metal tab (1) into the locking buckle (2). There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle. Check to make sure the belt is properly locked and that the belt is not twisted. Too high Correct Shorten B220B01NF With a 2-point static type seat belt, the length must be adjusted manually so it fits snugly around your body. Fasten the belt and pull on the loose end to tighten. The belt should be placed as low as possible on your hips, not on your waist. If the belt is too high, it could increase the possibility of your being injured in an accident. 3 16 Safety features of your vehicle Type A OTQ037021 Type B OTQ037020 B210A02NF-1 When using the rear centre seat belt, the buckle with the “CENTER” mark must be used. To release the seat belt: When you want to release the seat belt, press the button (1) in the locking buckle. WARNING The centre lap belt latching mechanism is different from those for the rear seat shoulder belts. When fastening the rear seat shoulder belts or the centre lap belt, make sure they are inserted into the correct buckles to obtain maximum protection from the seat belt system and assure proper operation. OTQ037022 Type C OTQ037022G C020105AUN Stowing the rear seat belt 3 17 Safety features of your vehicle • The rear seat belt buckles can be stowed in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion when not in use. • The centre seat belt can be stowed with the plate and webbing rolled in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion. OEN036300/H C020200AEN-UK Pre-tensioner seat belt (if equipped) The vehicle is equipped with driver and front passenger pre-tensioner seat belts. The pre-tensioner function ensures that the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant under certain impact conditions. If the severity of impact or the angle of impact is such that the airbags or pretensioners will not provide additional occupant protection, the system will not deploy. If the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock into position. Under impact or braking conditions, seat belt retractor will lock. Depending upon the severity and angle of impact, the pre-tensioner may activate and will pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant. 3 18 1KMB3311A/H The seat belt pre-tensioner system consists mainly of the following components. Their locations are shown in the illustration: 1. SRS air bag warning light 2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly 3. SRS control module Safety features of your vehicle WARNING To obtain maximum benefit from a pre-tensioner seat belt: 1. The seat belt must be worn correctly and adjusted to the proper position. Please read and follow all of the important information and precautions about your vehicle’s occupant safety features – including seat belts and air bags – that are provided in this manual. 2. Be sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts properly. ✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE • Both the driver and front passenger pre-tensioners activate according to the angle and severity of impact. • When the pre-tensioners are activated, a loud noise may be heard and fine dust, which may appear to be smoke, may be visible in the passenger compartment. These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous. • Although it is harmless, the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be breathed for prolonged periods. Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which the pre-tensioners. Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pretensioner seat belt, the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position, and then it should turn off. CAUTION If the pre-tensioner seat belt is not working properly, this warning light will illuminate even if there is no malfunction of the SRS air bag. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to ON, or if it remains illuminated after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds, or if it illuminates whilst the vehicle is being driven, please have a HYUNDAI authorised repairer inspect the pre-tensioner seat belt and SRS air bag system as soon as possible. 3 19 Safety features of your vehicle WARNING • Pre-tensioners are designed to operate only one time. After activation, pre-tensioner seat belts must be replaced. All seat belts, of any type, should always be replaced after they have been worn during a collision. • The pre-tensioner seat belt assembly mechanisms become hot during activation. Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been activated. • Do not attempt to inspect or replace the pre-tensioner seat belts yourself. This must be done by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. • Do not strike the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies. • Do not attempt to service or repair the pre-tensioner seat belt system in any manner. (Continued) 3 20 (Continued) • Improper handling of the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies, and failure to heed the warnings not to strike, modify, inspect, replace, service or repair the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies may lead to improper operation or inadvertent activation and serious injury. • Always wear the seat belts when driving or riding in a motor vehicle. C020300AUN Seat belt precautions WARNING All occupants of the vehicle must wear their seat belts at all times. Seat belts and child restraints reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries for all occupants in the event of a collision or sudden stop. Without a seat belt, occupants could be shifted too close to a deploying air bag, strike the interior structure or be thrown from the vehicle. Properly worn seat belts greatly reduce these hazards. Always follow the precautions about seat belts, air bags and occupant seating contained in this manual. Safety features of your vehicle C020306AUN Infant or small child You should be aware of the specific requirements in your country. Child and/or infant seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat. For more information about the use of these restraints, refer to “Child restraint system” in this section. WARNING Every person in your vehicle needs to be properly restrained at all times, including infants and children. Never hold a child in your arms or lap when riding in a vehicle. The violent forces created during a crash will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the interior. Always use a child restraint appropriate for your child's height and weight. ✽ NOTICE Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Safety Standards of your country. Before buying any child restraint system, make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Safety Standards of your country. The restraint must be appropriate for your child's height and weight. Check the label on the child restraint for this information. Refer to “Child restraint system” in this section. C020301AUN-UK Larger children Children who are too large for child restraint systems should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap/shoulder belts. The lap portion should be fastened snug on the hips and as low as possible. Check belt fit periodically. A child's squirming could put the belt out of position. Children are afforded the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system in the rear seat. If a larger child (over age 12) must be seated in the front seat, the child should be securely restrained by the available lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position. Children age 12 and under should be restrained securely in the rear seat. NEVER place a child age 12 and under in the front seat. NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle. 3 21 Safety features of your vehicle If the shoulder belt portion slightly touches the child’s neck or face, try placing the child closer to the centre of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint system. WARNING - Shoulder belts on small children • Never allow a shoulder belt to be in contact with a child’s neck or face whilst the vehicle is in motion. • If seat belts are not properly worn and adjusted on children, there is a risk of death or serious injury. C020302AUN-UK C020305AUN Pregnant women The use of a seat belt is recommended for pregnant women. The seat belt should be worn as low and snugly as possible across the hips, not across the abdomen. A qualified Medical Practitioner should be consulted for further information. Do not lie down To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve maximum effectiveness of the restraint system, all passengers should be sitting up and the front and rear seats should be in an upright position when the car is moving. A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the front and rear seats are in a reclined position. C020303AUN-UK Injured person A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported. For specific recommendations, the advice of a qualified Medical Practioner should be sought. C020304AUN-UK One person per belt The seat belts are designed to be used by one seat occupant only. The use of a seat belt by more than one person increases the levels of injury which may be sustained in the event of an accident. 3 22 WARNING Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop. The protection of your restraint system (seat belts and air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seat. Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work properly. The more the seatback is reclined, the greater the chance that an occupant's hips will slide under the lap belt causing serious internal injuries or the occupant's neck could strike the shoulder belt. Drivers and passengers should always sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright. Safety features of your vehicle C020400AEN-UK C020401AEN-UK Care of seat belts Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected periodically for wear or damage of any kind. Parts of the system that are damaged should be replaced as soon as possible. Under no circumstances must any part of the seat belt assemblies be dismantled or repaired. Seat belt assemblies must never be disassembled or modified in any way. In addition, care should be exercised to ensure that the belt assemblies do not become damaged by being trapped in seat mechanisms, door shuts etc. WARNING When you return the rear seat to its seating position after the rear seat has been folded, be careful not to damage the seat belt webbing or buckle. Be sure that the webbing or buckle does not get caught or pinched in the rear seat. A seat belt with damaged webbing or buckle could possibly fail during a collision or sudden stop, resulting in serious injury. If the webbing or buckles are damaged, get them replaced immediately. C020402AUN-UK Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean and dry. If belts become dirty, they can be cleaned using a mild soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong detergents or abrasives should not be used since the fabric may become damaged and weakened. C020403AEN-UK When to replace seat belts The entire seat belt assembly or assemblies should be inspected by an authorised repairer if the vehicle has been involved in an accident even if no damage is evident. Additional questions concerning seat belt operation should be directed to a Hyundai authorised repairer. 3 23 Safety features of your vehicle CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM C030000AEN-UK Children riding in the car should sit in the rear seat and must always be properly restrained to minimise the risk of injury in an accident, sudden stop or sudden manoeuvre. According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat. Larger children not in a child restraint should use one of the seat belts provided. You should be aware of the specific requirements in your country. Child and/or infant safety seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat. You must use a commercially available child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Safety Standards of your country. Child restraint systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt, or by a tether anchor and/or ISOFIX anchors (if equipped). Children could be injured or killed in a crash if their restraints are not properly secured. For small children and babies, a child seat or infant seat must be used. Before buying a particular child restraint system, make sure it fits your car seat and seat belts, and fits your child. Follow all the instructions provided by the manufacturer when installing the child restraint system. 3 24 WARNING • A child restraint system must be placed in the rear seat. Never install a child or infant seat on the front passenger's seat. Should an accident occur and cause the passenger-side air bag to deploy, it could severely injure or kill an infant or child seated in an infant or child seat. Thus only use a child restraint in the rear seat of your vehicle. • A seat belt or child restraint system can become very hot if it is left in a closed vehicle on a sunny day, even if the outside temperature does not feel hot. Be sure to check the seat cover and buckles before placing a child there. (Continued) (Continued) • When the child restraint system is not in use, store it in the luggage area or fasten it with a seat belt so that it will not be thrown forward in the case of a sudden stop or an accident. • Children may be seriously injured or killed by an inflating air bag. All children, even those too large for child restraints, must ride in the rear seat. Safety features of your vehicle WARNING To reduce the chance or serious or fatal injuries: • Children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat. A child riding in the front passenger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating air bag resulting in serious or fatal injuries. • Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use of the child restraint. • Always make sure the child seat is secured properly in the car and your child is securely restrained in the child seat. • Never hold a child in your arms or lap when riding in a vehicle. The violent forces created during a crash will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the car’s interior. • Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt could press deep into the child causing serious internal injuries. (Continued) (Continued) • Never leave children unattended in a vehicle – not even for a short time. The car can heat up very quickly, resulting in serious injuries to children inside. Even very young children may inadvertently cause the vehicle to move, entangle themselves in the windows, or lock themselves or others inside the vehicle. • Never allow two children, or any two persons, to use the same seat belt. • Children often squirm and reposition themselves improperly. Never let a child ride with the shoulder belt under their arm or behind their back. Always properly position and secure children in rear seat. • Never allow a child to stand-up or kneel on the seat or floor of a moving vehicle. During a collision or sudden stop, the child can be violently thrown against the vehicles interior, resulting in serious injury. (Continued) (Continued) • Never use an infant carrier or a child safety seat that "hooks" over a seatback, it may not provide adequate security in an accident. • Seat belts can become very hot, especially when the car is parked in direct sunlight. Always check seat belt buckles before fastening them over a child. 3 25 Safety features of your vehicle For safety reasons, we recommend that the child restraint system be used in the rear seats. Rearward-facing child restraint system WARNING CRS09 Forward-facing child restraint system OTQ037038 C030100AEN-UK Using a child restraint system For small children and babies, the use of a child seat or infant seat is required. This child seat or infant seat should be of appropriate size for the child and should be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 3 26 Never place a rear-facing child restraint in the front passenger seat, because of the danger that an inflating passenger-side air bag could impact the rear-facing child restraint and kill the child. WARNING - Child seat installation • A child can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint is not properly anchored to the car and the child is not properly restrained in the child restraint. Before installing the child restraint system, read the instructions supplied by the child restraint system manufacturer. • If the seat belt does not operate as described in this section, have the system checked immediately by your HYUNDAI authorised repairer. • Failure to observe this manual's instructions regarding child restraint systems and the instructions provided with the child restraint system could increase the chance and/or severity of injury in an accident. Safety features of your vehicle 1GHA2260 2. Extend the latch plate tongue of the lap belt. 3. Route the lap belt through the restraint according to the seat manufacturer’s instructions. 4. Buckle the seat belt and adjust the lap belt for a snug hold on the child restraint by pulling on the loose end of the belt. After installation of the child restraint system, try to move it in all directions to be sure the child restraint system is securely installed. E2MS103005 C030102AUN-UK Installing a child restraint system by lap/shoulder belt OTQ007002 C030101ATQ Installing a child restraint system by lap belt To install a child restraint system on the outboard or centre rear seats, do the following: 1. Place the child restraint system on the rear seat. To install a child restraint system on the outboard or centre rear seats, do the following: 1. Place the child restraint system in the seat and route the lap/shoulder belt around or through the restraint, following the restraint manufacturer’s instructions. Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted. 3 27 Safety features of your vehicle If you need to tighten the belt, pull more webbing toward the retractor. When you unbuckle the seat belt and allow it to retract, the retractor will automatically revert back to its normal seated passenger emergency locking usage condition. OEN036101 OEN036104 2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into the buckle. Listen for the distinct “click” sound. Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency. 3. Buckle the seat belt and allow the seat belt to take up any slack. After installation of the child restraint system, try to move it in all directions to be sure the child restraint system is securely installed. 3 28 Safety features of your vehicle C030105ATQ-UK Child seat restraint suitability for seat position using the seat belt Use child safety seats that have been officially approved and are appropriate for your children. When using the child safety seats, refer to the following table. 8-seater Wagon Seating position Age group 0 : Up to 10 kg (0 - 9 months) 0+ : Up to 13 kg (0 - 2 years) I : 9 kg to 18 kg (9 months - 4 years) II & III : 15 kg to 36 kg (4 - 12 years) Front passenger 2nd outboard 2nd centre 3rd outboard 3rd centre X X X U U L4 L4 L4 U U L1, L2, L3 L1, L2, L3 L1, L2, L3 U U X X X U U 5/6-seater Van Seating position Age group 0 : Up to 10 kg (0 - 9 months) 0+ : Up to 13 kg (0 - 2 years) I : 9 kg to 18 kg (9 months - 4 years) II & III : 15 kg to 36 kg (4 - 12 years) Front passenger Front centre 2nd outboard 2nd centre X X X X L4 X L4 X L1, L2, L3 X L1, L2, L3 X X X X X L1 : Suitable for Romer Lord Plus (E1 03301136) approved for the use in this mass group L2 : Suitable for Romer DUO (E1 3301133) approved for the use in this mass group L3 : Suitable for BeSafe iZi COMFORT (E4 03443206) approved for the use in this mass group L4 : Suitable for Bebe comfort ELIOS (E2 037014) approved for the use in this mass group U : Suitable for "universal" category restraints approved for use in this mass group UF : Suitable for forward-facing "universal" category restraints approved for the use in this mass group X : Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group 3 29 Safety features of your vehicle WARNING A child can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint is not properly anchored to the car and the child is not properly restrained in the child restraint. Always follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use. OTQ037039L C030103ATQ-UK Securing a child restraint seat with “Tether Anchor” system (if equipped) Child restraint hook holders are located behind the rear seats. 3 30 2GHA3300L 1. Route the child restraint seat strap over the seatback. For vehicles with adjustable head restraint, route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts, otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatback. 2. Connect the tether strap hook to the appropriate child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the seat. WARNING - Tether strap Never mount more than one child restraint to a single tether or to a single lower anchorage point. The increased load caused by multiple seats may cause the tethers or anchorage points to break, causing serious injury or death. Safety features of your vehicle WARNING - Child restraint check Check that the child restraint system is secure by pushing and pulling it in different directions. Incorrectly fitted child restraints may swing, twist, tip or separate causing death or serious injury. WARNING - Child restraint anchorage • Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle. • The tether strap may not work properly if attached somewhere other than the correct tether anchor. OTQ038161R C030104ATQ-UK Securing a child restraint system with “ISOFIX” system and “Tether Anchorage” system (if equipped) ISOFIX is a standardised method of fitting child seats that eliminates the need to use the standard adult seat belt to secure the seat in the vehicle. This enables a much more secure and positive location with the added benefit of easier and quicker installation. An ISOFIX-seat can only be installed if it has vehicle-specific approval in accordance with the requirements of ECER44. OTQ037040L There are ISOFIX marks located on the lower portion of each side of the rear seatbacks. These marks indicate the position of the lower anchors for child restraints so equipped. 3 31 Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Install the child restraint seat fully rearward against the seatback with the seatback in a vertical position, not reclined. To secure the child restraint seat 1. To engage the child restraint seat to the ISOFIX anchor, insert the child restraint seat latch into the ISOFIX anchor. Listen for the audible “click” sound. CAUTION WARNING OUN036140L On each side of the rear seat, between the cushion and backrest, are located a pair of ISOFIX anchorage points together with a top tether mounting behind the rear seats. During the installation, the seat has to be engaged at the anchorage-points in a way you can hear it clicking (check by pulling!) and has to be fixed with the Top Tether-belt on the belonging point behind rear seats. The installing and the use of a child-seat has to be done according to the installing-manual, which is added to the ISOFIX-seat. 3 32 When using the vehicle's "ISOFIX" system to install a child restraint system in the rear seat, all unused vehicle rear seat belt metal latch plates or tabs must be latched securely in their seat belt buckles and the seat belt webbing must be retracted behind the child restraint to prevent the child from reaching and taking hold of unretracted seat belts. Unlatched metal latch plates or tabs may allow the child to reach the unretracted seat belts which may result in strangulation and a serious injury or death to the child in the child restraint. Do not allow the rear seat belt webbing to get scratched or pinched by the ISOFIX-seat latch and ISOFIX anchor during the installation. 2. Connect the tether strap hook to the child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the seat. (Refer to the previous page.) Safety features of your vehicle WARNING • Do not install a child restraint seat at the centre of the rear seat using the vehicle's ISOFIX anchors. The ISOFIX anchors are only provided for the left and right outboard rear seating positions. Do not misuse the ISOFIX anchors by attempting to attach a child restraint seat in the middle of the rear seat to the ISOFIX anchors. In a crash, the child restraint seat ISOFIX attachments may not be strong enough to secure the child restraint seat properly in the centre of the rear seat and may break, causing serious injury or death. • Do not mount more than one child restraint to a child restraint lower anchorage point. The improper increased load may cause the anchorage points or tether anchor to break, causing serious injury or death. (Continued) (Continued) • Attach the ISOFIX or ISOFIX-compatible child restraint seat only to the appropriate locations shown in the illustration. • Always follow the installation and use instructions provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint. 3 33 Safety features of your vehicle C030106ATQ Child seat restraint suitability for vehicle ISOFIX positions vehicle ISOFIX positions Mass Group Carrycot Size Class F Fixture ISO/L1 Front Passenger Rear Outboard - IUF G ISO/L2 - IUF 0 : UP to 10kg E ISO/R1 - IUF E ISO/R1 - IUF 0+ : UP to 13kg D ISO/R2 - IUF C ISO/R3 - IUF D ISO/R2 - IUF C ISO/R3 - IUF I : 9 to 18kg B ISO/F2 - IUF B1 ISO/F2X - IUF A ISO/F3 - IUF IUF = Suitable for ISOFIX forward child restraints systems of universal category approved for use in the mass group. * Both ISO/R2 and ISO/R3 are able to be set up only at the foremost position of the passenger seat. * ISOFIX child restraint system size classes and fixtures A - ISO/F3: Full-Height Forward-Facing toddler CRS (height 720mm) B - ISO/F2: Reduced-Height Forward-Facing toddler CRS (height 650mm) 3 34 B1 - ISO/F2X: Reduced-Height Second Version Back Surface Shape Forward-Facing toddler CRS (height 650mm) C - ISO/R3: Full-Size Rearward-Facing toddler CRS D - ISO/R2: Reduced-Size Rearward-Facing toddler CRS E - ISO/R1: Infant-Size Rearward-Facing CRS F - ISO/L1: Left Lateral Facing position CRS (carry-cot) G - ISO/L2: Right Lateral Facing position CRS (carry-cot) Safety features of your vehicle AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) C040000ATQ-UK (1) Driver’s front air bag (2) Passenger’s front air bag* * : if equipped WARNING Even in vehicles with air bags, you and your passengers must always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimise the risk and severity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover. * The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OTQ037023R 3 35 Safety features of your vehicle C040900ATQ How does the air bag system operate • Air bags are activated (able to inflate if necessary) only when the ignition switch is turned to the ON or START position. • Air bags inflate instantly in the event of a serious frontal collision in order to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury. • There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate. Generally, air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a collision and its direction. These two factors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment/ inflation signal. • Air bag deployment depends on a number of factors including vehicle speed, angles of impact and the density and stiffness of the vehicles or objects which your vehicle hits in the collision. The determining factors are not limited to those mentioned above. • The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant. It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident. 3 36 It is much more likely that you will simply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision. • In order to help provide protection in a severe collision, the air bags must inflate rapidly. The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of the extremely short time in which a collision occurs and the need to inflate the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures. This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life-threatening injuries in a severe collision and is thus a necessary part of air bag design. However, air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions, bruises and broken bones because the inflation speed also causes the air bags to expand with a great deal of force. • There are even circumstances under which contact with the steering wheel air bag can cause fatal injuries, especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the steering wheel. WARNING • To avoid severe personal injury or death caused by deploying air bags in a collision, the driver should sit as far back from the steering wheel air bag as possible (at least 10 inches (250 mm) away). The front passengers should always move their seats as far back as possible and sit back in their seat. • Air bags inflate instantly in the event of collision, and passengers may be injured by the air bag expansion force if they are not in proper position. • Air bag inflation may cause injuries including facial or bodily abrasions, injuries from broken glasses or burns. Safety features of your vehicle C040902ATQ Noise and smoke When the air bags inflate, they make a loud noise and they leave smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle. This is normal and is a result of the ignition of the air bag inflator. After the air bag inflates, you may feel substantial discomfort in breathing due to the contact of your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag, as well as from breathing the smoke and powder. Open your doors and/or windows as soon as possible after impact in order to reduce discomfort and prevent prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder. Though the smoke and powder are nontoxic, they may cause irritation to the skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If this is the case, wash and rinse with cold water immediately and consult a doctor if the symptom persists. WARNING When the air bags deploy, the air bag related parts in the steering wheel and/or instrument panel are very hot. To prevent injury, do not touch the air bag storage area’s internal components immediately after an air bag has inflated. 1JBH3051 C040903ATQ Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger’s seat. Never place a rear-facing child restraint in the front passenger’s seat. If the air bag deploys, it would impact the rear-facing child restraint, causing serious or fatal injury. In addition, do not place front-facing child restraints in the front passenger’s seat either. If the front passenger air bag inflates, it could cause serious or fatal injuries to the child. 3 37 Safety features of your vehicle When the ignition switch is turned ON, the warning light should illuminate for approximately 6 seconds, then go off. Have the system checked if: • The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON. • The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds. • The light comes on whilst the vehicle is in motion. WARNING • Extreme Hazard! Do not use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an air bag in front of it! • Never put a child restraint in the front passenger’s seat. If the front passenger air bag inflates, it can cause serious or fatal injuries. W7-147 C041000AEN-UK Air bag warning light The purpose of the air bag warning light in your instrument panel is to alert you of a potential problem with your air bag Supplemental Restraint System (SRS). 3 38 Safety features of your vehicle OTQ038160R C040100ATQ-UK SRS components and functions The SRS consists of the following components: 1. Driver's front air bag module 2. Passenger's front air bag module* 3. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies* 4. Air bag warning light 5. SRS control module (SRSCM) 6. Front impact sensors *: if equipped The SRSCM continually monitors all SRS components whilst the ignition switch is ON to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat belt deployment. The SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for about 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, after which the SRS air bag warning light should go out. If any of the following conditions occurs, this indicates a malfunction of the SRS. Have a HYUNDAI authorised repairer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible. • The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON. • The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds. • The light comes on whilst the vehicle is in motion. Driver’s front air bag (1) B240B01L-R The front air bag modules are located both in the centre of the steering wheel and in the front passenger's panel above the glove box. When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle, it will automatically deploy the front air bags. 3 39 Safety features of your vehicle Driver’s front air bag (2) Driver’s front air bag (3) Passenger’s front air bag B240B02L-R B240B03L-R Upon deployment, tear seams moulded directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags. Further opening of the covers then allows full inflation of the air bags. A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt, slows the driver's or the passenger's forward motion, reducing the risk of head and chest injury. After complete inflation, the air bag immediately starts deflating, enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other controls. 3 40 B240B05L-R WARNING • Do not install or place any accessories (drink holder, cassette holder, sticker, etc.) on the front passenger's panel above the glove box in a vehicle with a passenger's air bag. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the passenger's air bag inflates. • When installing a container of liquid air freshener inside the vehicle, do not place it near the instrument cluster nor on the instrument panel surface. It may become a dangerous projectile and cause injury if the passenger's air bag inflates. Safety features of your vehicle WARNING • If an air bag deploys, there may be a loud noise followed by a fine dust released in the vehicle. These conditions are normal and are not hazardous - the air bags are packed in this fine powder. The dust generated during air bag deployment may cause skin or eye irritation as well as aggravate asthma for some persons. Always wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly with lukewarm water and a mild soap after an accident in which the air bags were deployed. • The SRS can function only when the ignition switch is in the ON position. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate, or continuously remains on after illuminating for about 6 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, or after the engine is started, comes on whilst driving, the SRS is not working properly. If this occurs, have your vehicle immediately inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. (Continued) (Continued) • Before you replace a fuse or disconnect a battery terminal, turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the ignition key. Never remove or replace the air bag related fuse(s) when the ignition switch is in the ON position. Failure to heed this warning will cause the SRS air bag warning light to illuminate. Driver’s front air bag OTQ037024/H C040400BTQ-UK Driver's and passenger's front air bag (if equipped) Your vehicle is equipped with a Supplemental Restraint (Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating positions. The indications of the system's presence are the letters "SRS AIR BAG" embossed on the air bag pad cover in the steering wheel and the passenger's side front panel pad above the glove box. The SRS consists of air bags installed under the pad covers in the centre of the steering wheel and the passenger's side front panel above the glove box. 3 41 Safety features of your vehicle Passenger’s front air bag WARNING OTQ037025/H The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle's driver and/or the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity. 3 42 Always use seat belts and child restraints – every trip, every time, everyone! Air bags inflate with considerable force and in the blink of an eye. Seat belts help keep occupants in proper position to obtain maximum benefit from the air bag. Even with air bags, improperly and unbelted occupants can be severely injured when the air bag inflates. Always follow the precautions about seat belts, air bags and occupant safety contained in this manual. (Continued) (Continued) To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries and receive the maximum safety benefit from your restraint system: • Never place a child in any child or booster seat in the front seat. • ABC – Always Buckle Children in the back seat. It is the safest place for children of any age to ride. • Front air bags can injure occupants improperly positioned in the front seats. • Move your seat as far back as practical from the front air bags, whilst still maintaining control of the vehicle. • You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags. Improperly positioned drivers and passengers can be severely injured by inflating air bags. • Never lean against the door or centre console – always sit in an upright position. (Continued) Safety features of your vehicle (Continued) • No objects should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, and the front passenger's panel above the glove box, because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy. • Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system. Doing so could result in injury, due to accidental deployment of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inoperative. • If the SRS air bag warning light remains illuminated whilst the vehicle is being driven, have a HYUNDAI authorised repairer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible. (Continued) (Continued) • Air bags can only be used once – have a HYUNDAI authorised repairer replace the air bag immediately after deployment. • The SRS is designed to deploy the front air bags only when an impact is sufficiently severe and when the impact angle is less than 30° from the forward longitudinal axis of the vehicle. Additionally, the air bags will only deploy once. Seat belts must be worn at all times. • Front air bags are not intended to deploy in side-impact, rearimpact or rollover crashes. In addition, front air bags will not deploy in frontal crashes below the deployment threshold. (Continued) Rear impact OTQ036087G/H Side impact 1TQA2088/H Rollover 1TQA2091 3 43 Safety features of your vehicle (Continued) • A child restraint system must never be placed in the front seat. The infant or child could be severely injured or killed by an air bag deployment in case of an accident. • Children age 12 and under must always be properly restrained in the rear seat. Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible. • For maximum safety protection in all types of crashes, all occupants including the driver should always wear their seat belts whether or not an air bag is also provided at their seating position to minimise the risk of severe injury or death in the event of a crash. Do not sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bag whilst the vehicle is in motion. (Continued) 3 44 (Continued) • Sitting improperly or out of position can result in serious or fatal injury in a crash. All occupants should sit upright with the seat back in an upright position, centred on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and the ignition key is removed. • The SRS air bag system must deploy very rapidly to provide protection in a crash. If an occupant is out of position because of not wearing a seat belt, the air bag may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries. Safety features of your vehicle C040800ATQ-UK Air bag system operation (deployment/non deployment) There are many types of situations in which an air bag would not provide additional protection to the vehicle occupants. These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, low speed impacts, offset collisions and vehicle roll over. It is therefore important to understand that the level of damage suffered by a vehicle as a result of impact is not indicative of whether air bag deployment was warranted by a primary, or subsequent, impact. 1 2 OTQ037026R/OTQ037027R/OTQ037028 Air bag collision sensors (1) SRS control module (2) Front impact sensor 3 45 Safety features of your vehicle WARNING • Do not hit or allow any objects to impact the locations where air bags or sensors are installed. This may cause unexpected air bag deployment, which could result in serious personal injury or death. • If the installation location or angle of the sensors is altered in any way, the air bags may deploy when they should not or they may not deploy when they should, causing severe injury or death. Therefore, do not try to perform maintenance on or around the air bag sensors. Have the vehicle checked and repaired by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. (Continued) 3 46 (Continued) • Problems may arise if the sensor installation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper, body. Have the vehicle checked and repaired by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. • Your vehicle has been designed to absorb impact and deploy the air bag(s) in certain collisions. Installing bumper guards or replacing a bumper with non-genuine parts may adversely affect your vehicle’s collision and air bag deployment performance. 1TQA2084/H C040801ATQ Air bag inflation conditions Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending on the intensity, speed or angles of impact of the front collision. Safety features of your vehicle Although the front air bags (driver’s and front passenger’s air bags) are designed to inflate only in frontal collisions, they also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient impact. If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment. 1TQA2086/H C040802ATQ Air bag non-inflation conditions • In certain low-speed collisions the air bags may not deploy. The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts in such collisions. OTQ036087/H • Frontal air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions, because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact. In this case, inflated air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit. 3 47 Safety features of your vehicle 1TQA2088/H 1TQA2089/H OTQ052215/H • Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions, because occupants move to the direction of the collision, and thus in side impacts, frontal air bag deployment would not provide additional occupant protection. • In an angled collision, the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit, and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags. • Just before impact, drivers often brake heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to “ride” under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance. Air bags may not inflate in this "under-ride" situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly reduced by such “under-ride” collisions. 3 48 Safety features of your vehicle C041100ATQ-UK SRS Care The SRS is virtually maintenance-free and so there are no parts you can safely service by yourself. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate, or continuously remains on, have your vehicle immediately inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. 1TQA2091 1TQA2092/H • Air bags may not inflate in rollover accidents because air bag deployment would not provide protection to the occupants. • Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees, where the point of impact is concentrated to one area and the full force of the impact is not delivered to the sensors. Any work on the SRS system, such as removing, installing, repairing, or any work on the steering wheel must be performed by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury. 3 49 Safety features of your vehicle WARNING • Modification to SRS components or wiring, including the addition of any kind of badges to the pad covers or modifications to the body structure, can adversely affect SRS performance and lead to possible injury. • For cleaning the air bag pad covers, use only a soft, dry cloth or one which has been moistened with plain water. Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system. • No objects should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, and the front passenger's panel above the glove box, because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to inflate. (Continued) 3 50 (Continued) • If the air bags inflate, they must be replaced by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. • Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring, or other components of the SRS system. Doing so could result in injury, due to accidental inflation of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inoperative. • If components of the air bag system must be discarded, or if the vehicle must be scrapped, certain safety precautions must be observed. A HYUNDAI authorised repairer knows these precautions and can give you the necessary information. Failure to follow these precautions and procedures could increase the risk of personal injury. • If your car was flooded and has soaked carpeting or water on the flooring, you shouldn't try to start the engine; have the car towed to a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. C041300ATQ-UK Additional safety precautions • Never let passengers ride in the cargo area or on top of a foldeddown back seat. All occupants should sit upright, fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor. • Passengers should not move out of or change seats whilst the vehicle is moving. A passenger who is not wearing a seat belt during a crash or emergency stop can be thrown against the inside of the vehicle, against other occupants, or out of the vehicle. • Each seat belt is designed to restrain one occupant. If more than one person uses the same seat belt, they could be seriously injured or killed in a collision. • Do not use any accessories on seat belts. Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seat belt and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash. • Passengers should not place hard or sharp objects between themselves and the air bags. Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap or in your mouth can result in injuries if an air bag inflates. Safety features of your vehicle • Keep occupants away from the air bag covers. All occupants should sit upright, fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor. If occupants are too close to the air bag covers, they could be injured if the air bags inflate. • Do not attach or place objects on or near the air bag covers. Any object attached to or placed on the front air bag covers could interfere with the proper operation of the air bags. • Do not modify the front seats. Modification of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components. • Do not place items under the front seats. Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring harnesses. • Never hold an infant or child on your lap. The infant or child could be seriously injured or killed in the event of a crash. All infants and children should be properly restrained in appropriate child safety seats or seat belts in the rear seat. WARNING • Sitting improperly or out of position can cause occupants to be shifted too close to a deploying air bag, strike the interior structure or be thrown from the vehicle resulting in serious injury or death. • Always sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, centred on the seat cushion with your seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and your feet on the floor. C041400AUN Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag-equipped vehicle If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle's frame, bumper system, front end or side sheet metal or ride height, this may affect the operation of your vehicle's air bag system. * * : if equipped OTQ037029 C041200AUN-UK Air bag warning label Air bag warning labels are attached to alert driver and passengers (including children) of the potential risks from the air bag system. Note that these government warnings focus on the risk to children, we also wants you to be aware of the risks which adults are exposed to. Those have been described in previous pages. 3 51 Keys / 4-2 Remote keyless entry / 4-4 Theft-alarm system / 4-6 Door locks / 4-8 Tailgate / 4-13 Windows / 4-16 Bonnet / 4-21 Fuel filler lid / 4-23 Features of your vehicle Steering wheel / 4-26 Mirrors / 4-28 Instrument cluster / 4-32 Rear parking assist system / 4-44 Hazard warning flasher / 4-46 Lighting / 4-47 Wipers and washers / 4-52 Interior light / 4-55 Defroster / 4-58 Manual climate control system / 4-59 Windscreen defrosting and defogging / 4-70 Storage compartment / 4-72 Interior features / 4-74 Audio system / 4-79 4 Features of your vehicle KEYS D010200AEN Key operations Used to start the engine, lock and unlock the doors. WARNING - Ignition key OTQ048001 D010100AEN-UK Record your key number The key code number is stamped on the bar code tag attached to the key set. Should you lose your keys, this number will enable a HYUNDAI authorised repairer to duplicate the keys easily. Remove the bar code tag and store it in a safe place. Also, record the code number and keep it in a safe place (not in the vehicle). 4 2 Leaving children unattended in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous even if the key is not in the ignition switch. Children copy adults and they could place the key in the ignition switch. The ignition key would enable children to operate power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious bodily injury or even death. Never leave the keys in your vehicle with unsupervised children. WARNING Use only HYUNDAI original parts for the ignition key in your vehicle. If an aftermarket key is used, the ignition switch may not return to ON after START. If this happens, the starter will continue to operate causing damage to the starter motor and possible fire due to excessive current in the wiring. Features of your vehicle D010300CEN-UK Immobiliser system Your vehicle may be equipped with an electronic engine immobiliser system to reduce the risk of unauthorised vehicle use. Your immobiliser system is comprised of a small transponder in the ignition key and electronic devices inside the vehicle. With the immobiliser system, whenever you insert your ignition key into the ignition switch and turn it to ON, it checks and determines and verifies if the ignition key is valid or not. If the key is determined to be valid, the engine will start. If the key is determined to be invalid, the engine will not start. To deactivate the immobiliser system: Insert the ignition key into the key cylinder and turn it to the ON position. To activate the immobiliser system: Turn the ignition key to the OFF position. The immobiliser system activates automatically. Without a valid ignition key for your vehicle, the engine will not start. WARNING In order to prevent theft of your vehicle, do not leave spare keys anywhere in your vehicle. Your immobiliser password is a customer unique password and should be kept confidential. Do not leave this number anywhere in your vehicle. ✽ NOTICE The immobiliser system detects the presence of a key in the ignition switch. To ensure the system performs correctly, the keys should be separated after delivery of the vehicle so that only one key is near the ignition switch when using the vehicle. The engine may not start or may stop shortly after starting if more than one key is near the ignition switch. CAUTION Do not put metal accessories near the ignition switch. The engine may not start for the metal accessories may interrupt the transponder signal from normally transmitting. ✽ NOTICE If you need additional keys or lose your keys, consult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. CAUTION The transponder in your ignition key is an important part of the immobiliser system. It is designed to give years of trouble-free service, however you should avoid exposure to moisture, static electricity and rough handling. Immobiliser system malfunction could occur. CAUTION Do not change, alter or adjust the immobiliser system because it could cause the immobiliser system to malfunction and should only be serviced by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Malfunctions caused by improper alterations, adjustments or modifications to the immobiliser system are not covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty. 4 3 Features of your vehicle REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED) OTQ047002 Remote keyless entry system operations D020101APA Lock All doors (and tailgate) are locked if the lock/unlock button (1) is pressed when a front door is unlocked. If all doors (and tailgate) are closed, the hazard warning lights blink once to indicate that all doors (and tailgate) are locked. However, if any door (or tailgate) remains open, the hazard warning lights will not operate. If all doors (and tailgate) are closed after the lock button is pressed, the hazard warning lights blink. 4 4 D020102APA D020200AEN-UK Unlock All doors (and tailgate) are unlocked if the lock/unlock button (1) is pressed when both front doors are locked. The hazard warning lights will blink twice again to indicate that all doors (and tailgate) are unlocked. After depressing this button, the doors (and tailgate) will be locked automatically unless you open any door within 30 seconds. Transmitter precautions ✽ NOTICE The transmitter will not work if any of following occur: • The ignition key is in ignition switch. • You exceed the operating distance limit (about 30 feet [10 m]). • The battery in the transmitter is weak. • Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal. • The weather is extremely cold. • The transmitter is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter. When the transmitter does not work correctly, open and close the door with the ignition key. If you have a problem with the transmitter, contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. CAUTION Keep the transmitter away from water or any liquid. If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids, it will not be covered by your manufacturer vehicle warranty. Features of your vehicle CAUTION CAUTION Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance, it will not be covered by your manufacturer’s vehicle warranty. OTQ047003G D020300ATQ-UK Battery replacement The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium battery which will normally last for several years. When replacement is necessary, use the following procedure. 1. Remove the screw (1) using a crosstip screwdriver. 2. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gently pry open the transmitter centre cover. 3. Remove the battery cover (2). 4. Replace the battery with a new one. When replacing the battery, make sure the battery’s positive “+” symbol faces up as indicated in the illustration. 5. Install the battery in the reverse order of removal. • The keyless entry system transmitter is designed to give you years of trouble-free use, however it can malfunction if exposed to moisture or static electricity. If you are unsure how to use your transmitter or replace the battery, contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. • Using the wrong battery can cause the transmitter to malfunction. Be sure to use the correct battery. • To avoid damaging the transmitter, don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it to heat or sunlight. 4 5 Features of your vehicle THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) D030100ATQ-UK Armed stage Armed stage Disarmed stage Theft-alarm stage D030000AEN-UK This system is designed to provide protection from unauthorised entry into the car. This system is operated in three stages: the first is the "Armed" stage, the second is the "Theft-alarm" stage, and the third is the "Disarmed" stage. If triggered, the system provides an audible alarm with blinking of the hazard warning lights. 4 6 Park the car and stop the engine. Arm the system as described below. 1. Remove the ignition key from the ignition switch and exit the vehicle. 2. Make sure that all doors (and tailgate) and engine bonnet are closed and latched. 3. Lock the doors using the transmitter of the keyless entry system. After completion of the steps above, the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that the system is armed. If any door (or tailgate) or engine bonnet remains open, the hazard warning lights will not blink and the theft-alarm will not arm. If all doors (and tailgate) and engine bonnet are closed after the lock button is pressed, the hazard warning lights blink once. ✽ NOTICE The theft-alarm system by the key can be activated by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. If you want this feature, consult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Do not arm the system until all passengers have left the vehicle. If the system is armed whilst a passenger(s) remains in the vehicle, the alarm may be activated when the remaining passenger(s) leave the vehicle. If any door (or tailgate) or engine bonnet is opened within 30 seconds after the system enters the armed stage, the system is disarmed to prevent an unnecessary alarm. Features of your vehicle D030200AEN-UK D030400ATQ-UK Theft-alarm stage Disarmed stage The alarm will be activated if any of the following occurs whilst the system is armed. • A front or rear door is opened without using the transmitter. • The tailgate is opened without using the transmitter. • The engine bonnet is opened. The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously for approximately 30 seconds. To turn off the system, unlock the doors with the transmitter. The system will be disarmed when the doors (and tailgate) are unlocked with the transmitter. After depressing the unlock button, the hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the system is disarmed. After depressing the unlock button, if any door (or tailgate) is not opened within 30 seconds, the system will be rearmed. ✽ NOTICE • If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter, insert the key into the ignition switch and start the engine. Then the system will be disarmed. • If you lose your keys, consult your HYUNDAI authorised repairer. 4 7 Features of your vehicle DOOR LOCKS • Doors can also be locked and unlocked with the transmitter. (if equipped) • Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle. • When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely. Unlock Lock Rear sliding doors ✽ NOTICE OTQ047005/H D050100ATQ Operating door locks from outside the vehicle • Turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle to unlock and toward the front of the vehicle to lock. • If you lock/unlock the driver’s door with a key, all vehicle doors will lock/unlock automatically. (if equipped) • If you lock the front passenger’s door with a key all vehicle doors will lock automatically. (if equipped) 4 8 • In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions. • If the door is locked/unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch, the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components. OTQ047006/H • Once the rear doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle and sliding the door towards the rear of the vehicle. • When the rear door is fully open, the door will lock into an open position. To close the door, pull out the door handle and slide the door towards the front of vehicle. Features of your vehicle ✽ NOTICE Front door WARNING Always remove the ignition key, engage the parking brake, close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended. When the rear sliding door is not fully open, it is not latched and may move unintentionally. This could result in a serious injury. CAUTION The left sliding door cannot be opened when the fuel filler lid is open. However, if the fuel filler lid is opened after the door is opened slightly, the left sliding door can be slide rearward. Close the left sliding door to prevent possible damage to the door or the fuel filler lid. OTQ047007R Rear sliding door OTQ047008 • To lock a door without the key, push the inside door lock button (1) or central door lock switch (2) to the “Lock” position and close the door (3). • If you lock the door with the central door lock switch (2), all vehicle doors will lock automatically. (if equipped) 4 9 Features of your vehicle Front door Lock Unlock OTQ047009R Rear sliding door Unlock Lock OTQ047010 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle D050201ATQ-UK With the door lock button • To unlock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the “Unlock” position. The red mark (2) on button will be visible. 4 10 • To lock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the “Lock” position. If the door is locked properly, the red mark (2) on the door lock button will not be visible. • To open a door, pull the door handle (3) outward. • If the inner door handle of the driver’s door is pulled when the door lock button is in lock position, the button is unlocked and door opens. (if equipped) • Front doors cannot be locked if the ignition key is in the ignition switch and any front door is open. WARNING - Door lock malfunction If a power door lock ever fails to function whilst you are in the vehicle, try one or more of the following techniques to exit: • Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly (both electronic and manual) whilst simultaneously pulling on the door handle. • Operate the other door locks and handles, front and rear. • Lower a front window and use the key to unlock the door from outside. • Move to the cargo area and open the tailgate. (if equipped) Features of your vehicle WARNING - Doors OTQ047011R D050202ATQ-UK With central door lock switch (if equipped) Operate by depressing the central door lock switch. • When pushing down on the portion (1) of the switch, all vehicle doors will lock. • When pushing down on the portion (2) of the switch, all vehicle doors will unlock. • If the key is in the ignition switch and any front door is open, the doors will not lock when the portion (1) of central door lock switch is pressed. • The doors should always be fully closed and locked whilst the vehicle is in motion to prevent accidental opening of the door. Locked doors will also discourage potential intruders when the vehicle stops or slows. • Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door. Opening a door when something is approaching can cause damage or injury. WARNING - Unlocked vehicles Leaving your vehicle unlocked can invite theft or possible harm to you or others from someone hiding in your vehicle whilst you are gone. Always remove the ignition key, engage the parking brake, close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended. WARNING - Unattended children An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot, causing death or severe injury to unattended children or animals who cannot escape the vehicle. Furthermore, children might operate features of the vehicle that could injure them, or they could encounter other harm, possibly from someone gaining entry to the vehicle. Never leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle. 4 11 Features of your vehicle 3. Close the rear door. To open the rear door, pull the outside door handle (1). Even though the doors may be unlocked, the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle until the rear door child safety lock is unlocked ( ). D050300AUN-UK Impact sensing door unlock system (if equipped) All doors will be automatically unlocked when the impact is delivered to impact sensors whilst the ignition switch ON. However, the doors may not be unlocked if mechanical problems occur with the door lock system or battery. WARNING - Rear door locks D050400AFD-UK Speed sensing door lock system (if equipped) When the speed of the vehicle keeps above 25 mph (40 km/h) for 1 second, it will automatically lock all doors. For activation of this feature, contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. ✽ NOTICE A HYUNDAI authorised repairer can select some auto door lock/unlock features as follows; • Speed sensing auto door locking • Auto door unlock when the ignition key is removed from the ignition switch If you want to select a door lock/unlock feature, consult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. 4 12 OTQ047012 D050500ATQ-UK Child-protector rear door lock The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children from accidentally opening the rear doors from inside the vehicle. The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle. 1. Open the rear door. 2. Push the child safety lock located on the front edge of the door to the lock ( ) position. When the child safety lock is in the lock position, the rear door will not open even though the inner door handle is pulled. If children accidentally open the rear doors whilst the vehicle is in motion, they could fall out and be severely injured or killed. To prevent children from opening the rear doors from the inside, the rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle. Features of your vehicle TAILGATE • The tailgate can also be locked and unlocked with the key if the vehicle is equipped with a key hole on the tailgate. • If unlocked, the tailgate can be opened by pressing the handle switch and pulling the handle up. (Type A) • If unlocked, the tailgate can be opened by pulling the handle. (Type B) Type A OTQ047013 Type B ✽ NOTICE In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions. WARNING The tailgate swings upward. Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the tailgate. OTQ047212 If your vehicle is equipped with twin swing type tail gates, you may fully open (if equipped) as follows ; 1. Open the tail gate. 2. Remove the pin from the bracket hole and insert the pin into the pin hole. 3. Open the tail gate fully. OTQ047013G D070100ATQ Opening the tailgate • The tailgate is locked or unlocked when all doors are locked or unlocked with the key, transmitter or central door lock switch. (if equipped) CAUTION Make certain that you close the tailgate before driving your vehicle. Possible damage may occur to the tailgate lift cylinders and attached hardware if the tailgate is not closed prior to driving. 4 13 Features of your vehicle D070200AUN CAUTION Insert the pin into the bracket hole before closing the tail gate. Or the tail gate checker and/or vehicle damage is possible and a dangerous situation may occur. Closing the tailgate To close the tailgate, lower and push down the tailgate firmly. Make sure that the tailgate is securely latched. WARNING - Exhaust fumes OTQ047213 4. After use, before closing the tail gate, pull out the pin from the pin hole. 5. Align the checker arm hole and the tail gate bracket hole, and insert the pin into the bracket hole. 6. Close the tail gate. 4 14 If you drive with the tailgate open, you will draw dangerous exhaust fumes into your vehicle which can cause serious injury or death to vehicle occupants. If you must drive with the tailgate open, keep the air vents and all windows open so that additional outside air comes into the vehicle. Features of your vehicle WARNING - Rear cargo When someone is inadvertently locked in the luggage compartment, if the lever is pushed, the tailgate latch mechanism is released and the tailgate is opened by pushing rearward. Type A area Occupants should never ride in the rear cargo area where no restraints are available. To avoid injury in the event of an accident or sudden stops, occupants should always be properly restrained. WARNING OTQ047015 Type B OTQ047015G D070300AEN-UK Emergency tailgate safety release (if equipped) • For emergencies, be fully aware of the location of the emergency tailgate safety release lever in this vehicle and how to open the tailgate if you are accidentally locked in the luggage compartment. • No one should be allowed to occupy the luggage compartment of the vehicle at any time. The luggage compartment is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash. • Use the release lever for emergencies only. Use extreme caution, especially whilst the vehicle is in motion. Your vehicle is equipped with the emergency tailgate safety release lever located on the bottom of the tailgate. 4 15 Features of your vehicle WINDOWS D080000ATQ (1) Driver’s door power window switch (2) Front passenger’s door power window switch (3) Window opening and closing (4) Automatic power window down (Driver’s window, if equipped) (5) Rear seat window (Type A) (6) Rear seat window (Type B) ✽ NOTICE Type A In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions. Type B OTQ047016R 4 16 Features of your vehicle D080100AUN-UK Power windows (if equipped) The ignition switch must be in the ON position for power windows to operate. Each door has a power window switch that controls the door's window. The driver has a power window lock switch which can block the operation of passenger windows. The power windows can be operated for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position. However, if the front doors are opened, the power windows cannot be operated within the 30 second period after the ignition key removal. ✽ NOTICE Whilst driving, if you notice buffeting and pulsation (wind shock) with either side window open, you should open the opposite window slightly to reduce the condition. OTQ047203R D080101ATQ OTQ047204R D080102ATQ-UK Type A Type B Window opening and closing (if equipped) The driver’s door has a master power window switch that controls all the windows in the vehicle. To open or close a window, press down or pull up the front portion of the corresponding switch to the first detent position (3). Auto down window (Driver’s window, if equipped) Depressing the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position (4) completely lowers the driver’s window even when the switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position whilst the window is in operation, pull up the switch momentarily to the opposite direction of the window movement. 4 17 Features of your vehicle CAUTION • To prevent possible damage to the power window system, do not open or close two windows or more at the same time. This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse. • Never try to operate the main switch on the driver's door and the individual door window switch in opposing directions at the same time. If this is done, the window will stop and cannot be opened or closed. 4 18 WARNING - Windows • NEVER leave the ignition key in the vehicle. • NEVER leave any child unattended in the vehicle. Even very young children may inadvertently cause the vehicle to move, entangle themselves in the windows, or otherwise injure themselves or others. • Always double check to make sure all arms, hands, head and other obstructions are safely out of the way before closing a window. • Do not allow children to play with the power windows. Serious injury can result from unintentional window operation by the child. • Do not extend face or arms outside through the window opening whilst driving. OTQ047204R-1 D080103ATQ-UK Type C Auto up/down window (Driver’s window, if equipped) Depressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position (4) completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position whilst the window is in operation, pull up or depress and release the switch to the opposite direction of the movement. Features of your vehicle If the power window is not operated correctly, the automatic power window system must be reset as follows: 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. 2. Close driver’s window and continue pulling up on driver’s power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed. Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the window is blocked by an object or part of the body, the window will detect the resistance and will stop upward movement. The window will then lower approximately 11.8 in. (30 cm) to allow the object to be cleared. If the window detects the resistance whilst the power window switch is pulled up continuously, the window will stop upward movement then lower approximately 1 in. (2.5 cm). And if the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reversal feature, the automatic window reversal will not operate. ✽ NOTICE The automatic reverse feature for the driver’s window is only active when the “auto up” feature is used by fully pulling up the switch. The automatic reverse feature will not operate if the window is raised using the halfway position on the power window switch. WARNING Always check for obstructions before raising any window to avoid injuries or vehicle damage. If an object less than 0.16 in. (4 mm) in diameter is caught between the window glass and the upper window channel, the automatic reverse window may not detect the resistance and will not stop and reverse direction. 3FDA2015 D080200AFD Manual windows (if equipped) To raise or lower the window, turn the window regulator handle clockwise or counterclockwise. WARNING When opening or closing the windows, make sure your passenger's arms, hands and body are safely out of the way. 4 19 Features of your vehicle OTQ047017 D080200ATQ-UK Rear seat window (Type A, if equipped) To open the window, move the window whilst pressing the handle the direction of the arrow. OTQ047018 Rear seat window (Type B, if equipped) To open the windows, pull the rear portion of the latch out. Swing the latch forward and out, then lock it into the open position by pushing outward until you hear a click. To close the windows, pull the handle inward. Then push the handle rearward until you hear a click. ✽ NOTICE In cold and wet climates, rear quarter panel windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions. 4 20 Features of your vehicle BONNET OTQ047019R D090100AUN-UK Opening the bonnet 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the bonnet. The bonnet should pop open slightly. OTQ047020 OTQ047021 2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the bonnet slightly, pull the secondary latch (1) inside of the bonnet centre and lift the bonnet (2). 3. Pull the support rod from the bonnet. 4. Hold the bonnet open with the support rod. WARNING - Hot parts Grasp the support rod in the area wrapped in rubber. The rubber will help prevent you from being burned by hot metal when the engine is hot. 4 21 Features of your vehicle D090200AUN-UK Closing the bonnet 1. Before closing the bonnet, check the following: • All filler caps in engine compartment must be correctly installed. • Gloves, rags or any other combustible material must be removed from the engine compartment. 2. Return the support rod to its clip to prevent it from rattling. 3. Lower the bonnet until it is about 1 ft. (30 cm) above the closed position and let it drop. Make sure that it locks into place. 4 22 WARNING - Bonnet • Before closing the bonnet, ensure that all obstructions are removed from the bonnet opening. Closing the bonnet with an obstruction present in the bonnet opening may result in property damage or severe personal injury. • Do not leave gloves, rags or any other combustible material in the engine compartment. Doing so may cause a heat-induced fire. WARNING • Always double check to be sure that the bonnet is firmly latched before driving away. If it is not latched, the bonnet could fly open whilst the vehicle is being driven, causing a total loss of visibility, which might result in an accident. • The support rod must be inserted completely into the hole provided in the bonnet whenever you inspect the engine compartment. This will prevent the bonnet from falling and possibly injuring you. • Do not move the vehicle with the bonnet in the raised position, as vision is obstructed and the bonnet could fall or be damaged. Features of your vehicle FUEL FILLER LID D100101ATQ CAUTION The left sliding door cannot be opened when the fuel filler lid is open. However, if the fuel filler lid is opened after the door is opened slightly, the left sliding door can be slide rearward. Close the left sliding door to prevent possible damage to the door or the fuel filler lid. OTQ047022R OTQ047023 The fuel filler lid must be opened from inside the vehicle by pushing the fuel filler lid opener button located on the driver’s door. 1. Stop the engine. 2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the fuel filler lid opener button. 3. Pull the fuel filler lid (1) out to fully open. 4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel tank cap (2) counterclockwise. 5. Refuel as needed. D100100AUN Opening the fuel filler lid ✽ NOTICE If the fuel filler lid will not open because ice has formed around it, tap lightly or push on the lid to break the ice and release the lid. Do not pry on the lid. If necessary, spray around the lid with an approved de-icer fluid (do not use radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt. 4 23 Features of your vehicle D100200AEN Closing the fuel filler lid 1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until it “clicks”. This indicates that the cap is securely tightened. 2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it lightly and make sure that it is securely closed. D100300AEN-UK WARNING - Refuelling • If pressurised fuel sprays out, it can cover your clothes or skin and thus subject you to the risk of fire and burns. Always remove the fuel cap carefully and slowly. If the cap is venting fuel or if you hear a hissing sound, wait until the condition stops before completely removing the cap. • Do not "top off" after the nozzle automatically shuts off when refuelling. • Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident. 4 24 WARNING - Refuelling dangers Automotive fuels are flammable materials. When refuelling, please note the following guidelines carefully. Failure to follow these guidelines may result in severe personal injury, severe burns or death by fire or explosion. • Read and follow all warning at the fuel station facility. • Before refuelling note the location of the Emergency Fuel ShutOff, if available, at the fuel station facility. • Before touching the fuel nozzle, you should eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touching another metal part of the vehicle, a safe distance away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other gas source. (Continued) (Continued) • Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refuelling since you can generate static electricity by touching, rubbing or sliding against any item or fabric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.) capable of producing static electricity. Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapours resulting in rapid burning. If you must reenter the vehicle, you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle, away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle or other petrol source. • When using an approved portable fuel container, be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refuelling. Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapours causing a fire. Once refuelling has begun, contact with the vehicle should be maintained until the filling is complete. (Continued) Features of your vehicle (Continued) Use only approved portable plastic fuel containers designed to carry and store fuel. • Do not use mobile phones whilst refuelling. Electric current and/or electronic interference from mobile phones can potentially ignite fuel vapours causing a fire. • When refuelling, always shut the engine off. Sparks produced by electrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapours causing a fire. Once refuelling is complete, check to make sure the filler cap and filler door are securely closed, before starting the engine. • DO NOT use matches or a lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle whilst at a fuel station especially during refuelling. Automotive fuel is highly flammable and can, when ignited, result in fire. • If a fire breaks out during refuelling, leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and immediately contact the manager of the fuel station and then contact the local fire department. Follow any safety instructions they provide. CAUTION • Make sure to refuel with unleaded fuel only. • If the fuel filler cap requires replacement, use only a genuine HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent specified for your vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control system. • Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint. • After refuelling, make sure the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident. OTQ047024G D100500AUN Emergency fuel filer lid release If the fuel filler lid does not open using the remote fuel filler lid release, you can open it manually. Unsnap and remove the panel in the cargo area. Pull the handle outward slightly. CAUTION Do not pull the handle excessively, otherwise the luggage area trim or release handle may be damaged. 4 25 Features of your vehicle STEERING WHEEL D130100AEN-UK Power steering Power steering uses energy from the engine to assist you in steering the vehicle. If the engine is off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative, the vehicle may still be steered, but it will require increased steering effort. Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation, have the power steering checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. CAUTION Never hold the steering wheel against a stop (extreme right or left turn) for more than 5 seconds with the engine running. Holding the steering wheel for more than 5 seconds in either position may cause damage to the power steering pump. 4 26 ✽ NOTICE If the power steering drive belt breaks or if the power steering pump malfunctions, the steering effort will greatly increase. ✽ NOTICE If the vehicle is parked for extended periods outside in cold weather (below 10°C/14°F), the power steering may require increased effort when the engine is first started. This is caused by increased fluid viscosity due to the cold weather and does not indicate a malfunction. When this happens, increase the engine RPM by depressing accelerator until the RPM reaches 1,500 rpm then release or let the engine idle for two or three minutes to warm up the fluid. D130300AUN-UK Adjustable steering column The adjustable steering column permits adjustment of the rake of the steering wheel for the convenience of the driver. The position of the steering wheel should be adjusted for maximum comfort and control whilst permitting a clear view of the instrument panel. WARNING • Never adjust the angle of the steering wheel whilst driving. You may lose steering control and cause severe personal injury, death or accidents. • After adjusting, push the steering wheel both up and down to be certain it is locked in position. Features of your vehicle ✽ NOTICE To sound the horn, press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel (see illustration). The horn will operate only when this area is pressed. CAUTION OTQ047035R To change the steering wheel angle, pull down the lock-release lever (1), adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle (2), then pull up the lock-release lever to lock the steering wheel in place. Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to the desired position before driving. OTQ047036 Do not strike the horn severely to operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do not press on the horn with a sharppointed object. D130500AUN Horn To sound the horn, press the horn symbol on your steering wheel. Check the horn regularly to be sure it operates properly. 4 27 Features of your vehicle MIRRORS D140100AUN-UK D140102AUN Inside rearview mirror Electric chromic mirror (ECM) (if equipped) The electric rearview mirror automatically controls the glare from the headlights of the car behind you in nighttime or low light driving conditions. The sensor mounted in the mirror senses the light level around the vehicle, and automatically controls the headlight glare from vehicles behind you. When the engine is running, the glare is automatically controlled by the sensor mounted in the rearview mirror. Whenever the shift lever is shifted into reverse (R), the mirror will automatically go to the brightest setting in order to improve the drivers view behind the vehicle. Adjust the rearview mirror to centre on the view through the rear window. Make this adjustment before you start driving. Night WARNING - Rear visibility Do not place objects in the rear seat or cargo area which would interfere with your vision out the rear window. Day OTQ047037G D140101AUN-UK Day/night rearview mirror Make this adjustment before you start driving and whilst the day/night lever is in the day position. Pull the day/night lever toward you to reduce glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you during night driving. Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position. 4 28 CAUTION When cleaning the mirror, use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as that may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing. Features of your vehicle WARNING - Rearview mirrors Indicator 1 Sensor OTQ027002G To operate the electric rearview mirror: • Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn the automatic dimming function on. The mirror indicator light will illuminate. Press the ON/OFF button to turn the automatic dimming function off. The mirror indicator light will turn off. • The mirror defaults to the ON position whenever the ignition switch is turned on. OTQ047038G/H D140200AUN-UK • The right outside rearview mirror is convex. In some countries, the left outside rearview mirror is also convex. Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear. • Use your interior rearview mirror or direct observation to determine the actual distance of following vehicles when changing lanes. Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles before driving. Your vehicle is equipped with both lefthand and right-hand outside rearview mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch (if equipped). The mirror heads can be folded back to prevent damage during an automatic car wash or when passing in a narrow street. 4 29 Features of your vehicle CAUTION Do not scrape ice off the mirror face; this may damage the surface of the glass. If ice should restrict movement of the mirror, do not force the mirror for adjustment. To remove ice, use a deicer spray, or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water. CAUTION If the mirror is jammed with ice, do not adjust the mirror by force. Use an approved spray de-icer (not radiator antifreeze) to release the frozen mechanism or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt. 4 30 WARNING Do not adjust or fold the outside rearview mirrors whilst the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss of control, and an accident which could cause death, serious injury or property damage. OTQ047042R D140201AEN-UK Remote control (if equipped) The electric remote control mirror switch allows you to adjust the position of the left and right outside rearview mirrors. To adjust the position of either mirror, push the switch (1) to R or L to select the right side mirror or the left side mirror, then press a corresponding point on the mirror adjustment control to position the selected mirror up, down, left or right. After adjustment, put the switch into neutral (centre) position to prevent the inadvertent adjustment. Features of your vehicle CAUTION • The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the motor continues to operate whilst the switch is depressed. Do not depress the switch longer than necessary, the motor may be damaged. • Do not attempt to adjust the outside rearview mirror by hand. Doing so may damage the parts. OEN046215/H D140202AEN Folding the outside rearview mirror To fold the outside rearview mirror, grasp the housing of the mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle. 4 31 Features of your vehicle INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Type A 1. Tachometer* 2. Turn signal indicators 3. Speedometer Type B 4. Engine temperature gauge 5. Warning and indicator lights 6. Shift position indicator* (Automatic transmission only) 7. Odometer/Tripmeter 8. Fuel gauge * : if equipped Type C The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OTQ049044E/OTQ049044E-1/OTQ049044E-2 D150000ATQ 4 32 Features of your vehicle Gauges D150201AUN-UK Speedometer The speedometer indicates the forward speed of the vehicle. The speedometer is calibrated in miles per hour and kilometers per hour. D150202AUN OTQ047046R D150100AEN-EE Instrument panel illumination (if equipped) When the vehicle’s parking lights or headlights are on, rotate the illumination control knob to adjust the instrument panel illumination intensity. Tachometer (if equipped) The tachometer indicates the approximate number of engine revolutions per minute (rpm). Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and/or over-revving the engine. When the door is open, or if the engine is not started within 1 minute, the tachometer pointer may move slightly in ON position with the engine OFF. This movement is normal and will not affect the accuracy of the tachometer once the engine is running. D150203AUN Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant when the ignition switch is ON. Do not continue driving with an overheated engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer to “If the engine overheats” in section 6. CAUTION If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the “H” or “130” position, it indicates overheating that may damage the engine. WARNING Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. The engine coolant is under pressure and could cause severe burns. Wait until the engine is cool before adding coolant to the reservoir. CAUTION Do not operate the engine within the tachometer's RED ZONE. This may cause severe engine damage. 4 33 Features of your vehicle D150204AUN Fuel gauge The fuel gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank. The fuel tank capacity is given in section 9. The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light, which will illuminate when the fuel tank is near empty. On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank. OTQ049048L D150205AUN WARNING - Fuel gauge Running out of fuel can expose vehicle occupants to danger. You must stop and obtain additional fuel as soon as possible after the warning light comes on or when the gauge indicator comes close to the “E” or “0” level. Odometer/Tripmeter (if equipped) Odometer (km or mi) The odometer indicates the total distance the vehicle has been driven. You will also find the odometer useful to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed. ✽ NOTICE It is forbidden that alteration of the odometer of any vehicle with the intent to change the mileage registered on the odometer. The alteration may void your warranty coverage. 4 34 OTQ049049L Tripmeter (km or mi) TRIP A: Tripmeter A TRIP B: Tripmeter B The tripmeter indicates the distance of individual trips selected by the driver. Features of your vehicle All stored driving information (except odometer) is reset if the battery is disconnected. The odometer is always displayed until the display is turned off. Push the TRIP button for less than 1 second to select distance to empty, average speed or tripmeter function as follows : Distance to empty OTQ047047R Tripmeter A or B can be selected by pressing the TRIP button for less than 1 second. Tripmeter A or B can be reset to 0.0 by pressing the TRIP button for 1 second or more, and then releasing. OTQ047047R D150206ATQ-UK Trip computer (if equipped) The trip computer is a microcomputercontrolled driver information system that displays information related to driving, including distance to empty, tripmeter and average speed on the display when the ignition switch is in the ON position. Average speed Tripmeter 4 35 Features of your vehicle ✽ NOTICE Odometer OTQ049052L Distance to empty (km or miles) This mode indicates the estimated distance to empty based on the current fuel in the fuel tank and the amount of fuel delivered to the engine. When the remaining distance is below 30 miles (50 km), “---” will be displayed and the distance to empty indicator will blink. The meter’s working range is from 30 to 999 miles (50 to 999 km). 4 36 • If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupted, the “Distance to empty” function may not operate correctly. The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 6 litres (1.6 gallons) of fuel are added to the vehicle. • The fuel consumption and distance to empty values may vary significantly based on driving conditions, driving habits, and condition of the vehicle. • The distance to empty value is an estimate of the available driving distance. This value may differ from the actual driving distance available. Average speed Odometer OTQ049054L Average speed (km/h or mph) This mode calculates the average speed of the vehicle since the last average speed reset. Even if the vehicle is not in motion, the average speed keeps going whilst the engine is running. The meter's working range is from 0 to 140 mph (0 to 220 km/h). Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1 second, when the average speed is being displayed, clears the average speed to zero (---). Features of your vehicle Tripmeter Odometer OTQ049051L Tripmeter (km or miles) This mode indicates the distance of individual trip since the last tripmeter reset. The meter's working range is from 0.0 to 999.9 miles (km). Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1 second when the tripmeter is being displayed clears the tripmeter to zero (0.0). D150300AEN-UK D150303AEN-UK Warnings and indicators Anti-lock brake system (ABS) warning light (if equipped) This light illuminates if the ignition switch is turned ON and goes off in approximately 3 seconds if the system is operating normally. If the ABS warning light remains on, comes on whilst driving, or does not come on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, this indicates that there may be a malfunction with the ABS. If this occurs, have your vehicle checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer as soon as possible. The normal braking system will still be operational, but without the assistance of the anti-lock brake system. All warning lights are checked by turning the ignition switch ON (do not start the engine). Any light that does not illuminate should be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. After starting the engine, check to make sure that all warning lights are off. If any are still on, this indicates a situation that needs attention. When releasing the parking brake, the brake system warning light should go off. The fuel warning light will stay on if the fuel level is low. D150302AEN-UK Air bag warning light (if equipped) This warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON position. This light also comes on when the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) is not working properly. If the AIR BAG warning light does not come on, or continuously remains on after operating for about 6 seconds when you turned the ignition switch to the ON position or started the engine, or if it comes on whilst driving, have the SRS inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. 4 37 Features of your vehicle Electronic brake force distribution (EBD) system warning light If two warning lights illuminate at the same time whilst driving, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the ABS and EBD system. In this case, your ABS and regular brake system may not work normally. Have the vehicle checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer as soon as possible. WARNING If the both ABS and brake warning lights are on and stay on, your vehicle’s brake system will not work normally during sudden braking. In this case, avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking. Have your vehicle checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer as soon as possible. 4 38 D150304AEN-EE D150305AUN-UK Seat belt warning Turn signal indicator Seat belt warning light (if equipped) As a reminder to the driver, the seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening. If the driver’s seat belt is unfastened after the ignition switch is ON, the seat belt warning light blinks again for approximately 6 seconds. The blinking green arrows on the instrument panel show the direction indicated by the turn signals. If the arrow comes on but does not blink, blinks more rapidly than normal, or does not illuminate at all, a malfunction in the turn signal system is indicated. Your HYUNDAI authorised repairer should be consulted for repairs. Seat belt warning chime (if equipped) If the driver's seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it is unfastened after the ignition switch is ON, the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 6 seconds. At this time, if the seat belt is fastened, the chime will stop at once. D150306AUN High beam indicator This indicator illuminates when the headlights are on and in the high beam position or when the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash-to-Pass position. Features of your vehicle D150308AEN-UK D150307AEN-UK Engine oil pressure warning light This warning light indicates the engine oil pressure is low. If the warning light illuminates whilst driving: 1. Drive safely to the side of the road and stop. 2. With the engine off, check the engine oil level. If the level is low, add oil as required. If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available, call a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. CAUTION If the engine is not stopped immediately after the engine oil pressure warning light is illuminated, severe damage could result. CAUTION If the oil pressure warning light stays on whilst the engine is running, serious engine damage may result. The oil pressure warning light comes on whenever there is insufficient oil pressure. In normal operation, it should come on when the ignition switch is turned on, then go out when the engine is started. If the oil pressure warning light stays on whilst the engine is running, there is a serious malfunction. If this happens, stop the car as soon as it is safe to do so, turn off the engine and check the oil level. If the oil level is low, fill the engine oil to the proper level and start the engine again. If the light stays on with the engine running, turn the engine off immediately. In any instance where the oil light stays on when the engine is running, the engine should be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer before the car is driven again. Parking brake & brake fluid warning light Parking brake warning This light is illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position. The warning light should go off when the parking brake is released whilst engine is running. The parking brake warning chime will sound to remind you that the parking brake is applied when you are driving above 6 mph (10 km/h). Always release the parking brake before you drive. Low brake fluid level warning If the warning light remains on, it may indicate that the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low. If the warning light remains on: 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle. 2. With the engine stopped, check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required. Then check all brake components for fluid leaks. 4 39 Features of your vehicle 3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks are found, the warning light remains on or the brakes do not operate properly. Have the vehicle towed to a HYUNDAI authorised repairer for a brake system inspection and necessary repairs. Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diagonal braking systems. This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail. With only one of the dual systems working, more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the car. Also, the car will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working. If the brakes fail whilst you are driving, shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the car as soon as it is safe to do so. To check bulb operation, check whether the parking brake and brake fluid warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is in the ON position. WARNING Driving the vehicle with a warning light on is dangerous. If the brake warning light remains on, have the brakes checked and repaired immediately by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. 4 40 Low brake vacuum pressure warning (diesel engine only, if equipped) If the warning light remains on, it may indicate that the brake vacuum pump has any problem. Therefore you should avoid high speed driving or sudden stop, and you should depress the brake pedal deeper and harder than usual in braking. Make sure to have the brake system checked and repaired by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. WARNING • Continuous braking whilst driving on steep or long downhill may cause to descend the vacuum level in brake booster for a time and turn on the warning light. In this case, shift down the transmission. If the warning light illuminate continuously, stop the vehicle in the safe location and wait until the warning light goes off. • Driving the vehicle with a warning light on is dangerous. If the brake warning light remains on, have the brakes checked and repaired immediately by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. D150312AUN Shift pattern indicator (if equipped) The indicator displays to show the automatic transmission shift lever selection. D150339ASA O/D OFF Indicator (if equipped) O/D OFF This indicator comes on when the O/D system is deactivated. D150313AEN-UK Charging system warning light This warning light indicates a malfunction of either the generator or electrical charging system. If the warning light comes on whilst the vehicle is in motion: 1. Drive to the nearest safe location. 2. With the engine off, check the generator drive belt for looseness or breakage. 3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a problem exists somewhere in the electrical charging system. Have a HYUNDAI authorised repairer correct the problem as soon as possible. Features of your vehicle D150315AUN D150318ATQ D150320AFD-UK Tailgate open warning light Low fuel level warning light This warning light blinks when the tailgate is not closed securely with the ignition in any position. This warning light indicates the fuel tank is nearly empty. When it comes on, you should add fuel as soon as possible. Driving with the fuel level warning light on or with the fuel level below “E” or “0” can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter. Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) (check engine light) CHECK (if equipped) This indicator light is part of the Engine Control System which monitors various emission control system components. If this light illuminates whilst driving, it indicates that a potential problem has been detected somewhere in the emission control system. This light will also illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, and will go out in a few seconds after the engine is started. If it illuminates whilst driving, or does not illuminate when the ignition key is turned to the ON position, take your vehicle to your nearest HYUNDAI authorised repairer and have the system checked. Generally, your vehicle will continue to be drivable, but have the system checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer promptly. D150316AUN Door ajar warning light This warning light illuminates when a door is not closed securely with the ignition in any position. D150317AFD-UK Immobiliser indicator (if equipped) This light illuminates when the immobiliser key is inserted and turned to the ON position to start the engine. At this time, you can start the engine. The light goes out after the engine is running. If this light blinks when the ignition switch is in the ON position before starting the engine, have the system checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. 4 41 Features of your vehicle CAUTION • Prolonged driving with the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light illuminated may cause damage to the emission control systems which could effect drivability and/or fuel economy. • If the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light illuminates, potential catalytic converter damage is possible which could result in loss of engine power. Have the Engine Control System inspected as soon as possible by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. CAUTION - Diesel engine (if equipped) If the malfunction indicator light blinking, have the Particulate Filter System inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer (before driving more than 31 miles/50 km). 4 42 D150327AUN-UK D150324AFD-UK Key reminder warning chime (if equipped) If the driver’s door is opened whilst the ignition key is left in the ignition switch (ACC or LOCK position), the key reminder warning chime will sound. This is to prevent you from locking your keys in the vehicle. The chime sounds until the key is removed from the ignition switch or the driver’s door is closed. ESP OFF indicator (if equipped) D150323AUN-EE ESP indicator (Electronic ESP Stability Program) (if equipped) The ESP indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON, but should go off after approximately 3 seconds. When the ESP is on, it monitors the driving conditions and under normal driving conditions, the ESP light will remain off. When a slippery or low traction condition is encountered, the ESP will operate, and the ESP indicator will blink to indicate the ESP is operating. ESP OFF The ESP OFF indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON, but should go off after approximately 3 seconds. To switch to ESP OFF mode, press the ESP OFF button. The ESP OFF indicator will illuminate indicating the ESP is deactivated. If this indicator stays on when ESP OFF is not selected, the ESP may have a malfunction. Take your car to a HYUNDAI authorised repairer and have the system checked. ✽ NOTICE After reconnecting or recharging a discharged battery, the ESP OFF indicator may illuminate. In this case, turn the steering wheel half way to the left and right whilst the ignition switch is in the ON position. Then, restart the engine after the ignition is off. If the ESP OFF indicator does not turn off, have the system checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer as soon as possible. Features of your vehicle D150328AEN-UK D150329AEN-UK Glow indicator (Diesel engine) Fuel filter warning light (Diesel engine) The indicator light illuminates when the ignition switch is placed at the ON position. The engine can be started after the preheat indicator light goes off. The illuminating time varies with the water temperature, air temperature and battery condition. This warning light illuminates for 3 seconds after the ignition switch is set to the ON position and then it will go out. If it lights up whilst the engine is running, it indicates that water has accumulated inside the fuel filter. If this happens, remove the water from the fuel filter. For more information, refer to “Fuel filter” in section 7. ✽ NOTICE If the engine was not started within 10 seconds after the preheating is completed, turn the ignition switch once more to the LOCK position during 10 seconds, and then to the ON position, in order to preheat again. CAUTION If the preheat indicator light continues to illuminate or flash on and off after the engine has warmed up or whilst driving, check the system by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer as soon as possible. CAUTION When the fuel filter warning light is illuminated, engine power (vehicle speed & idle speed) may decrease. If you keep driving with the warning light on, you can damage your vehicle's engine parts and injection system of the Common Rail. If this occurs, have your vehicle checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer as soon as possible. 4 43 Features of your vehicle REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) WARNING The rear parking assist system is a supplementary function only. The operation of the rear parking assist system can be affected by several factors (including environmental conditions). It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the area behind the vehicle before and whilst reversing. Sensors OTQ047055 D170000AEN-UK The rear parking assist system assists the driver during backward movement of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within a distance of 47 in. (120 cm) behind the vehicle. This system is a supplemental system and it is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and objects detectable by the rear parking assist sensors are limited. Whenever reversing, pay as much attention to what is behind you as you would in a vehicle without a rear parking assist system. 4 44 Operation of the rear parking assist system D170101AEN-UK Operating condition • This system will activate when reversing with the ignition switch ON. If the vehicle is moving at a speed over 3 mph (5 km/h), the system may not be activated correctly. • The sensing distance whilst the rear parking assist system is in operation is approximately 47 in. (120 cm). • When more than two objects are sensed at the same time, the closest one will be recognized first. D170102AUN Types of warning sound • When an object is 47 in. to 32 in. (120 cm to 81 cm) from the rear bumper: Buzzer beeps intermittently. • When an object is 31 in. to 16 in. (80 cm to 41 cm) from the rear bumper: Buzzer beeps more frequently. • When an object is within 15 in. (40 cm) of the rear bumper: Buzzer sounds continuously. Features of your vehicle D170200AEN Non-operational conditions of rear parking assist system The rear parking assist system may not operate properly when: 1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It will operate normally when the moisture has been cleared.) 2. The sensor is covered with foreign matter, such as snow or water, or the sensor cover is blocked. (It will operate normally when the material is removed or the sensor is no longer blocked.) 3. Driving on uneven road surfaces (unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, gradient). 4. Objects generating excessive noise (vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes) are within range of the sensor. 5. Heavy rain or water spray exists. 6. Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are within range of the sensor. 7. The sensor is covered with snow. 8. Trailer towing The detecting range may decrease when: 1. The sensor is stained with foreign matter such as snow or water. (The sensing range will return to normal when removed.) 2. Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold. The following objects may not be recognized by the sensor: 1. Sharp or slim objects such as ropes, chains or small poles. 2. Objects which tend to absorb the sensor frequency such as clothes, spongy material or snow. 3. Undetectable objects smaller than 40 in. (1 m) in height and narrower than 6 in. (14 cm) in diameter. D170300AEN-UK Rear parking assist system precautions • The rear parking assist system may not sound sequentially depending on the speed and shapes of the objects detected. • The rear parking assist system may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified or damaged. Any non-factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor performance. • The sensor may not recognize objects less than 15 in. (40 cm) from the sensor, or it may sense an incorrect distance. Use caution. • When the sensor is frozen or stained with snow, dirt, or water, the sensor may be inoperative until the stains are removed using a soft cloth. • Do not push, scratch or strike the sensor. Sensor damage could occur. 4 45 Features of your vehicle HAZARD WARNING FLASHER ✽ NOTICE This system can only sense objects within the range and location of the sensors; It can not detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed. Also, small or slim objects, such as poles or objects located between sensors may not be detected by the sensors. Always visually check behind the vehicle when reversing. Be sure to inform any drivers of the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regarding the systems capabilities and limitations. WARNING Pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects on the road, particularly pedestrians, and especially children. Be aware that some objects may not be detected by the sensors, due to the object’s distance, size or material, all of which can limit the effectiveness of the sensor. Always perform a visual inspection to make sure the vehicle is clear of all obstructions before moving the vehicle in any direction. 4 46 D170400AEN-UK Self-diagnosis If you don’t hear an audible warning sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently when shifting the gear to the R (Reverse) position, this may indicate a malfunction in the rear parking assist system. If this occurs, have your vehicle checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer as soon as possible. WARNING Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occupants due to a rear parking assist system malfunction. Always drive safely and cautiously. OTQ067001R D180000AUN The hazard warning flasher should be used whenever you find it necessary to stop the car in a hazardous location. When you must make such an emergency stop, always pull off the road as far as possible. The hazard warning lights are turned on by pushing in the hazard switch. This causes all turn signal lights to blink. The hazard warning lights will operate even though the key is not in the ignition switch. To turn the hazard warning lights off, push the switch a second time. Features of your vehicle LIGHTING D190100AUN Battery saver function • The purpose of this feature is to prevent the battery from being discharged. The system automatically turns off the exterior lights when the driver removes the ignition key and opens the driver-side door. • With this feature, the parking lights will be turned off automatically if the driver parks on the side of road at night. If necessary, to keep the lights on when the ignition key is removed, perform the following: 1) Open the driver-side door. 2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column. OTQ047131 OEN048061 D190400ATQ D190401AEN Lighting control Parking light position ( ) When the light switch is in the parking light position (1st position), the tail, license and instrument panel lights are ON. The light switch has a Headlight and a Parking light position. To operate the lights, turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the following positions: (1) OFF position (2) Parking light position (3) Headlight position 4 47 Features of your vehicle OEN048062 OEN048065 D190402AEN D190500AUN-UK Headlight position ( ) When the light switch is in the headlight position (2nd position) the head, tail, license and instrument panel lights are ON. High - beam operation ✽ NOTICE The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights. 4 48 To turn on the high beam headlights, push the lever away from you. Pull it back for low beams. The high-beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on. To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time whilst the engine is not running. OEN048064 To flash the headlights, pull the lever towards you. It will return to the normal (low beam) position when released. The headlight switch does not need to be on to use this flashing feature. Features of your vehicle To signal a lane change, move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position (B). The lever will return to the OFF position when released. If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement. ✽ NOTICE OEN048066 D190600AUN Turn signals and lane change signals The ignition switch must be on for the turn signals to function. To turn on the turn signals, move the lever up or down (A). Green arrow indicators on the instrument panel indicate which turn signal is operating. They will self-cancel after a turn is completed. If the indicator continues to flash after a turn, manually return the lever to the OFF position. If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow, a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit. OTQ047056R D190700AEN Front fog light (if equipped) Fog lights are used to provide improved visibility when visibility is poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. The fog lights will turn on when fog light switch is pressed after the parklight is turned on. To turn off the fog lights, press the switch again. 4 49 Features of your vehicle D190900AUN CAUTION Daytime running light (if equipped) When in operation, the fog lights consume large amounts of vehicle electrical power. Only use the fog lights when visibility is poor. OTQ047132R D190800AUN Rear fog light (if equipped) To turn the rear fog lights on, turn the headlight switch to the headlight on position and press the rear fog light switch (light on switch will illuminate). The rear fog lights turn on when the rear fog switch is pressed after the front fog switch is turned to ON and the headlight switch to the parklight position. (if equipped) To turn the rear fog lights off, press the rear fog light switch again or turn the headlight switch to the OFF position. 4 50 Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day. DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions, and it is especially helpful after dawn and before sunset. The DRL system will make the headlights turn OFF when: 1. The parklight switch is ON. 2. Engine stops. Features of your vehicle Listed below are the examples of proper switch settings. For loading conditions other than those listed below, adjust the switch position so that the beam level may be the nearest as the condition obtained according to the list. Loading condition OTQ047133R Headlight levelling device (if equipped) D191001ATQ-UK Manual type To adjust the headlight beam level according to the number of the passengers and the loading weight in the luggage area, turn the beam levelling switch. The higher the number of the switch position, the lower the headlight beam level. Always keep the headlight beam at the proper levelling position, or headlights may dazzle other road users. Switch position Wagon Van Driver only 0 0 Driver + Front passenger 0 0 1 - 1 - 2 1 3 1 Driver + Front passenger + 4th row passenger Full passengers (including driver) Full passengers (including driver) + Maximum permissible loading Driver + Maximum permissible loading 4 51 Features of your vehicle WIPERS AND WASHERS A : Wiper speed control · – Single wipe · 0 – Off · --- – Intermittent wipe (if equipped) · 1 – Low wiper speed · 2 – High wiper speed Windscreen wiper/washer Fast 1 B : Intermittent wipe time adjustment Slow C : Wash with brief wipes OTQ048904 OTQ048902 Rear window wiper/washer (if equipped) OTQ048909 4 52 D : Rear wiper/washer control · – Spraying washer fluid · – Continuous wipe · 0 – Off · – Wash with brief wipes D200100ATQ-UK Windscreen wipers Operates as follows when the ignition switch is turned ON. : For a single wiping cycle, push the lever upward and release it with the lever in the 0 position. The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is pushed upward and held. 0 : Wiper is not in operation. --- : Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals. Use this mode in a light rain or mist. To vary the speed setting, turn the speed control knob(1). In this position, the wiping intervals are also varied automatically depending on your vehicle speed. (if equipped) Features of your vehicle 1 : Normal wiper speed 2 : Fast wiper speed CAUTION To prevent possible damage to the washer pump, do not operate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty. ✽ NOTICE If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windscreen, defrost the windscreen for about 10 minutes, or until the snow and/or ice is removed before using the windscreen wipers to ensure proper operation. WARNING ✽ NOTICE • When you operate the wipers, if your vehicle has a problem in any part of the wiper operation system, the wiper may operate in the 1 mode regardless of the wiper switch position. In this case, have your vehicle checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer as soon as possible. • When the ignition key is removed, the wiper blade sometimes may move to properly position slightly for reducing the deterioration of the windscreen wipers. OTQ048907 D200200AUN-UK Windscreen washers In the 0 position, pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windscreen and to run the wipers 1-3 cycles. Use this function when the windscreen is dirty. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever. If the washer does not work, check the washer fluid level. If the fluid level is not sufficient, you will need to add appropriate non-abrasive windscreen washer fluid to the washer reservoir. The reservoir filler neck is located in the front of the engine compartment on the driver side. Do not use the washer in freezing temperatures without first warming the windscreen with the defrosters; the washer solution could freeze on contact with the windscreen and obscure your vision. CAUTION • To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windscreen, do not operate the wipers when the windscreen is dry. • To prevent damage to the wiper blades, do not use petrol, kerosene, paint thinner, or other solvents on or near them. • To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manually. 4 53 Features of your vehicle ✽ NOTICE Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 15 seconds or when the fluid reservoir is empty; this could damage the system. Do not operate the wiper when the window is dry; this can result in scratching as well as premature wiper blade wear. For the same reason, do not operate the washer when the washer fluid reservoir is empty. OTQ048905 D200300ATQ-UK Rear Window Wiper and Washer (if equipped) Turn the switch to desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer. - Wash with brief wipes - Normal wiper operation 0 - Wiper is not in operation - Spraying washer fluid and wiping 4 54 Features of your vehicle INTERIOR LIGHT D210000AEN Type A CAUTION Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the engine is not running. It may cause battery discharge. OTQ047060 Type B OTQ047060G D210100ATQ Map lamp (if equipped) • • DOOR : In the DOOR position, the light comes on when any door is opened regardless of the ignition switch position. When doors are unlocked by the transmitter, the light comes on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not open. The light goes out gradually after approximately 30 seconds if the door is closed. However, if the ignition switch is ON or all doors are locked, the light will turn off immediately. If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK position, the light stays on for about 20 minutes. However, if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position, the light stays on continuously. • ROOM : In the ROOM position, the light stays on at all times. : Push the switch to turn the map lamp on or off. This light produces a spot beam for convenient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the driver and the front passenger. 4 55 Features of your vehicle ➀ Type A OTQ047062 Type B OTQ047061 : Push the switch to turn the map lamp on or off. This light produces a spot beam for convenient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the rear passenger. ➁ DOOR : In the DOOR position, the light comes on when any / door is opened regardless of the ignition switch position. ➂ ROOM : In the ROOM position, the / light stays on at all times. D210200ATQ-UK Room lamp (Rear, if equipped) • CAUTION : Push the switch to turn the rear room lamp on or off. OTQ047206 Type C OTQ047201 4 56 Do not leave the switch in this position for an extended period of time when the vehicle is not running. Features of your vehicle ➃ MOOD : Push the switch to turn the mood lamp on when the room lamp is off. Once the mood lamp is on, each time you press the button the colour of the light will change. The mood lamp will turn off when the button is pressed again after the last colour or when the mood lamp button is pressed for approximately 4 seconds or when the ROOM, DOOR or DIMMER button is pressed. ➄ DIMMER : Whenever you push this button when the room lamp is turned on, the brightness of the room lamp will change within 3 level. 4 57 Features of your vehicle DEFROSTER (IF EQUIPPED) D220000AUN-UK CAUTION To prevent damage to the conductors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window, never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window. ✽ NOTICE If you want to defrost and defog on the front windscreen, refer to “Windscreen Defrosting and Defogging” in this section. 4 58 OTQ047064 D220100AUN-UK Rear window defroster The defroster heats the window to remove frost, fog and thin ice from the rear window, whilst engine is running. To activate the rear window defroster, press the rear window defroster button located in the centre facia switch panel. The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON. If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window, brush it off before operating the rear defroster. The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off (if equipped). To turn off the defroster, press the rear window defroster button again. Features of your vehicle MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) ■ Front climate control ■ Rear climate control (if equipped) 1. Fan speed control knob 2. Air conditioning button (if equipped) 3. Temperature control knob 4. Mode selection knob 5. Rear fan speed control knob/ Rear climate control selection knob (if equipped) 6. Rear temperature control button (if equipped) 7. Rear window defroster button 8. Air intake control button 9. Rear fan speed control knob (if equipped) 10. Rear temperature control (if equipped) and mode selection knob (if equipped) OTQ047066R/OTQ047067 D230000ATQ 4 59 Features of your vehicle D230100ATQ Heating and air conditioning 1. Start the engine. 2. Set the mode to the desired position. For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling; - Heating: - Cooling: 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system (if equipped) on. OTQ047069R 4 60 Features of your vehicle Face-Level (B, D) Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet. Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, F, D) Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windscreen with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters. Defrost-Level (A) Bi-Level (B, D, C, F) OTQ047068 D230101ATQ-UK Mode selection The mode selection knob controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system. Air can be directed to the floor, dashboard outlets, or windscreen. Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor. Most of the air flow is directed to the windscreen with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters. Floor-Level (C, F, A, D) Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windscreen and side window defrosters. 4 61 Features of your vehicle OTQ047071R Instrument panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the horizontal thumbwheel. To close the vent, rotate it left to the maximum position. To open the vent, rotate it right to the desired position. Also, you can adjust the direction of air delivery from these vents using the vent control lever as shown. 4 62 OTQ047072 OTQ047073 D230102AUN D230103AUN-UK Temperature control The temperature control knob allows you to control the temperature of the air flowing from the ventilation system. To change the air temperature in the passenger compartment, turn the knob to the right position for warm and hot air or left position for cooler air. Air intake control This is used to select the outside (fresh) air position or recirculated air position. To change the air intake control position, push the control button. Features of your vehicle Recirculated air position The indicator light on the button illuminates when the recirculated air position is selected. With the recirculated air position selected, air from the passenger compartment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected. Outside (fresh) air position The indicator light on the button will not illuminate when the outside (fresh) air position is selected. With the outside (fresh) air position selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected. ✽ NOTICE Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position (without air conditioning selected) may cause fogging of the windscreen and side windows and the air within the passenger compartment may become stale. In addition, prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment. WARNING • Continued climate control system operation in the recirculated air position may allow humidity to increase inside the vehicle which may fog the glass and obscure visibility. • Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air conditioning or heating system on. It may cause serious harm or death due to a drop in the oxygen level and/or body temperature. • Continued climate control system operation in the recirculated air position can cause drowsiness or sleepiness, and loss of vehicle control. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position as much as possible whilst driving. OTQ047074 D230104AUN Fan speed control The ignition switch must be in the ON position for fan operation. The fan speed control knob allows you to control the fan speed of the air flowing from the ventilation system. To change the fan speed, turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed. Setting the fan speed control knob to the 0 position turns off the fan. 4 63 Features of your vehicle However, the front climate control system should be operated together for rear air conditioning; 1. Set the front fan speed to the desired position. 2. Push the air conditioning button. 3. Set the rear temperature, fan speed and mode to the desired position. OTQ047075 OTQ047076 D230105AUN D230200ATQ Air conditioning (if equipped) Push the A/C button to turn the air conditioning system on (indicator light will illuminate). Push the button again to turn the air conditioning system off. Rear heating and air conditioning (if equipped) 4 64 The temperature, fan speed and mode of the rear climate control system can be controlled independently regardless of the front climate control system operation. Turn the rear climate control selection knob to the “R” and set the rear temperature, fan speed and mode to the desired position. Features of your vehicle The rear mode is selected automatically by selecting the rear temperature control. • : Rear air blows from the upper vents on the rear side ceiling. • : Rear air blows from the upper vents on the rear side ceiling and the lower vents on the floor. • : Rear air blows from the lower vents on the floor. In the front seat OTQ047078 In the rear seat OTQ047077 Rear vents The vent can be adjusted by rotating the thumb wheel. ✽ NOTICE If all the vents are closed, it may cause some noise. Always open 2 vents or more. OTQ047079 D230202ATQ Rear temperature control To change the air temperature in the rear passenger compartment, turn the knob to the right for warm and hot air or left for cooler air. 4 65 Features of your vehicle System operation In the front seat D230501AUN OTQ047095 Ventilation 1. Set the mode to the position. 2. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. In the rear seat D230502AUN-UK OTQ047080 D230203ATQ Rear fan speed control To change the fan speed, turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed. To turn off the fan, turn the knob to the 0 position. 4 66 Heating 1. Set the mode to the position. 2. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn the air conditioning system (if equipped) on. • If the windscreen fogs up, set the mode , position. to the Operation Tips • To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the car through the ventilation system, temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position. Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irritation has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable. • Air for the heating/cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windscreen. Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves, snow, ice or other obstructions. • To prevent interior fog on the windscreen, set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position, turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust temperature control to desired temperature. Features of your vehicle D230503AFD-UK Air conditioning (if equipped) All HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems are filled with environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant which does not damage to the ozone layer. 1. Start the engine. Push the air conditioning button. 2. Set the mode to the position. 3. Set the air intake control to the outside air or recirculated air position. 4. Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort. • When maximum cooling is desired, set the temperature control to the extreme left position then set the fan speed control to the highest speed. ✽ NOTICE • When using the air conditioning system, monitor the temperature gauge closely whilst driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high. Air conditioning system operation may cause engine overheating. Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning system off if the temperature gauge indicates engine overheating. • When opening the windows in humid weather air conditioning may create water droplets inside the vehicle. Since excessive water droplets may cause damage to electrical equipment, air conditioning should only be run with the windows closed. Air conditioning system operation tips • If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather, open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape. • To help reduce moisture inside of windows on rainy or humid days, decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system. • During air conditioning system operation, you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles. This is a normal system operation characteristic. • Use the air conditioning system every month if only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance. 4 67 Features of your vehicle • When using the air conditioning system, you may notice clear water dripping (or even puddling) on the ground under the passenger side of the vehicle. This is a normal system operation characteristic. • Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling, however, continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale. • During cooling operation, you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake. This is a normal system operation characteristics. 4 68 D230504ATQ-UK Fuel-fired Heater (if equipped) This fuel-fired heater supplies additional heat to the interior compartment with a low fuel consumption to compensate the heat provided by engine alone. The following 3 conditions should be meet at the same time for automatic operation of the fuel-fired heater. • Engine runs. • Ambient temperature is lower than 5°C. • Coolant temperature is lower than 68°C. A cleaning process of the fuel-fired heater will be performed automatically when the heater is not operated due to increase of coolant temperature and ignition off. During cleaning process, supplied fuel in the heater will be burnt completely and any smoke will be expelled. It is a necessary process for next operation and durability of the heater and takes about 1~3 minutes. ✽ NOTICE • The following symptoms will occur and it is normal. - A white smoke may come out from the fuel-fired heater exhaust pipe during operation of the heater. However, when an excessive black smoke is discharged, the fuel-fired heater should be inspected. - A “buk-buk” noise from the heater is a noise to form flame for combustion. - When the heater is operated at full load, a “Wooing” noise occurs. - When shutting off the engine during heater operation, a “Wing” noise occurs to perform the cleaning process. • When refuelling, stop operation of the fuel-fired heater by shutting off the engine. Features of your vehicle ✽ NOTICE Outside air Recirculated air Blower Climate control air filter Heater core Evaporator core 1LDA5047 D230300AFD-UK Climate control air filter (if equipped) The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehicle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system. If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time, the air flow from the air vents may decrease, resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windscreen even when the outside (fresh) air position is selected. If this happens, have the climate control air filter replaced by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. • Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the car is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty, rough roads, more frequent climate control air filter inspections and changes are required. • When the air flow rate is suddenly decreased, the system should be checked at a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. D230400AEN-UK Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also has a negative impact on the air conditioning system. Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, have the system inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. ✽ NOTICE It is important when servicing the air conditioning system that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur. WARNING The air conditioning system should be serviced by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Improper service may cause serious injury to the person performing the service. 4 69 Features of your vehicle WINDSCREEN DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING D250000AEN-UK WARNING - Windscreen heating Do not use the or position during cooling operation in extremely humid weather. The difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the windscreen could cause the outer surface of the windscreen to fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this case, set the mode selection knob or button to the position and fan speed control knob or button to the lower speed. 4 70 • For maximum defrosting, set the temperature control to the extreme right/hot position and the fan speed control to the highest speed. • If warm air to the floor is desired whilst defrosting or defogging, set the mode to the floor-defrost position. • Before driving, clear all snow and ice from the windscreen, rear window, outside rear view mirrors, and all side windows. • Clear all snow and ice from the bonnet and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windscreen. OTQ047100 Manual climate control system D250101ATQ-UK To defog inside windscreen 1. Select any fan speed except “0” position. 2. Select desired temperature. 3. Select the or position. 4. If the position is selected, the outside (fresh) air and air conditioning will be selected automatically. If the air conditioning and outside (fresh) air position are not selected automatically, press the corresponding button manually. Features of your vehicle D250300ATQ-UK Defogging logic (if equipped) To reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windscreen, the air intake or air conditioning are controlled automatically according to certain conditions such as position. To cancel or return the defogging logic, do the following. OTQ047101 OTQ047104 D250102AFD-UK D250301AUN-UK To defrost outside windscreen 1. Set the fan speed to the highest (extreme right) position. 2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot position. 3. Select the position. 4. The outside (fresh) air and air conditioning will be selected automatically. Manual climate control system 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. 2. Turn the mode selection knob to the defrost position ( ). 3. Push the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds. The indicator light in the air intake control button will blink 3 times with 0.5 second of interval. It indicates that the defogging logic is cancelled or returned to the programmed status. If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status. 4 71 Features of your vehicle STORAGE COMPARTMENT D270000AUN-UK These compartments can be used to store small items required by the driver or passengers. CAUTION • To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartment. • Always keep the storage compartment covers closed whilst driving. Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the storage compartment cover can not close securely. WARNING - Flammable materials Do not store cigarette lighters, propane cylinders, or other flammable/explosive materials in the vehicle. These items may catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods. OTQ047107/H D270200AUN-UK Glove box To open the glove box, pull the handle and the glove box will automatically open. Close the glove box after use. WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in an accident or sudden stop, always keep the glove box door closed whilst driving. 4 72 Features of your vehicle WARNING OTQ047108 D270300AUN-UK • Do not keep objects except sunglass inside the sunglass holder. Such objects can be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an accident, possibly injuring the passengers in the vehicle. • Do not open the sunglass holder whilst the vehicle is moving. The rear view mirror of the vehicle can be blocked by an open sunglass holder. OTQ047109/H D270400ATQ Sunglass holder (if equipped) Multi box (if equipped) To open the sunglass holder, press the cover and the holder will slowly open. Place your sunglasses in the compartment door with the lenses facing out. Push to close. To open the cover, pull the handle down. Close the cover after use. 4 73 Features of your vehicle INTERIOR FEATURES Front WARNING • Do not hold the lighter in after it is already heated because it will overheat. • If the lighter does not pop out within 30 seconds, remove it to prevent overheating. OTQ047111R OTQ047110R D280100AEN Cigarette lighter For the cigarette lighter to work, the ignition switch must be in the ACC position or the ON position. To open the cover, press the cover and it will slowly open. To use the cigarette lighter, push it all the way into its socket. When the element has heated, the lighter will pop out to the “ready” position. If it is necessary to replace the cigarette lighter, use only a genuine HYUNDAI replacement or its approved equivalent. 4 74 CAUTION Rear (if equipped) Only a genuine HYUNDAI lighter should be used in the cigarette lighter socket. The use of plug-in accessories (shavers, hand-held vacuums, and coffee pots, etc.) may damage the socket or cause electrical failure. 1VQA2187 D280200ATQ Ashtray WARNING - Ashtray use • Do not use the vehicle’s ashtrays as waste receptacles. • Putting lit cigarettes or matches in an ashtray with other combustible materials may cause a fire. Features of your vehicle Front To open the cover, press the cover and it will slowly open. To clean the ashtray, the plastic receptacle should be removed by lifting the plastic ash receptacle upward and pulling it out. Rear (if equipped) To use the ashtray, open the cover. To remove the ashtray to empty or clean, pull it up and out. Front WARNING - Hot liquids OTQ047112R Centre seat OTQ047113 Rear • Do not place uncovered cups of hot liquid in the cup holder whilst the vehicle is in motion. If the hot liquid spills, you burn yourself. Such a burn to the driver could lead to loss of control of the vehicle. • To reduce the risk of personal injury in the event of sudden stop or collision, do not place uncovered or unsecured bottles, glasses, cans, etc., in the cup holder whilst the vehicle is in motion. Front To open the cover, press the knob on the cover and it will slowly open. Place a cup or small beverage can after pulling out the blade (1). Centre seat/Rear (if equipped) Cups or small beverage cans may be placed in the cup holders. (if equipped) OTQ047114 D280300ATQ-UK Cup holder 4 75 Features of your vehicle CAUTION - Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped) Close the vanity mirror cover securely and return the sunvisor to its original position after use. If the vanity mirror is not closed securely, the lamp will stay on and could result in battery discharge and possible sunvisor damage. OTQ047115R OTQ047116R D280400ATQ D280500AEN Sunvisor Power outlet (if equipped) Use the sunvisor to shield direct light through the front or side windows. To use a sunvisor, pull it downward. To use a sunvisor for a side window, pull it downward, unsnap it from the bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2). To use the vanity mirror (if equipped), pull down the visor and slide the mirror cover (3). Adjust the sunvisor forward or backward (4, if equipped). The ticket holder (5) is provided for holding a tollgate ticket. (if equipped) The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems. The devices should draw less than 10 amps with the engine running. * : if equipped 4 76 WARNING Do not put a finger or a foreign element (pin, etc.) into a power outlet and do not touch with a wet hand. You may get an electric shock. Features of your vehicle D280601AUN CAUTION • Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use. Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the engine off could cause the battery to discharge. • Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 10A in electric capacity. • Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet. • Close the cover when not in use. • Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle’s power outlet. These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle. Hour (1) Pressing the H button with your finger, a pencil or similar object will advance the time displayed by one hour. D280602AUN Minute (2) Pressing the M button with your finger, a pencil or similar object will advance the time displayed by one minute. OTQ047119 D280600AEN-UK Digital clock (if equipped) WARNING Do not adjust the clock whilst driving. You may lose your steering control and cause an accident that results in severe personal injury or death. D280603AUN-UK Reset (3) To clear away minutes, press the R button with your finger, a pencil or similar object. Then the clock will be set precisely on the hour. For example, if the R button is pressed whilst the time is between 9:01 and 9:29, the display will be reset to 9:00. 9:01 ~ 9:29 display changed to 9:00 9:30 ~ 9:59 display changed to 10:00 Whenever the battery terminals or related fuses are disconnected, you must reset the time. When the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position, the clock buttons operate as follows: 4 77 Features of your vehicle D280604AEN-UK Display conversion (if equipped) To change the 12 hour format to the 24 hour format, press the R button until the display blinks. For example, if the R button is pressed whilst the time is 10:15 p.m., the display will be changed to 22:15. OTQ047122 D280800AEN Clothes hanger (if equipped) CAUTION Do not hang heavy clothes, since those may damage the hook. 4 78 Features of your vehicle AUDIO SYSTEM CAUTION OTQ047135 Antenna D300102ATQ Roof antenna (if equipped) Your car uses a roof antenna to receive both AM and FM broadcast signals. This antenna is a removable type. To remove the antenna, turn it counterclockwise. To install the antenna, turn it clockwise. • Before entering a place with a low height clearance, be sure that the antenna is removed. • Be sure to remove the antenna before washing the car in an automatic car wash or it may be damaged. • When reinstalling your antenna, it is important that it is fully tightened. But it could be removed when parking the vehicle or when loading cargo on the roof rack. • When cargo is loaded on the roof rack, do not place the cargo near the antenna pole to ensure proper reception. 4 79 Features of your vehicle FM reception AM(MW, LW) reception FM radio station ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢¢ JBM001 D300800AEN-UK How car audio works AM(MW, LW) and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located around your city. They are intercepted by the radio antenna on your car. This signal is then received by the radio and sent to your car speakers. When a strong radio signal has reached your vehicle, the precise engineering of your audio system ensures the best possible quality reproduction. However, in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear. This can be due to factors such as the distance from the radio station, closeness of other strong radio stations or the presence of buildings, bridges or other large obstructions in the area. 4 80 ¢ ¢¢ JBM002 JBM003 AM(MW, LW) broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broadcasts. This is because AM(MW, LW) radio waves are transmitted at low frequencies. These long, low frequency radio waves can follow the curvature of the earth rather than travelling straight out into the atmosphere. In addition, they curve around obstructions so that they can provide better signal coverage. FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequencies and do not bend to follow the earth's surface. Because of this, FM broadcasts generally begin to fade at short distances from the station. Also, FM signals are easily affected by buildings, mountains, or other obstructions. These can result in certain listening conditions which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio. The following conditions are normal and do not indicate radio trouble: Features of your vehicle Using a mobile phone or a two-way radio When a mobile phone is used inside the vehicle, noise may be produced from the audio equipment. This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equipment. In such a case, use the mobile phone at a place as far as possible from the audio equipment. ¢ ¢¢ CAUTION JBM004 JBM005 • Fading - As your car moves away from the radio station, the signal will weaken and sound will begin to fade. When this occurs, we suggest that you select another stronger station. • Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or large obstructions between the transmitter and your radio can disturb the signal causing static or fluttering noises to occur. Reducing the treble level may lessen this effect until the disturbance clears. • Station Swapping - As a FM signal weakens, another more powerful signal near the same frequency may begin to play. This is because your radio is designed to lock onto the clearest signal. If this occurs, select another station with a stronger signal. • Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signals being received from several directions can cause distortion or fluttering. This can be caused by a direct and reflected signal from the same station, or by signals from two stations with close frequencies. If this occurs, select another station until the condition has passed. When using a communication system such a mobile phone or a radio set inside the vehicle, a separate external antenna must be fitted. When a mobile phone or a radio set is used with an internal antenna alone, it may interfere with the vehicle's electrical system and adversely affect safe operation of the vehicle. WARNING Don't use a mobile phone when you are driving. You should stop at a safe place to use a mobile phone. 4 81 Features of your vehicle STEREO RADIO PLAYER OPERATION (M420) (IF EQUIPPED) 1. POWER ON-OFF, VOLUME Control Knob 2. BAND Select Button 3. TUNE/MODE Select Knob 4. AUTO SEEK Select Button 5. Best Station Memory (BSM) Button 6. PRESET Station Select Buttons TQ420 4 82 Features of your vehicle 1. POWER ON-OFF Control Knob 2. BAND Select Button The radio unit may be operated when the ignition key is in the “ACC” or “ON” position. Press the knob to switch the power on. The LCD shows the radio frequency in the radio mode or the tape direction indicator in the tape mode. To switch the power off, press the knob again. Pressing the AM/FM button changes the AM(MW, LW), FM1 and FM2 bands. VOLUME Control Rotate the knob clockwise to increase the volume and counterclockwise to reduce the volume. AVC(Auto Volume Control) Feature As the car runs faster, its running noise also becomes louder. To compensate this noise, this unit implements AVC feature that increases car audio’s volume level automatically when the car runs faster. 3. TUNE/MODE Select Knob Rotate the knob clockwise to increase the frequency and counterclockwise to reduce the frequency. Mode Select Knob Pressing the MODE knob changes the BASS, MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER and BALANCE mode. The mode selected is shown on the display. After selecting the each mode, rotate the mode select knob clockwise or counterclockwise. BASS Control To increase the BASS, rotate the knob clockwise, whilst to decrease the BASS, rotate the knob counterclockwise. MIDDLE Control To increase the MIDDLE, rotate the knob clockwise, whilst to decrease the MIDDLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise. TREBLE Control To increase the TREBLE, rotate the knob clockwise, whilst to decrease the TREBLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise. FADER Control Rotate the control knob clockwise to emphasize the rear speaker sound (front speaker sound will be attenuated). When the control knob is turned counterclockwise, the front speaker sound will be emphasized (rear speaker sound will be attenuated). ✽ NOTICE For the VAN type car, FADER control feature is not supported(no rear speaker equipped). BALANCE Control Rotate the knob clockwise to emphasize the right speaker sound (left speaker sound will be attenuated). When the control knob is turned counterclockwise, the left speaker sound will be emphasized (right speaker sound will be attenuated). 4 83 Features of your vehicle 4. AUTO SEEK Select Button (Automatic Channel Selection) Press the AUTO SEEK select button. When the side is pressed, the unit will automatically tune to the next higher frequency and when the side is pressed, it will automatically tune to the next lower frequency. 5. Best Station Memory (BSM) Button When the BSM button is pressed, the six channels from the highest field intensity are selected next and stored in memory. The stations selected are stored in the sequence of frequency from the first preset key. 6. PRESET STATION Select Buttons Six stations for AM(MW, LW), FM1 and FM2 respectively can be preset in the electronic memory circuit. 4 84 HOW TO PRESET STATIONS Six AM(MW, LW) and twelve FM stations may be programmed into the memory of the radio. Then, by simply pressing the AM(MW, LW) / FM select button and/or one of the six station select buttons, you may recall any of these stations instantly. To program the stations, follow these steps: • Press AM(MW, LW)/FM selector to set the band for AM(MW, LW), FM1 and FM2. • Select the desired station to be stored by seek or manual tuning. • Determine the preset station select button you wish to use to access that station. • Press the station select button for more than two seconds. A select button indicator will show in the display indicating which select button you have depressed. The frequency display will flash after it has been stored into the memory. You should then release the button, and proceed to program the next desired station. A total of 24 stations can be programmed by selecting one AM(MW, LW) and two FM station per button. • When completed, any preset station may be recalled by selecting AM(MW, LW), FM1 or FM2 band and the appropriate station button. CAUTION • Do not place beverages close to the audio system. The audio system mechanism may be damaged if you spill them. • Do not strike or allow anything to impact the audio system, damage to the system mechanisms could occur. Features of your vehicle CASSETTE TAPE PLYER OPERATION (M420) (IF EQUIPPED) 1. Tape Program/AUX Button 2. Tape Eject Button 3. DOLBY Button 4. REPEAT (RPT) Button 5. AUTO MUSIC Search (AMS) Button 6. FF/REW Button TQ420 4 85 Features of your vehicle 1. TAPE PROGRAM/AUX Button This allows you to play the reverse side of the tape by merely pressing the program button. The PLAY and an arrow will appear in the display to show the tape direction. • If you press this button more than 0.8 second. you can change to AUX mode. • AUX mode is available only when AUX jack is plugged in and will change back to the last mode if you pull it out. 2. TAPE EJECT Button • When the button is pressed with a cassette loaded, the cassette will eject. • When the button is pressed during FF/REW mode, the cassette will eject. 3. DOLBY Button If you get background noise during tape PLAY, you can reduce this considerably by merely pressing the DOLBY button. If you want to cancel the DOLBY feature, press the button again. 4. REPEAT (RPT) Button • To repeat the track you are currently listening to, press the RPT button. To cancel , press again. 4 86 • If you do not release RPT operation when the track ends, it will automatically be replayed. This process will continue until you push the button again. 5. AUTO MUSIC Search (AMS) Button Press the button to find the starting point of each song in a prerecorded music tape. The quiet space between songs (must have at least a 4 sec. gap) can be identified by the AUTO MUSIC Search button. • Pressing the will play the beginning of the next music segment. • Pressing the will start replay at the beginning of the music just listened to. • To stop FF or REW action, press the button again. 6. FF/REW Button • Fast forward tape winding starts when the FF button is pressed during PLAY or REW mode. • PLAY starts when the FF button is pressed again during FF mode. • Tape rewinding starts when the REW button is pressed during PLAY or FF mode. • PLAY starts when the REW button pressed again during REW mode. CAUTION • Do not insert anything like coins into the player slot as damage to the unit may occur. • Do not place beverages close to the audio system. The playback mechanism may be damaged if you spill them. • Do not strike or allow anything to impact the audio system, damage to the system mechanisms could occur. • When no device is connected to the AUX cable, please pull out the cable from the JACK on the car. (AUX MODE is operational and noise may heard in the AUX MODE.) ✽ NOTICE When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet, noise may occur during playback. If this happens, use the orignal power source of the portable audio device(e.g., batteries). Features of your vehicle STEREO RADIO PLAYER OPERATION (M445MP3) (IF EQUIPPED) 1. POWER ON-OFF, VOLUME Control Knob 2. BAND Select Button 3. TUNE/AUDIO Control Knob 4. AUTO SEEK Select Button 5. Best Station Memory (BSM) Button 6. EQ Button 7. PRESET Station Select Buttons 8. AUDIO Mode Select TQ445MP3 4 87 Features of your vehicle 1. POWER ON-OFF Control Knob 3. TUNE/AUDIO Control Knob The radio unit may be operated when the ignition key is in the "ACC" or “ON” position. Press the knob to switch the power on. The LCD shows the radio frequency in the radio mode, the tape direction indicator in the tape mode or CD track in either the CD mode or CD AUTO CHANGER mode. To switch the power off, press the knob again. Rotate the knob clockwise to increase the frequency and counterclockwise to reduce the frequency. AUDIO Control Knob Pressing the AUDIO Mode select button changes the BASS, MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER and BALANCE mode. The mode selected is shown on the display. VOLUME Control Rotate the knob clockwise to increase the volume and counterclockwise to reduce the volume. BASS Control To increase the BASS, rotate the knob clockwise, whilst to decrease the BASS, rotate the knob counterclockwise. AVC(Auto Volume Control) Feature As the car runs faster, its running noise also becomes louder. To compensate this noise, this unit implements AVC feature that increases car audio’s volume level automatically when the car runs faster. MIDDLE Control To increase the MIDDLE, rotate the knob clockwise, whilst to decrease the MIDDLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise. 2. BAND Select Button Pressing the FM/AM button changes the AM(MW, LW), FM1 and FM2 bands. The mode selected is shown on the display. 4 88 TREBLE Control To increase the TREBLE, rotate the knob clockwise, whilst to decrease the TREBLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise. FADER Control Rotate the control knob clockwise to emphasize the rear speaker sound (front speaker sound will be attenuated). When the control knob is turned counterclockwise, the front speaker sound will be emphasized (rear speaker sound will be attenuated). ✽ NOTICE For the VAN type car, FADER Control feature is not supported(no rear speaker equipped). BALANCE Control Rotate the knob clockwise to emphasize the right speaker sound (left speaker sound will be attenuated). When the control knob is turned counterclockwise, the left speaker sound will be emphasized (right speaker sound will be attenuated). 4. AUTO SEEK Select Button (Automatic Channel Selection) Press the AUTO SEEK select button. When the side is pressed, the unit will automatically tune to the next higher frequency and when the side is pressed, it will automatically tune to the next lower frequency. Features of your vehicle 5. Best Station Memory (BSM) Button When the BSM button is pressed, the six channels from the highest field intensity are selected next and stored in memory. The stations selected are stored in the sequence frequency from the first preset key. 6. EQ Button Press the EQ button to select the CLASSIC, POP, ROCK, JAZZ and OFF MODE for the desired tone quality. Each press of the button changes the display as follows; CLASSIC➟POP➟ROCK➟JAZZ➟DEFEAT 7. PRESET STATION Select Buttons Six stations for AM(MW, LW), FM1 and FM2 respectively can be preset in the electronic memory circuit. HOW TO PRESET STATIONS Six AM(MW, LW) and twelve FM stations may be programmed into the memory of the radio. Then, by simply pressing the AM(MW, LW) / FM select button and/or one of the six station select buttons, you may recall any of these stations instantly. To program the stations, follow these steps: • Press AM(MW, LW)/FM selector to set the band for AM(MW, LW), FM1 and FM2. • Select the desired station to be stored by seek or manual tuning. • Determine the preset station select button you wish to use to access that station. • Press the station select button for more than two seconds. A select button indicator will show in the display indicating which select button you have depressed. The frequency display will flash after it has been stored into the memory. You should then release the button, and proceed to program the next desired station. A total of 24 stations can be programmed by selecting one AM(MW, LW) and two FM station per button. • When completed, any preset station may be recalled by selecting AM(MW, LW), FM1 or FM2 band and the appropriate station button. 8. AUDIO Mode select Button Pressing the AUDIO Mode select button changes the BASS, MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER and BALANCE mode. The mode selected is shown on the display. After selecting the each mode, rotate the TUNE knob clockwise or counterclockwise. CAUTION • Do not place beverages close to the audio system. The audio system mechanism may be damaged if you spill them. • Do not strike or allow anything to impact the audio system, damage to the system mechanisms could occur. 4 89 Features of your vehicle COMPACT DISC PLAYER OPERATION (M445MP3) (IF EQUIPPED) 1. CD/AUX Select Button 2. CD EJECT Button 3. TRACK UP/DOWN Button 4. FF/REW Button 5. EQ (Equalizer) Button 6. CD SCAN Button 7. MARK (Bookmark) Button 8. RPT (Repeat) Button 9. RDM (Random) Button 10. FILE SEARCH Knob (TUNE Select Knob) 11. FLDR (Folder Search) Button TQ445MP3 4 90 Features of your vehicle 1. CD/AUX Select Button ✽ NOTICE 4. FF/REW Button • Insert the CD with the label facing upward. • Insert the CD to start CD playback, during radio operation. • When a disc is in the CD deck, if you press the CD button the CD player will begin playing even if the radio player is being used. • The CD player can be used when the ignition switch is in either the “ON” or “ACC” position. • Push the CD button to start CD playback without pushing Power ON-OFF control knob. (Only when a CD is in the deck.) • If you press this button you can change to AUX mode. • AUX mode is available only when AUX jack is plugged in and change back to last mode if you pull it out. • Do not stick paper or tape etc., on the label side or the recording side of any discs, as it may cause a malfunction. • The unit cannot play a CDR(Recordable CD) and CDRW(Rewritable CD) that is not finalized. Please refer to the manual of CDR/CD-RW recoder or CD-R/CD-RW software for more information on finalization process. • Depending on the recording status, some CD-Rs/CD-RWs may not be played on this unit. If you want to fast forward or reverse through the compact disc track, push and hold the FF or REW button. When you release the button, the compact disc player will resume playing. 2. CD EJECT Button • When the EJECT button is pressed with a CD loaded, the CD will eject. • To eject all of the discs, press this button for one second or more. 3. TRACK UP/DOWN Button • The desired track on the disc currently being played can be selected using the track number. • Press button once to skip forward to the beginning of the next track. Press within a second after playback begins to quickly move backward through a CD. If you press after more than a second, it will take you to the beginning of the track you are now listening to. 5. EQ (Equalizer) Button Press the EQ button to select the CLASSIC, POP, JAZZ, ROCK and DEFEAT MODE for the desired tone quality. Each press of the button changes the display as follows; CLASSIC➟POP➟ROCK➟JAZZ➟DEFEAT 6. CD SCAN Button • Press the CD SCAN button to playback the first 10 seconds of each track. • Press the CD SCAN button again within 10 sec. when you have reached the desired track. • To playback the first 10 seconds of each track in the selected folder, Press the CD SCAN button within a second. (MP3 CD only) 4 91 Features of your vehicle 7. MARK (Bookmark) Button 8. RPT (Repeat) Button When the CD player unit is operating, the desired track on the disc can be bookmarked by using the MARK button. • Press the MARK button for more than one second to bookmark the desired track. "M" will be displayed on the LCD and "MEMORY NO." will display for approximately five seconds with a beep sound. To play the bookmarked tracks, press the MARK button within one second and select the bookmarked track to play. • To erase a bookmarked track, press the MARK button for more than one second. This will erase the bookmark with a beep sound. • To repeat the track you are currently listening to, press the RPT button. To cancel, press it again. If it is pressed for more than one second, it will repeat all tracks within the currently played CD. • To repeat the music within currently played folder, press the RPT button for more than one second. Then it will repeat in sequential order within the currently played folder. To cancel, press it again. (MP3 CD only) • If you do not release RPT operation when the track ends, it will automatically be replayed. This process will continue until you push the button again. If you want to delete all tracks stored on Mark Memory, press FILE SEARCH knob in the Mark Play mode for more than one second. You will hear a beep sound and all tracks will be deleted from Mark Memory with "MARK DELETE ALL" displayed on the LCD. ✽ NOTICE Tracks stored on Mark Memory will be automatically erased after you eject CDs that contain those tracks. 4 92 9. RDM (Random) Button • To listen to the music in random order, press the RDM Button with a beep sound for more than one second. To cancel, press it again. • To listen to the music within the currently played folder in random order, press the RDM Button within one second. To cancel, press it again within one second. If it is pressed for more than one second, it will be played in random order within currently played CD (MP3 CD only). 10. FILE SEARCH Knob (TUNE Select Knob) • You can move through the track by turning the FILE SEARCH knob clockwise or counterclockwise. • After moving through the desired file, press the FILE SEARCH knob to playback in the selected file. • If you do not press the FILE SEARCH knob within five seconds, the file searching function will be released. 11. FLDR (FOLDER Search) Button • You can move through the folder by pushing the FLDR button to up ( ) and down ( ). • After moving the desired folder, press the FILE SEARCH knob to play back in the selected folder. If you do not press the FILE SEARCH knob within 5 seconds, the folder searching function will be released. It is not operated in a single folder. Features of your vehicle ✽ NOTICE • When using a portable audio device connected to power outlet, noise may occur during playback. If this happens, use the original power source of the portable audio device (e.g., batteries). • To assure proper operation of the unit, keep the vehicle interior temperature within a normal range by using the vehicle’s air conditioning or heating system. • When replacing the fuse, replace it with a fuse having the correct capacity. • All stored bookmarks are all erased when the car battery is disconnected or power to the vehicle is lost. If this occurs, the bookmarks will have to be reset. • Do not add any oil to the rotating parts. Keep magnets, screwdrivers and other metallic objects away from the tape mechanism and head. CAUTION • Do not insert warped or poor quality discs into the CD player as damage to the unit may occur. • Do not insert anything like coins into the player slot as damage to the unit may occur. • Do not place beverages close to the audio system. The playback mechanism may be damaged if you spill them. • Do not strike or allow anything to impact the audio system, damage to the system mechanisms could occur. • Off-road or rough surface driving may cause the compact disc to skip. Do not use the compact disc when driving in such conditions as damage to the compact disc face could occur. • Do not attempt to grab or pull the compact disc out whilst the disc is being pulled into the audio unit by the self-loading mechanism. Damage to the audio unit and compact disc could occur. • This equipment is designed to be used only in a 12 volt DC battery system with negative ground. • This unit is made of precision parts. Do not attempt to disassemble or adjust any parts. • When driving your vehicle, be sure to keep the volume of the unit set low enough to allow you to hear sounds coming from the outside. • Do not expose this equipment (including the speakers and tape) to water or excessive moisture. • Avoid using recorded compact discs in your audio unit. Original compact discs are recommended. • The unit is not sure of playing CDRW (Rewritable). • When using the EQ function, turn off the EQ function of the device on the AUX input. • When no device is connected to the AUX cable, please pull out the cable from the JACK on the car. (AUX MODE is operational and noise may heard in the AUX MODE.) 4 93 Before driving / 5-3 Key positions / 5-4 Starting the engine / 5-6 Manual transmission / 5-8 Automatic transmission / 5-11 Brake system / 5-18 Locking differential / 5-28 Economical operation / 5-29 Special driving conditions / 5-31 Winter motoring / 5-36 Trailer towing / 5-40 Driving your vehicle Vehicle weight / 5-47 5 Driving your vehicle E010000AFD-UK WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS! Engine exhaust gases are potentially lethal. If at any time engine exhaust gas is detected within the passenger compartment, move the vehicle to an open area and open all windows. • Never inhale exhaust gas. Exhaust gases contain Carbon Monoxide which is colourless and odourless. Carbon Monoxide is poisonous and can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation. • Exhaust System Maintenance. Ensure that the exhaust system is maintained in good condition and is free from excessive corrosion and damage which may result in leakage. If the vehicle is driven over an object which strikes the exhaust system, ensure that the exhaust system is inspected at the first available opportunity to ensure that no leakage exists. • Confined Areas. Do not run the engine in confined spaces, allowing the engine to idle in a garage, even when the doors are open is dangerous practice. Only start the engine immediately prior to moving the vehicle out of the garage. • Prolonged Idling. If it is necessary to allow the vehicle to idle for prolonged periods, ensure that the heating system air intake control is set to the "Fresh" position, the blower is set to high speed operation and that the vehicle is standing in an open area. To ensure correct operation of the heater system, the air intake grilles at the base of the windscreen must not be obstructed by snow leaves etc.. 5 2 Driving your vehicle BEFORE DRIVING E020100AUN-UK Before entering vehicle • Ensure that all windows, mirrors and lamps are clean. • Check condition of all tyres. • Ensure that no fluid leaks are evident. • Ensure that the area around the vehicle is clear before driving off. • Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position. • Release the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light goes out. For safe operation, be sure you are familiar with your vehicle and its equipment. WARNING E020200AUN Necessary inspections Fluid levels, such as engine oil, engine coolant, brake fluid, and washer fluid should be checked on a regular basis, with the exact interval depending on the fluid. Further details are provided in Section 7, “Maintenance”. E020300AUN-UK Before starting • Close and lock all doors. • Position the seat so that all controls are easily reached. • Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors. • Be sure that all lights work. • Check all gauges. All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehicle is moving. Refer to “Seat belts” in section 3 for more information on their proper use. WARNING Always check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before putting a car into D (Drive) or R (Reverse). WARNING - Driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs Drinking and driving is dangerous. Drunk driving is the number one contributor to the highway death toll each year. Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes, perceptions and judgement. Driving whilst under the influence of drugs is as dangerous or more dangerous than driving drunk. You are much more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or take drugs and drive. If you are drinking or taking drugs, don’t drive. Do not ride with a driver who has been drinking or taking drugs. Choose a designated driver or call a cab. WARNING When you intend to park or stop the vehicle with the engine on, be careful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of time. It may overheat the engine or exhaust system and cause fire. 5 3 Driving your vehicle KEY POSITIONS E030202AUN-UK ACC (Accessory) The steering wheel is unlocked and electrical accessories are operative. ✽ NOTICE If difficulty is experienced in turning the ignition switch to the ACC position, turn the key whilst turning steering wheel right and left to release the tension. OTQ057001 OTQ057002 E030100AEN Ignition switch position Illuminated ignition switch (if equipped) E030201AUN Whenever a front door is opened, the ignition switch will be illuminated for your convenience, provided the ignition switch is not in the ON position. The light will go off immediately when the ignition switch is turned on or go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed. 5 4 LOCK The steering wheel locks to protect against theft. The ignition key can be removed only in the LOCK position. When turning the ignition switch to the LOCK position, push the key inward at the ACC position and turn the key toward the LOCK position. E030203AUN ON The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started. This is the normal running position after the engine is started. Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the engine is not running to prevent battery discharge. Driving your vehicle E030204AUN START Turn the ignition switch to the START position to start the engine. The engine will crank until you release the key; then it returns to the ON position. The brake warning lamp can be checked in this position. E030205AUN-UK WARNING - Ignition switch • Never turn the ignition switch to LOCK or ACC whilst the vehicle is moving. This would result in loss of directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident. • The anti-theft steering column lock is not a substitute for the parking brake. Before leaving the driver’s seat, always make sure the shift lever is engaged in P (Park) for the automatic transmission and set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not taken. (Continued) (Continued) • Never reach for the ignition switch, or any other controls through the steering wheel whilst the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in this area could cause a loss of vehicle control, an accident and serious bodily injury or death. • Do not place any movable objects around the driver’s seat as they may move whilst driving, interfere with the driver and lead to an accident. 5 5 Driving your vehicle STARTING THE ENGINE E040000AUN WARNING Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes (high heels, ski boots,etc.) may interfere with your ability to use the brake and accelerator pedal, and the clutch (if equipped). E040100AUN-UK Starting the engine 1. Make sure the parking brake is applied. 2. Manual Transmission - Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transmission into Neutral. Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed whilst turning the ignition switch to the start position. Automatic Transmission - Place the transmission shift lever in P (Park). Depress the brake pedal fully. You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) position. 3. Turn the ignition switch to START and hold it there until the engine starts (a maximum of 10 seconds), then release the key. 5 6 4. In extremely cold weather (below -18°C / 0°F) or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days, let the engine warm up without depressing the accelerator. Whether the engine is cold or warm, it should be started without depressing the accelerator. CAUTION If the engine stalls whilst you are in motion, do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P (Park) position. If traffic and road conditions permit, you may put the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position whilst the vehicle is still moving and turn the ignition switch to the START position in an attempt to restart the engine. CAUTION Do not engage the starter for more than 10 seconds. If the engine stalls or fails to start, wait 5 to 10 seconds before re-engaging the starter. Improper use of the starter may damage it. E040101AUN-UK Starting the diesel engine To start the diesel engine when the engine is cold, it has to be pre-heated before starting the engine and then have to be warmed up before starting to drive. 1. Make sure the parking brake is applied. 2. Manual Transmission - Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transmission into Neutral. Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed whilst turning the ignition switch to the start position. Automatic Transmission - Place the transmission shift lever in P(park). Depress the brake pedal fully. You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N(neutral) position. Driving your vehicle E040101ATQ-UK ✽ NOTICE - A2.5 Diesel Engine Glow indicator light If the accelerator is pressed for a long time whilst standing still, the engine power will be limited to prevent the exhaust parts from overheating. W-60 3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position to pre-heat the engine. Then the glow indicator light will illuminate. 4. If the glow indicator light goes out, turn the ignition switch to the START position and hold it there until the engine starts (a maximum of 10 seconds), then release the key. Starting and stopping the engine for turbocharger intercooler 1. Do not race or accelerate the engine immediately after starting. If the engine is cold, idle for several seconds before sufficient lubrication is ensured in the turbocharger unit. 2. After high speed or extended driving, requiring a heavy engine load, idle the engine about 1 minute before turning it off. This idle time will allow the turbocharger to cool prior to shutting the engine off. CAUTION Do not turn the engine off immediately after it has been subjected to a heavy load. Doing so may cause severe damage to the engine or turbocharger unit. ✽ NOTICE If the engine were not started within 10 seconds after the preheating is completed, turn the ignition switch once more to the LOCK position during 10 seconds, and then to the ON position, in order to preheat again. 5 7 Driving your vehicle MANUAL TRANSMISSION (IF EQUIPPED) CAUTION N OTQ057004 E050100ATQ-UK Manual transmission operation The manual transmission has 5 forward gears. This shift pattern is imprinted on the shift knob. The transmission is fully synchronised in all forward gears so shifting to either a higher or a lower gear is easily accomplished. Press the clutch pedal down fully whilst shifting, then release it slowly. The gearshift lever must be returned to the neutral position before shifting into R (Reverse). Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before shifting into R (Reverse). Never operate the engine with the tachometer (rpm) in the red zone. 5 8 • When downshifting from fifth gear to fourth gear, caution should be taken not to inadvertently press the gear shift lever sideways in such a manner that second gear is engaged. Such a drastic downshift may cause the engine speed to increase to the point that the tachometer will enter the red-zone. Such overrevving of the engine may possibly cause engine damage. • Do not downshift more than 2 gears at once or when the engine is running at high speed (5,000 RPM or higher). Such a downshifting may damage the engine. • During cold weather, shifting may be difficult until the transmission lubricant has warmed up. This is normal and not harmful to the transmission. • If you've come to a complete stop and it's hard to shift into 1st or R(Reverse), put the shift lever in N(Neutral) position and release the clutch. Press the clutch pedal back down, and then shift into 1st or R(Reverse) gear position. CAUTION • To avoid premature clutch wear and damage, do not drive with your foot resting on the clutch pedal. Also, don’t use the clutch to hold the vehicle stopped on an uphill grade, whilst waiting for a traffic light, etc. • Do not use the shift lever as a handrest during driving, as this can result in premature wear of the transmission shift forks. Driving your vehicle WARNING • Before leaving the driver’s seat, always set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off. Then make sure the transmission is shifted into 1st gear when the vehicle is parked on a level or uphill grade, and shifted into R (Reverse) on a downhill grade. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur if these precautions are not followed in the order identified. • If your vehicle has a manual transmission not equipped with a ignition lock switch, it may move and cause a serious accident when starting the engine without depressing the clutch pedal whilst the parking brake is released and the shift lever not in the N(Neutral) position. E050101AUN-UK E050200AUN Using the clutch The clutch should be pressed all the way to the floor before shifting, then released slowly. The clutch pedal should always be fully released whilst driving. Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal whilst driving. This can cause unnecessary wear. Do not partially engage the clutch to hold the car on an incline. This causes unnecessary wear. Use the foot brake or parking brake to hold the car on an incline. Do not operate the clutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly. Good driving practices E050102AUN-UK Downshifting When you must slow down in heavy traffic or whilst driving up steep hills, downshift before the engine starts to labour. Downshifting reduces the chance of stalling and gives better acceleration when you again need to increase your speed. When the vehicle is travelling down steep hills, downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life. • Never take the car out of gear and coast down a hill. This is extremely hazardous. Always leave the car in gear. • Don't "ride" the brakes. This can cause them to overheat and malfunction. Instead, when you are driving down a long hill, slow down and shift to a lower gear. When you do this, engine braking will help slow the car. • Slow down before shifting to a lower gear. This will help avoid over-revving the engine, which can cause damage. • Slow down when you encounter cross winds. This gives you much better control of your car. • Be sure the car is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into reverse. The transmission can be damaged if you do not. To shift into reverse, depress the clutch, move the shift lever to neutral, wait 3 seconds, then shift to the reverse position. 5 9 Driving your vehicle • Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control. 5 10 WARNING • Always buckle-up! In a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant. • Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning. • Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns. • The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds. • Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver oversteers to reenter the roadway. • In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes. • Never exceed posted speed limits. Driving your vehicle AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Type A Lock release button prevents shift lever movement without first depressing the button. Type B Lock release button prevents shift lever movement without first depressing the button. O/D button Automatic mode Sports mode Depress the brake pedal and lock release button when shifting, if your vehicle is equipped with shift lock system The lock release button must be depressed whilst moving the shift lever. The shift lever can be moved without depressing the lock release button. OTQ057006R/OTQ057006R-1 E060000AEN-UK 5 11 Driving your vehicle E060100ATQ Automatic transmission operation The automatic transmission has 5 (or 4) forward speeds and one reverse speed. The individual speeds are selected automatically, depending on the position of the shift lever. ✽ NOTICE The first few shifts on a new vehicle, if the battery has been disconnected, may be somewhat abrupt. This is a normal condition, and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM (Transmission Control Module) or PCM (Powertrain Control Module). 5 12 For smooth operation, depress the brake pedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to a forward or reverse gear. WARNING - Automatic transmission • Always check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before shifting a car into D (Drive) or R (Reverse). • Before leaving the driver’s seat, always make sure the shift lever is in the P (Park) position; then set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur if these precautions are not followed in the order identified. CAUTION • To avoid damage to your transmission, do not accelerate the engine in R (Reverse) or any forward gear position with the brakes on. • When stopped on an incline, do not hold the vehicle stationary with engine power. Use the service brake or the parking brake. • Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P (Park) into D (Drive), or R (Reverse) when the engine is above idle speed. Driving your vehicle E060101CTQ-UK Transmission ranges The indicator in the instrument cluster displays the shift lever position when the ignition switch is in the ON position. P (Park) Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P (Park). This position locks the transmission and prevents the drive wheels from rotating. CAUTION The transmission may be damaged if you shift into P (Park) whilst the vehicle is in motion. R (Reverse) Use this position to drive the vehicle backward. CAUTION Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you may damage the transmission if you shift into R whilst the vehicle is in motion, except as explained in “Rocking the vehicle” in this section. WARNING • Shifting into P (Park) whilst the vehicle is in motion will cause the drive wheels to lock which will cause you to lose control of the vehicle. • Do not use the P (Park) position in place of the parking brake. Always make sure the shift lever is latched in the P (Park) position and set the parking brake fully. • Never leave a child unattended in a vehicle. N (Neutral) The wheels and transmission are not engaged. The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or service brakes are applied. 5 13 Driving your vehicle D (Drive) This is the normal forward driving position. The transmission will automatically shift through a 5 (or 4)-gear sequence, providing the best fuel economy and power. L (Low, if equipped) Move the shift lever to this position in hard pulling situations and for climbing steep grades. For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing grades, depress the accelerator fully, at which time the transmission will automatically downshift to the next lower gear. Do not exceed the recommended maximum speeds in 2 (Second Gear) or L (Low). Operating the vehicle at speeds above the maximum recommended, for 2 (Second Gear) or L (Low) may cause excessive heat to develop which could result in damage to or failure of the automatic transmission. ✽ NOTICE Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D (Drive). 2 (Second Gear, if equipped) Use 2 (Second Gear) for more power when climbing hills and for increased braking when going down hills. This position also helps reduce wheel spin on slippery surfaces. When the shift lever is placed in 2 (Second Gear), the transmission will automatically shift from first to second gear. 5 14 CAUTION OTQ057007R O/D (Over Drive) system (if equipped) Pressing the O/D system button cancels and engages the overdrive system. When the O/D system is cancelled, the O/D OFF indicator illuminates and the transmission gear range is limited to 1st through 3rd. Driving your vehicle The transmission will not shift to 4th gear until the O/D system button is pressed again to release the switch. When driving down a sloping road with the transmission in O/D (4th), you can decrease the vehicle speed without using the brakes by pressing the O/D button. When the ignition is switched OFF, O/D OFF mode is automatically cancelled. O/D OFF Indicator This indicator light illuminates in the instrument panel when the O/D mode is cancelled. ✽ NOTICE + (UP) Sports mode - (DOWN) OTQ057007R-1 E060102BTQ-UK Sports mode (if equipped) Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion, sports mode is selected by pushing the shift lever from the D (Drive) position into the manual gate. To return to D (Drive) range operation, push the shift lever back into the main gate. In sports mode, moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to make gearshifts rapidly. In contrast to a manual transmission, the sports mode allows gearshifts with the accelerator pedal depressed. Up (+) : Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear. Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear. • In sports mode, the driver must execute upshifts in accordance with road conditions, taking care to keep the engine speed below the red zone. • In sports mode, only the 5 forward gears can be selected. To reverse or park the vehicle, move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park) position as required. • In sports mode, downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down. When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is automatically selected. • In sports mode, when the engine rpm approaches the red zone shift points are varied to upshift automatically. • To maintain the required levels of vehicle performance and safety, the system may not execute certain gearshifts when the shift lever is operated. • When driving on a slippery road, push the shift lever forward into the +(up) position. This causes the transmission to shift into the 2nd gear which is better for smooth driving on a slippery road. Push the shift lever to the -(down) side to shift back to the 1st gear. 5 15 Driving your vehicle E060200AEN Good driving practices • Never move the gear shift lever from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other position with the accelerator pedal depressed. • Never move the gear shift lever into P (Park) when the vehicle is in motion. • Be sure the car is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R (Reverse). • Never take the car out of gear and coast down a hill. This may be extremely hazardous. Always leave the car in gear when moving. • Do not "ride" the brakes. This can cause them to overheat and malfunction. Instead, when you are driving down a long hill, slow down and shift to a lower gear. When you do this, engine braking will help slow the car. • Slow down before shifting to a lower gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may not be engaged. • Always use the parking brake. Do not depend on placing the transmission in P (Park) to keep the car from moving. 5 16 • Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control. • Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelerator pedal. (Continued) • Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver oversteers to reenter the roadway. • In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes. • Never exceed posted speed limits. WARNING • Always buckle-up! In a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant. • Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning. • Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns. • The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds. (Continued) WARNING If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow, mud, sand, etc., then you may attempt to rock the vehicle free by moving it forward and backward. Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle. During the rocking operation the vehicle may suddenly move forward of backward as it becomes unstuck, causing injury or damage to nearby people or objects. Driving your vehicle E060203AUN-UK E060203ATQ Moving up a steep grade from a standing start To move up a steep grade from a standing start, depress the brake pedal, shift the shift lever to D (Drive). Select the appropriate gear depending on load weight and steepness of the grade, and release the parking brake. Depress the accelerator gradually whilst releasing the service brakes. When accelerating from a stop on a steep hill, the vehicle may have a tendency to roll backwards. Shifting the shift lever into 2 (Second Gear) will help prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards. Shift lock system (if equipped) For your safety, the Automatic Transmission has a shift lock system which prevents shifting the transmission out of P (Park) unless the brake pedal is depressed. To shift the transmission out of P (Park): Type A 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal. 2. Depress the lock release button and move the shift lever. Type B (If the ignition key interlock system is equipped) 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal. 2. Start the engine or turn the ignition to the ON position. 3. Depress the lock release button and move the shift lever. Ignition key interlock system (if equipped) The ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in the P (Park) position. If the ignition switch is in any other position, the key cannot be removed. If the brake pedal is repeatedly depressed and released with the shift lever in the P (Park) position, a chattering sound near the shift lever may be heard. This is a normal condition. 5 17 Driving your vehicle BRAKE SYSTEM E070100AUN-UK Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage. In the event that the power-assisted brakes lose power because of a stalled engine or some other reason, you can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than you normally would. The stopping distance, however, will be longer. When the engine is not running, the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied. Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted. Pump the brake pedal only when necessary to maintain steering control on slippery surfaces. 5 18 E070101AUN-UK WARNING - Brakes • Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. This will create abnormal high brake temperatures, excessive brake lining and pad wear, and increased stopping distances. • When descending a long or steep hill, shift to a lower gear and avoid continuous application of the brakes. Continuous brake application will cause the brakes to overheat and could result in a temporary loss of braking performance. • Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’s ability to sefely slow down; the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied. Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way. Always test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep water. To dry the brakes, apply them lightly whilst maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal. In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate whilst the vehicle is in motion, you can make an emergency stop with the parking brake. The stopping distance, however, will be much greater than normal. WARNING - Parking brake Applying the parking brake whilst the vehicle is moving at normal speeds can cause a sudden loss of control of the vehicle. If you must use the parking brake to stop the vehicle, use great caution in applying the brake. Driving your vehicle E070102AUN Disc brakes wear indicator Your vehicle has disc brakes. When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required, you will hear a highpitched warning sound from your front brakes or rear brakes (if equipped). You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal. Please remember that some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply (or lightly apply) the brakes. This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes. CAUTION • To avoid costly brake repairs, do not continue to drive with worn brake pads. • Always replace brake pads as complete front or rear axle sets. WARNING - Brake wear This brake wear warning sound means your vehicle needs service. If you ignore this audible warning, you will eventually lose braking performance, which could lead to a serious accident. OTQ057008 Parking brake E070201AFD Applying the parking brake To engage the parking brake, first apply the foot brake and then without pressing the release button in, pull the parking brake lever up as far as possible. In addition it is recommended that when parking the vehicle on a gradient, the shift lever should be positioned in the appropriate low gear on manual transmission vehicles or in the P (Park) position on automatic transmission vehicles. CAUTION Driving with the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear. 5 19 Driving your vehicle WARNING OTQ057009 E070202AFD-UK Releasing the parking brake To release the parking brake, first apply the foot brake and pull up the parking brake lever slightly. Secondly depress the release button (1) and lower the parking brake lever (2) whilst holding the button. 5 20 • To prevent unintentional movement when stopped and leaving the vehicle, do not use the gearshift lever in place of the parking brake. Set the parking brake AND make sure the gearshift lever is securely positioned in 1st (First) gear or R (Reverse) for manual transmission equipped vehicles and in P (Park) for automatic transmission equipped vehicles. • Never allow anyone who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the parking brake. If the parking brake is released unintentionally, serious injury may occur. • All vehicles should always have the parking brake fully engaged when parking to avoid inadvertent movement of the car which can injure occupants or pedestrians. W-75 Check the brake warning light by turning the ignition switch ON (do not start the engine). This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position. Before driving, be sure the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off. If the brake warning light remains on after the parking brake is released whilst engine is running, there may be a malfunction in the brake system. Immediate attention is necessary. If at all possible, cease driving the vehicle immediately. If that is not possible, use extreme caution whilst operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location or repair shop. Driving your vehicle E070300AEN-UK Anti-lock brake system (ABS) (if equipped) WARNING ABS (or ESP) will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous driving manoeuvres. Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking, always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead. Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions. The braking distance for cars equipped with an anti-lock braking system (or Electronic Stability Program System) may be longer than for those without it in the following road conditions. During these conditions the vehicle should be driven at reduced speeds: • Rough, gravel or snow-covered roads. • With tyre chains installed. (Continued) (Continued) • On roads where the road surface is pitted or has different surface height. The safety features of an ABS (or ESP) equipped vehicle should not be tested by high speed driving or cornering. This could endanger the safety of yourself or others. The ABS continuously senses the speed of the wheels. If the wheels are going to lock, the ABS system repeatedly modulates the hydraulic brake pressure to the wheels. When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ABS is active. In order to obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situation, do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes. Press your brake pedal as hard as possible or as hard as the situation warrants and allow the ABS to control the force being delivered to the brakes. 5 21 Driving your vehicle ✽ NOTICE CAUTION A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is started. These conditions are normal and indicate that the anti-lock brake system is functioning properly. • Even with the anti-lock brake system, your vehicle still requires sufficient stopping distance. Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you. • Always slow down when cornering. The anti-lock brake system cannot prevent accidents resulting from excessive speeds. • On loose or uneven road surfaces, operation of the anti-lock brake system may result in a longer stopping distance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system. 5 22 W-78 CAUTION • If the ABS warning light is on and stays on, you may have a problem with the ABS. In this case, however, your regular brakes will work normally. • The ABS warning light will stay on for approximately 3 seconds after the ignition switch is ON. During that time, the ABS will go through self-diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal. If the light stays on, you may have a problem with your ABS. Contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer as soon as possible. • When you drive on a road having poor traction, such as an icy road, and operate your brakes continuously, the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning light may illuminate. Pull your car over to a safe place and stop the engine. • Restart the engine. If the ABS warning light is off, then your ABS system is normal. Otherwise, you may have a problem with the ABS. Contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer as soon as possible. ✽ NOTICE When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery, the engine may not run as smoothly and the ABS warning light may turn on at the same time. This happens because of the low battery voltage. It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning. • Do not pump your brakes! • Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle. Driving your vehicle WARNING OTQ057010R E070500AUN-UK Electronic stability program (ESP) (if equipped) The Electronic Stability Program (ESP) system is designed to stabilise the vehicle during cornering manoeuvres. ESP checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going. ESP applies the brakes at individual wheels and intervenes in the engine management system to stabilise the vehicle. Never drive too fast for the road conditions or too quickly when cornering. Electronic stability program (ESP) will not prevent accidents. Excessive speed in turns, abrupt manoeuvres and hydroplaning on wet surfaces can still result in serious accidents. Only a safe and attentive driver can prevent accidents by avoiding manoeuvres that cause the vehicle to lose traction. Even with ESP installed, always follow all the normal precautions for driving - including driving at safe speeds for the conditions. The Electronic Stability Program (ESP) system is an electronic system designed to help the driver maintain vehicle control under adverse conditions. It is not a substitute for safe driving practices. Factors including speed, road conditions and driver steering input can all affect whether ESP will be effective in preventing a loss of control. It is still your responsibility to drive and corner at reasonable speeds and to leave a sufficient margin of safety. When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ESP is active. ✽ NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is started. These conditions are normal and indicate that the Electronic Stability Program System is functioning properly. 5 23 Driving your vehicle E070501AUN-EE ESP operation ESP ON condition • When the ignition is turned ON, ESP and ESP OFF indicator lights illuminate for approximately 3 seconds, then ESP is turned on. • Press the ESP OFF button for at least half a second after turning the ignition ON to turn ESP off. (ESP OFF indicator will illuminate). To turn the ESP on, press the ESP OFF button (ESP OFF indicator light will go off). • When starting the engine, you may hear a slight ticking sound. This is the ESP performing an automatic system self-check and does not indicate a problem. 5 24 When operating When the ESP is in operation, ESP ESP indicator light blinks. • When the Electronic Stability Program is operating properly, you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle. This is only the effect of brake control and indicates nothing unusual. • When moving out of the mud or slippery road, pressing the accelerator pedal may not cause the engine rpm (revolutions per minute) to increase. E070502AUN-EE ESP operation off ESP OFF state cancel ESP operation, ESP • To press the ESP OFF button OFF (ESP OFF indicator light illuminates). • If the ignition switch is turned to LOCK position when ESP is off, ESP remains off. Upon restarting the engine, the ESP will automatically turn on again. Driving your vehicle ■ ESP indicator light (blinks) ESP ■ ESP OFF indicator light (comes on) ESP OFF E070503AFD-UK Indicator light When ignition switch is turned to ON, the indicator light illuminates, then goes off if ESP system is operating normally. The ESP indicator light blinks whenever ESP is operating. ESP OFF indicator light comes on when either the ESP is turned off with the button, or ESP fails to operate when turned on. E070504AUN-UK CAUTION Driving with varying tyre or wheel sizes may cause the ESP system to malfunction. When replacing tyres, make sure they are the same size as your original tyres. WARNING The Electronic Stability Program system is only a driving aid; use precautions for safe driving by slowing down on curved, snowy, or icy roads. Drive slowly and don’t attempt to accelerate whenever the ESP indicator light is blinking, or when the road surface is slippery. ✽ NOTICE After reconnecting or recharging a discharged battery, the ESP OFF indicator may illuminate. In this case, turn the steering wheel half way to the left and right whilst the ignition switch is in the ON position. Then, restart the engine after the ignition is off. If the ESP OFF indicator does not turn off, have the system checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer as soon as possible. ESP OFF usage When driving • It’s a good idea to keep the ESP turned on for daily driving whenever possible. • To turn ESP off whilst driving, press the ESP OFF button whilst driving on a flat road surface. Never press the ESP OFF button whilst ESP is operating (ESP indicator light blinks). If ESP is turned off whilst ESP is operating, the vehicle may slip out of control. ✽ NOTICE • When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer, ensure that the ESP is turned off (ESP OFF light illuminated). If the ESP is left on, it may prevent the vehicle speed from increasing, and result in false diagnosis. • Turning the ESP off does not affect ABS or brake system operation. 5 25 Driving your vehicle E070600AFD-UK WARNING Never press the ESP OFF button whilst ESP is operating. If the ESP is turned off whilst ESP is operating, the vehicle may go out of control. To turn ESP off whilst driving, press the ESP OFF button whilst driving on a flat road surface. 5 26 Good braking practices WARNING • Whenever leaving vehicle or parking, always set the parking brake as far as possible and fully engage the vehicle's transmission into the park position. Vehicles not fully engaged in park with the parking brake set are at risk for moving inadvertently and injuring yourself or others. • All vehicles should always have the parking brake fully engaged when parking to avoid inadvertent movement of the car which can injure occupants or pedestrians. • After being parked, check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and that the parking brake indicator light is out before driving away. • Driving through water may get the brakes wet. They can also get wet when the car is washed. Wet brakes can be dangerous! Your car will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet brakes may cause the car to pull to one side. To dry the brakes, apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal, taking care to keep the car under control at all times. If the braking action does not return to normal, stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call a HYUNDAI authorised repairer for assistance. Driving your vehicle • Don't coast down hills with the car out of gear. This is extremely hazardous. Keep the car in gear at all times, use the brakes to slow down, then shift to a lower gear so that engine braking will help you maintain a safe speed. • Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Resting your foot on the brake pedal whilst driving can be dangerous because it can result in the brakes overheating and losing their effectiveness. It also increases the wear of the brake components. • If a tyre goes flat whilst you are driving, apply the brakes gently and keep the car pointed straight ahead whilst you slow down. When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off the road and stop in a safe place. • If your car is equipped with an automatic transmission, don't let your car creep forward. To avoid creeping forward, keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the car is stopped. • Use caution when parking on a hill. Firmly engage the parking brake and place the gear selector lever in P (automatic transmission) or in first or reverse gear (manual transmission). If your car is facing downhill, turn the front wheels into the kerb to help keep the car from rolling. If your car is facing uphill, turn the front wheels away from the kerb to help keep the car from rolling. If there is no kerb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the car from rolling, block the wheels. • Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position. This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. If there is a risk that the parking brake may freeze, apply it only temporarily whilst you put the gear selector lever in P (automatic transmission) or in first or reverse gear (manual transmission) and block the rear wheels so the car cannot roll. Then release the parking brake. • Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade with the accelerator pedal. This can cause the transmission to overheat. Always use the brake pedal or parking brake. 5 27 Driving your vehicle LOCKING DIFFERENTIAL (IF EQUIPPED) E080000ATQ-UK Wagon/Van (if equipped) A locking differential, if equipped, is for the rear wheel differential only. The features of this locking differential are described below: Just as with a conventional differential, the wheel on one side is allowed to turn at a different speed from the wheel on the other side when the vehicle is cornering. The difference between the locking differential and a conventional differential is that if the wheel on one side of the vehicle loses traction, a greater amount of torque is applied to the rear wheel on the other side to improve traction. ✽ NOTICE In a stationary position, the LD (Locking Differential) will operate when the difference of the revolution speed between the rear right wheel and the rear left wheel occurs. 5 28 The following procedures can be used to confirm that the locking differential is functioning properly: (1) Position the vehicle so that one wheel is on a dry paved surface and the other on ice, snow, mud, etc. Drive the vehicle, and observe the operation of the locking differential. The vehicle should not become stuck if the differential is functioning properly. (2) Depress the accelerator pedal gradually, and then when traction is good, depress it forcefully. If the vehicle accelerates well, the differential is functioning properly. ✽ NOTICE Usually a locking differential will operate and release automatically but occasionally it may not release automatically. At this time you will feel the tyre is dragged when you are driving or cornering. You can release it manually by slightly turning the steering wheel right and left whilst the vehicle is moving slowly. CAUTION • Never start the engine with the gearshift lever placed in the forward or reverse whilst one of the rear wheels is jacked up and the other in contact with the ground; doing so may cause the vehicle to jump forward. • If one of the rear wheels begins to spin in mud, snow, etc., the vehicle can sometimes be driven out by depressing the accelerator pedal further; however, avoid running the engine continuously at high rpm because doing so could damage the locking differential. Driving your vehicle ECONOMICAL OPERATION E100000AFD-UK Your vehicle's fuel economy depends mainly on your style of driving, where you drive and when you drive. Each of these factors affects how many miles (kilometers) you can get from a gallon (litre) of fuel. To operate your vehicle as economically as possible, use the following driving suggestions to help save money in both fuel and repairs: • Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moderate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising speed. Don't race between stoplights. Try to adjust your speed to that of the other traffic so you don't have to change speeds unnecessarily. Avoid heavy traffic whenever possible. Always maintain a safe distance from other vehicles so you can avoid unnecessary braking. This also reduces brake wear. • Drive at a moderate speed. The faster you drive, the more fuel your car uses. Driving at a moderate speed, especially on the highway, is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel consumption. • Don't "ride" the brake or clutch pedal. This can increase fuel consumption and also increase wear on these components. In addition, driving with your foot resting on the brake pedal may cause the brakes to overheat, which reduces their effectiveness and may lead to more serious consequences. • Take care of your tyres. Keep them inflated to the recommended pressure. Incorrect inflation, either too much or too little, results in unnecessary tyre wear. Check the tyre pressures at least once a month. • Be sure that the wheels are aligned correctly. Improper alignment can result from hitting kerbs or driving too fast over irregular surfaces. Poor alignment causes faster tyre wear and may also result in other problems as well as greater fuel consumption. • Keep your car in good condition. For better fuel economy and reduced maintenance costs, maintain your car in accordance with the maintenance schedule. If you drive your car in severe conditions, more frequent maintenance is required. • Keep your car clean. For maximum service, your vehicle should be kept clean and free of corrosive materials. It is especially important that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be allowed to accumulate on the underside of the car. This extra weight can result in increased fuel consumption and also contribute to corrosion. • Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessary weight in your car. Weight reduces fuel economy. • Don't let the engine idle longer than necessary. If you are waiting (and not in traffic), turn off your engine and restart only when you're ready to go. • Remember, your vehicle does not require extended warm-up. After the engine has started, allow the engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to placing the vehicle in gear. In very cold weather, however, give your engine a slightly longer warm-up period. • Don't "labour" or "over-rev" the engine. Labouring is driving too slowly in too high a gear resulting in the vehicle kangarooing. If this happens, shift to a lower gear. Over-revving is racing the engine beyond its safe limit. This can be avoided by shifting at the recommended speeds. 5 29 Driving your vehicle • Use your air conditioning sparingly. The air conditioning system is operated by engine power so your fuel economy is reduced when you use it. • Open windows at high speeds can reduce fuel economy. • Fuel economy is less in crosswinds and headwinds. To help offset some of this loss, slow down when driving in these conditions. Keeping a vehicle in good operating condition is important both for economy and safety. Therefore, have a HYUNDAI authorised repairer perform scheduled inspections and maintenance. 5 30 WARNING - Engine off during motion Never turn the engine off to coast down hills or anytime the vehicle is in motion. The power steering and power brakes will not function properly without the engine running. Instead, keep the engine on and downshift to an appropriate gear for engine braking effect. In addition, turning off the ignition whilst driving could engage the steering wheel lock resulting in loss of vehicle steering which could cause serious injury or death. Driving your vehicle SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS E110100AUN-UK Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions are encountered such as water, snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar hazards, follow these suggestions: • Drive cautiously and allow extra distance for braking. • Avoid sudden movements in braking or steering. • When braking with non-ABS brakes pump the brake pedal with a light upand-down motion until the vehicle is stopped. WARNING - ABS Do not pump the brake pedal on a vehicle equipped with ABS. • If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, use second gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid spinning the drive wheels. • Use sand, rock salt, tyre chains, or other non-slip material under the drive wheels to provide traction when stalled in ice, snow, or mud. WARNING - Downshifting Downshifting with an automatic transmission, whilst driving on slippery surfaces can cause an accident. The sudden change in tyre speed could cause the tyres to skid. Be careful when downshifting on slippery surfaces. E110200ATQ-UK Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow, sand, or mud, first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your drive wheels. Then, shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and any forward gear in vehicles equipped with an automatic transmission. Do not race the engine, and spin the wheels as little as possible. If you are still stuck after a few tries, have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating and possible damage to the transmission. CAUTION Prolonged rocking may cause engine over-heating, transmission damage or failure, and tyre damage. 5 31 Driving your vehicle WARNING - Spinning tyres Do not spin the wheels, especially at speeds more than 35 mph (56 km/h). Spinning the wheels at high speeds when the vehicle is stationary could cause a tyre to overheat which could result in tyre damage that may injure bystanders. ✽ NOTICE The ESP system (if equipped) should be turned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle. WARNING If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow, mud, sand, etc., then you may attempt to rock the vehicle free by moving it forward and backward. Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle. During the rocking operation the vehicle may suddenly move forward of backward as it becomes unstuck, causing injury or damage to nearby people or objects. 5 32 OTQ056051/H OCM053010 E110300AUN-UK E110400AUN Smooth cornering Driving at night Avoid braking or gear changing in corners, especially when roads are wet. Ideally, corners should always be taken under gentle acceleration. If you follow these suggestions, tyre wear will be held to a minimum. Because night driving presents more hazards than driving in the daylight, here are some important tips to remember: • Slow down and keep more distance between you and other vehicles, as it may be more difficult to see at night, especially in areas where there may not be any street lights. Driving your vehicle • Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver's headlights. • Keep your headlights clean and properly aimed on vehicles not equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature. Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more difficult to see at night. • Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles. You could be temporarily blinded, and it will take several seconds for your eyes to readjust to the darkness. 1TQA3003/H E110500AUN-UK Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous, especially if you’re not prepared for the slick pavement. Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain: • A heavy rainfall will make it harder to see and will increase the distance needed to stop your vehicle, so slow down. • Keep your windscreen wiping equipment in good shape. Replace your windscreen wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windscreen. • If your tyres are not in good condition, making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident. Be sure your tyres are in good shape. • Turn on your headlights to make it easier for others to see you. • Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes. If you must go through puddles, try to drive through them slowly. • If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet, apply them lightly whilst driving until normal braking operation returns. E110600AUN-UK Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no higher than the bottom of the wheel hub. Drive through any water slowly. Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be affected. After driving through water, dry the brakes by gently applying them several times whilst the vehicle is moving slowly. 5 33 Driving your vehicle WARNING 1TQA1004R E110700AUN-UK Dual carrigeway/Motorway driving Tyres: Adjust the tyre inflation pressures to specification. Low tyre inflation pressures will result in overheating and possible failure of the tyres. Avoid using worn or damaged tyres which may result in reduced traction or tyre failure. ✽ NOTICE Never exceed the maximum tyre inflation pressure shown on the tyres. 5 34 • Underinflated or overinflated tyres can cause poor handling, loss of vehicle control, and sudden tyre failure leading to accidents, injuries, and even death. Always check the tyres for proper inflation before driving. For proper tyre pressures, refer to “Tyres and wheels” in section 9. • Driving on tyres with no or insufficient tread is dangerous. Wornout tyres can result in loss of vehicle control, collisions, injury, and even death. Worn-out tyres should be replaced as soon as possible and should never be used for driving. Always check the tyre tread before driving your car. For further information and tread limits, refer to “Tyres and wheels” in section 7. Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil: High speed travel consumes more fuel than urban motoring. Do not forget to check both engine coolant and engine oil. Drive belt: A loose or damaged drive belt may result in overheating of the engine. Driving your vehicle E111000AEN-UK Reducing the risk of a rollover This multi-purpose passenger vehicle is defined as a Sports Utility Vehicle (SUV). SUV’s have higher ground clearance and a narrower track to make them capable of performing in a wide variety of offroad applications. Specific design characteristics give them a higher centre of gravity than ordinary cars. An advantage of the higher ground clearance is a better view of the road, which allows you to anticipate problems. They are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional passenger drive vehicles, any more than low-slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily in off-road conditions. Due to this risk, driver and passengers are strongly recommended to buckle their seat belts. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. There are steps that a driver can make to reduce the risk of a rollover. If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt manoeuvres, do not load your roof rack with heavy cargo, and never modify your vehicle in any way. WARNING - Rollover As with other Sports Utility Vehicle (SUV), failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control, an accident or vehicle rollover. • Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. • Specific design characteristics (higher ground clearance, narrower track, etc.) give this vehicle a higher centre of gravity than ordinary cars. • A SUV is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional vehicles. • Avoid sharp turns or abrupt manoeuvres. • In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. Make sure everyone in the vehicle is properly buckled up. 5 35 Driving your vehicle WINTER MOTORING 1TQA3005 E120000AUN-UK The onset of winter conditions subject motor vehicles to greater operating demands. Therefore, the following suggestions will assist in maintaining peak performance and reliability during these periods: E120100AUN-UK E120101AUN-UK Snowy or Icy conditions Snow tyres If you mount snow tyres on your vehicle, make sure they are radial tyres of the same size and load range as the original tyres. Mount snow tyres on all four wheels to balance your vehicle’s handling in all weather conditions. Keep in mind that the traction provided by snow tyres on dry roads may not be as high as your vehicle's original equipment tyres. You should drive cautiously even when the roads are clear. Check with the tyre dealer for maximum speed recommendations. To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may be necessary to use snow tyres or to install tyre chains on your tyres. If snow tyres are needed, it is necessary to select tyres equivalent in size and type of the original equipment tyres. Failure to do so may adversely affect the safety and handling of your car. Furthermore, speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications, and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices. During deceleration, use engine braking to the fullest extent. Sudden brake applications on snowy or icy roads may cause skids to occur. You need to keep sufficient distance between the vehicle in operation in front and your vehicle. Also, apply the brake gently. It should be noted that installing tyre chains on the tyre will provide a greater driving force, but will not prevent side skids. ✽ NOTICE Tyre chains are not legal in all states. Check state laws before fitting tyre chains. 5 36 WARNING - Snow tyre size Snow tyres should be equivalent in size and type to the vehicle's standard tyres. Otherwise, the safety and handling of your vehicle may be adversely affected. Do not install studded tyres without first checking local, state and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use. Driving your vehicle CAUTION OTQ057011 E120102ATQ-UK Tyre chains Since the sidewalls of radial tyres are thinner, they can be damaged by mounting some types of snow chains on them. Therefore, the use of snow tyres is recommended instead of snow chains. Do not mount tyre chains on vehicles equipped with aluminium wheels; snow chains may cause damage to the wheels. If snow chains must be used, use wiretype chains with a thickness of less than 0.59 in (15 mm). Damage to your vehicle caused by improper snow chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufacturers warranty. When using tyre chains, attach them to the rear tyres. • Make sure the snow chains are the correct size and type for your tyres. Incorrect snow chains can cause damage to the vehicle body and suspension and may not be covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty. Also, the snow chain connecting hooks may be damaged from contacting vehicle components causing the snow chains to come loose from the tyre. Make sure the snow chains are SAE class “S” certified. • Always check chain installation for proper mounting after driving approximately 0.3 to 0.6 miles (0.5 to 1 km) to ensure safe mounting. Retighten or remount the chains if they are loose. Chain installation When installing chains, follow the manufacturer's instructions and mount them as tightly as you can. Drive slowly with chains installed. If you hear the chains contacting the body or chassis, stop and tighten them. If they still make contact, slow down until it stops. Remove the chains as soon as you begin driving on cleared roads. WARNING - Mounting chains When mounting snow chains, park the vehicle on level ground away from traffic. Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning flashers and place a triangular emergency warning device behind the vehicle if available. Always place the vehicle in P (Park), apply the parking brake and turn off the engine before installing snow chains. 5 37 Driving your vehicle WARNING - Tyre chains • The use of chains may adversely affect vehicle handling. • Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h) or the chain manufacturer’s recommended speed limit, whichever is lower. • Drive carefully and avoid bumps, holes, sharp turns, and other road hazards, which may cause the vehicle to bounce. • Avoid sharp turns or lockedwheel braking. CAUTION • Chains that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body and wheels. • Stop driving and retighten the chains any time you hear them hitting the vehicle. 5 38 E120200AUN-UK E120400AEN-UK Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system. It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system, lubricates the water pump and prevents freezing. Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule. Before winter, have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter. In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity "winter weight" oil be used during cold weather. See section 9 for recommendations. If you aren't sure what weight oil you should use, consult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. E120300AEN-UK Check battery and cables Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system. Visually inspect the battery and cables as described in section 7. The level of charge in your battery can be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer or a service station. E120500AUN-UK Check spark plugs and ignition system Inspect your spark plugs and replace them if necessary. Also check all ignition wiring and components to be sure they are not cracked, worn or damaged in any way. Driving your vehicle E120600AUN E120800AUN-UK E121000AUN-UK To keep locks from freezing Don't let your parking brake freeze Carry emergency equipment To keep the locks from freezing, squirt an approved de-icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening. If a lock is covered with ice, squirt it with an approved de-icing fluid to remove the ice. If the lock is frozen internally, you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key. Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury. E120700AEN-UK Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing, add an approved window washer anti-freeze solution in accordance with instructions on the container. Window washer anti-freeze is available from a HYUNDAI authorised repairer and most auto parts outlets. Do not use engine coolant or other types of anti-freeze as these may damage the paint finish. Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position. This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze, apply it only temporarily whilst you put the gear selector lever in P (automatic transmission) or in first or reverse gear (manual transmission) and block the rear wheels so the car cannot roll. Then release the parking brake. Do not park a car on a public road without the parking brake applied. Depending on the severity of the weather where you drive your car, you should carry appropriate emergency equipment. Some of the items you may want to carry include tyre chains, tow straps or chains, flashlight, emergency flares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc. E120900AUN Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath Under some conditions, snow and ice can build up under the fenders and interfere with the steering. When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen, you should periodically check underneath the car to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed. 5 39 Driving your vehicle TRAILER TOWING E140000AFD-UK If you are considering towing with your car, you should first check with your Local Laws to determine their legal requirements. Since laws vary from country to country, the requirements for towing trailers, cars, or other types of vehicles or apparatus may differ. Ask your HYUNDAI authorised repairer for further details before towing. WARNING - Towing a trailer If you don't use the correct equipment and drive improperly, you can lose control when you pull a trailer. For example, if the trailer is too heavy, the brakes may not work well - or even at all. You and your passengers could be seriously or fatally injured. Pull a trailer only if you have followed all the steps in this section. WARNING - Weight limits Before towing, make sure the total trailer weight, gross combination weight, gross vehicle weight, gross axle weight and trailer nose weight are all within the limits. 5 40 CAUTION Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your vehicle and result in costly repairs not covered by your warranty. To pull a trailer correctly, follow the advice in this section. Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To identify what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle, you should read the information in “Weight of the trailer” that appears later in this section. Remember that trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in handling, durability, and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering requires correct equipment, and it has to be used properly. This section contains many time-tested, important trailering tips and safety rules. Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers. Please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer. Load-pulling components such as the engine, transmission, wheel assemblies, and tyres are forced to work harder against the load of the added weight. The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads. This additional burden generates extra heat. The trailer also adds considerably to wind resistance, increasing the pulling requirements. Driving your vehicle E140100AUN-UK E140200AUN-UK E140300AUN-UK Towbars Safety cables Trailer brakes It's important to have the correct towbar equipment. Crosswinds, large trucks going by, and rough roads are a few reasons why you’ll need the right towbar. Here are some rules to follow: • Will you have to make any holes in the body of your vehicle when you install a trailer towbar? If you do, then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove the towbar. If you don’t seal them, deadly carbon monoxide (CO) from your exhaust can get into your vehicle, as well as dirt and water. • The bumpers on your vehicle are not intended for towbars. Do not attach rental towbars or other bumper-type towbars to them. Use only a framemounted towbar that does not attach to the bumper. You should always attach cables between your vehicle and your trailer. Cross the safety cables under the nose of the trailer so that the nose will not drop to the road if it becomes separated from the towbar. Instructions about safety cables may be provided by the towbar manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer. Follow the manufacturer’s recommendation for attaching safety cables. Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your trailer. And, never allow safety cables to drag on the ground. If your trailer is equipped with a braking system, make sure it conforms to local regulations and that it is properly installed and operating correctly. If your trailer weighs more than the maximum trailer weight without trailer brakes loaded, then it needs its own brakes and they must be adequate. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you’ll be able to install, adjust and maintain them properly. • Don’t tap into your vehicle's brake system. WARNING - Trailer brakes Do not use a trailer with its own brakes unless you are absolutely certain that you have properly set up the brake system. This is not a task for amateurs. Use an experienced, competent trailer shop for this work. 5 41 Driving your vehicle E140400AUN-UK E140402AUN E140405AFD-UK Driving with a trailer Passing You’ll need more passing distance up ahead when you’re towing a trailer. And, because of the increased vehicle length, you’ll need to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane. Turn signals when towing a trailer When you tow a trailer, your vehicle has to have a different turn signal flasher and extra wiring. The green arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change. Properly connected, the trailer lights will also flash to alert other drivers you’re about to turn, change lanes, or stop. When towing a trailer, the green arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out. Thus, you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signals when, in fact, they are not. It’s important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working. You must also check the lights every time you disconnect and then reconnect the wires. Do not connect a trailer lighting system directly to your vehicle’s lighting system. Use only an approved trailer wiring harness. A HYUNDAI authorised repairer can assist you in installing the wiring harness. Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience. Before setting out for the open road, you must get to know your trailer. Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer. And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly so responsive as your vehicle is by itself. Before you start, check the trailer towbar and platform, safety cables, electrical connector(s), lights, tyres and mirror adjustment. If the trailer has electric brakes, start your vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure the brakes are working. This lets you check your electrical connection at the same time. During your trip, check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure, and that the lights and any trailer brakes are still working. E140401AUN Following distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving your vehicle without a trailer. This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns. 5 42 E140403AUN-UK Reversing Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand. Then, to move the trailer to the left, just move your hand to the left. To move the trailer to the right, move your hand to the right. Always reverse slowly and, if possible, have someone guide you. E140404AUN-UK Making turns When you’re turning with a trailer, make wider turns than normal. Do this so your trailer won’t strike soft shoulders, kerbs, road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoid jerky or sudden manoeuvres. Signal well in advance. WARNING Failure to use an approved trailer wiring harness could result in damage to the vehicle electrical system and/or personal injury. Driving your vehicle E140406ATQ-UK Driving on grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade. If you don’t shift down, you might have to use your brakes so much that they would get hot and no longer operate efficiently. On a long uphill grade, shift down and reduce your speed to around 70 km/h (45 mph) to reduce the possibility of engine and transmission overheating. If your trailer weighs more than the maximum trailer weight without trailer brakes and you have an automatic transmission, you should drive in D (Drive) when towing a trailer. Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) when towing a trailer will minimize heat build up and extend the life of your transmission. CAUTION • When towing a trailer on steep grades (in excess of 6%) pay close attention to the engine coolant temperature gauge to ensure the engine does not overheat. (Continued) (Continued) If the needle of the coolant temperature gauge moves across the dial towards “H” (HOT), pull over and stop as soon as it is safe to do so, and allow the engine to idle until it cools down. You may proceed once the engine has cooled sufficiently. • You must decide driving speed depending on trailer weight and uphill grade to reduce the possibility of engine and transmission overheating. CAUTION Going uphill under hot ambient temperature (above 35°C) with GVW and/or trailer, a minimal fuel tank level of 5 litre has to be assured in order to prevent power limitation due to fuel overheating as well as further damages in the fuel injection equipment. E140407AUN-UK Parking on hills Generally, you should not park your vehicle, with a trailer attached, on a hill. People can be seriously or fatally injured, and both your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged if they begin a downhill trajectory. WARNING - Parking on a hill Parking your vehicle on a hill with a trailer attached could cause serious injury or death, should the trailer break lose. However, if you ever have to park your trailer on a hill, here’s how to do it: 1. Apply your brakes, but don’t shift into gear. 2. Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels. 3. When the wheel chocks are in place, release the brakes until the chocks absorb the load. 4. Reapply the brakes. Apply your parking brake, and then shift to R (Reverse) for a manual transmission or P (Park) for an automatic transmission. 5. Release the brakes. 5 43 Driving your vehicle E140500AUN-UK WARNING - Parking brake It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the parking brake is not firmly set. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be seriously or fatally injured. When you are ready to leave after parking on a hill 1. With the manual transmission in Neutral or automatic transmission in P (Park), apply your brakes and hold the brake pedal down whilst you: • Start your engine; • Shift into gear; and • Release the parking brake. 2. Slowly remove your foot from the brake pedal. 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks. 4. Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks. 5 44 Maintenance when trailer towing Your vehicle will need service more often when you regularly pull a trailer. Important items to pay particular attention to include engine oil, automatic transmission fluid, axle lubricant and cooling system fluid. Brake condition is another important item to frequently check. Each item is covered in this manual, and the Index will help you find them quickly. If you’re trailering, it’s a good idea to review these sections before you start your trip. Don’t forget to also maintain your trailer and towbar. Follow the maintenance schedule that accompanied your trailer and check it periodically. Preferably, conduct the check at the start of each day’s driving. Most importantly, all towbar nuts and bolts should be tight. CAUTION • Due to higher load during trailer usage, overheating might occur in hot days or during uphill driving. If the coolant gauge indicates over-heating, switch off the A/C and stop the vehicle in a safe area to cool down the engine. • When towing check transmission fluid more frequently. • If your vehicle is not equipped with the air conditioner, you should install a condenser fan to improve engine performance when towing a trailer. Driving your vehicle E140600ATQ-UK If you do decide to pull a trailer Here are some important points if you decide to pull a trailer: • Consider using a sway control. You can ask a towbar dealer about sway control. • Do not do any towing with your car during its first 1,000 miles in order to allow the engine to properly run-in. Failure to heed this caution may result in serious engine or transmission damage. • When towing a trailer, be sure to consult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer for further information on additional requirements such as a towing kit, etc. • Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed (less than 60 mph (100 km/h)). • On a long uphill grade, do not exceed 45 mph (70 km/h) or the posted towing speed limit, whichever is lower. • The chart contains important considerations that have to do with weight: Engine Diesel Engine Petrol Engine M/T M/T A/T Without brake 1653 1543 1653 trailer System (750) (700) (750) weight With brake 5070 3306 3306 System (2300) (1500) (1500) Item Maximum Ibs. (kg) Maximum permissible static vertical load on the coupling device 220 220 220 (100) (100) (100) 46 46 46 (1170) (1170) (1170) Ibs. (kg) Recommended distance from rear wheel centre to coupling point Inch (mm) M/T : Manual transmission A/T : Automatic transmission 5 45 Driving your vehicle E140602AEN-UK Nose Weight Total Trailer Weight C190E01JM E140601AUN-UK Weight of the trailer How heavy can a trailer safely be? It should never weigh more than the maximum trailer weight with trailer brakes. But even that can be too heavy. It depends on how you plan to use your trailer. For example, speed, altitude, road grades, outside temperature and how often your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important. The ideal trailer weight can also depend on any special equipment that you have on your vehicle. 5 46 Weight of the trailer nose The nose weight of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the total gross vehicle weight (GVW) of your vehicle. This weight includes the kerb weight of the vehicle, any cargo you may carry in it, and the people who will be riding in the vehicle. And if you will tow a trailer, you must add the nose weight to the GVW because your vehicle will also be carrying that weight. The trailer nose should weigh a maximum of 10% of the total loaded trailer weight, within the limits of the maximum trailer nose weight permissible. After you've loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer and then the nose, separately, to see if the weights are proper. If they aren’t, you may be able to correct them simply by moving some items around in the trailer. Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight C190E02JM WARNING - Trailer • Never load a trailer with more weight in the rear than in the front. The front should be loaded with approximately 60% of the total trailer load; the rear should be loaded with approximately 40% of the total trailer load. • Never exceed the maximum weight limits of the trailer or trailer towing equipment. Improper loading can result in damage to your vehicle and/or personal injury. Check weights and loading at a commercial scale or motorway patrol office equipped with scales. • An improperly loaded trailer can cause loss of vehicle control. Driving your vehicle VEHICLE WEIGHT E160000AUN E160500AUN E160800AUN This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and/or trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability, with or without a trailer. Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of the vehicle design performance. Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings, with or without a trailer, from the vehicle's specifications and the compliance label: GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the compliance label. The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR. Overloading E160200AUN-UK Vehicle kerb weight This is the weight of the vehicle including fuel, driver and all standard equipment. E160300AUN-UK Payload This is the weight of passengers, luggage and any optional equipment installed. E160600AUN-UK GVW (Gross vehicle weight) This is the maximum allowed weight of the vehicle, contents, passengers and optional equipment. E160700AUN GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is shown on the certification label located on the driver's (or front passenger's) door sill. WARNING - Vehicle weight The gross axle weight rating (GAWR) and the gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) for your vehicle are on the certification label attached to the driver's (or front passenger’s) door. Exceeding these ratings can cause an accident or vehicle damage. You can calculate the weight of your load by weighing the items (and people) before putting them in the vehicle. Be careful not to overload your vehicle. E160400AUN-UK GAW (Gross axle weight) This is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) - including vehicle kerb weight and all payload. 5 47 Road warning / 6-2 In case of an emergency whilst driving / 6-2 If the engine will not start / 6-3 Emergency starting / 6-4 If the engine overheats / 6-6 If you have a flat tyre / 6-7 Towing / 6-14 What to do in an emergency 6 What to do in an emergency ROAD WARNING Depress the flasher switch with the ignition switch in any position. The flasher switch is located in the centre console switch panel. All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously. OTQ067001R F010100AUN-UK Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehicle. It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway. 6 2 • The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not. • The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on. • Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flasher whilst the vehicle is being towed. IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILST DRIVING F020100AUN If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing • If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing, set the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position and then push the vehicle to a safe place. • If your vehicle has a manual transmission not equipped with a ignition lock switch, the vehicle can move forward by shifting to the 2(second) or 3(third) gear and then turning the starter without depressing the clutch pedal. F020200AUN-UK If a puncture occurs whilst driving the vehicle 1. Bring the car to rest as soon as it is safe to do so and with the minimum amount of braking required which will assist in maintaining the maximum amount of control. The vehicle should be parked wherever possible upon firm level ground to facilitate wheel changing. 2. If the vehicle is creating a hazard and the road conditions do not permit the wheel to be changed safely, assistance should be sought. What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START 3. Passengers must not be allowed to remain inside the vehicle during wheel changing. If a puncture occurs whilst the vehicle is on a motorway, the passengers should take refuge on the motorway embankment to avoid the possibility of injury occurring should the vehicle be struck by other motorway traffic. 4. Wheel changing should be performed according to the following instructions. F020300AEN-UK If engine stalls whilst driving 1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place. 2. Turn on your emergency flashers. 3. Try to start the engine again. If your vehicle will not start, contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer or seek other qualified assistance. F030100AUN-UK If engine cannot be cranked 1. If your car has an automatic transmission, be sure the gear selector lever is in N (Neutral) or P (Park) and the emergency brake is set. 2. Check the battery terminals and connections to ensure that these are clean and also tight. 3. If the ignition warning lights dim when the engine is cranked and the battery terminals have been checked, a discharged battery is indicated. 4. Do not attempt to push or tow start the vehicle, refer to "Jump Starting" for information regarding engine starting when the battery is discharged. WARNING If the engine refuses to start, no attempt should be made to push or tow start the vehicle. Vehicles with automatic transmission or fuel injection will not be able to be started in this manner since no drive is transmitted through the automatic transmission whilst the engine is not running, and in the case of fuel injected derivatives, the fuel pump will not operate under tow start conditions. In addition, if the vehicle is equipped with an exhaust catalyst, damage to the catalyst may result if the vehicle is tow started. F030200AEN-UK If engine turns over normally but does not start 1. Check fuel level. 2. With the ignition switch in the LOCK position, check all connectors at the ignition coils and spark plugs. Reconnect any that may be disconnected or loose. 3. Check the fuel line in the engine compartment. 4. If the engine still does not start, call a HYUNDAI authorised repairer or seek other qualified assistance. 6 3 What to do in an emergency EMERGENCY STARTING F040100AEN Jumper Cables Jump starting (-) (+) (-) (+) Booster battery Discharged battery 1VQA4001 F040000AUN Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order. Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm to yourself or damage to your vehicle or battery, follow the jump starting procedures. If in doubt, we strongly recommend that you have a competent technician or towing service jump start your vehicle. CAUTION Use only a 12-volt jumper system. You can damage a 12-volt starting motor, ignition system, and other electrical parts beyond repair by use of a 24-volt power supply (either two 12-volt batteries in series or a 24-volt motor generator set). WARNING - Battery Never attempt to check the electrolyte level of the battery as this may cause the battery to rupture or explode causing serious injury. 6 4 WARNING - Battery • Keep all flames or sparks away from the battery. The battery produces hydrogen gas which may explode if exposed to flame or sparks. If these instructions are not followed exactly, serious personal injury and damage to the vehicle may occur! If you are not sure how to follow this procedure, seek qualified assistance. Automobile batteries contain sulfuric acid. This is poisonous and highly corrosive. When jump starting, wear protective glasses and be careful not to get acid on yourself, your clothing or on the car. • Do not attempt to jump start the vehicle if the discharged battery is frozen or if the electrolyte level is low; the battery may rupture or explode. What to do in an emergency F040101AEN-UK Jump starting procedure 1. Make sure the booster battery is 12volt and that its negative terminal is grounded. 2. If the booster battery is in another vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to touch. 3. Turn off all unnecessary electrical loads. 4. Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illustration. First connect one end of a jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery (1), then connect the other end to the positive terminal on the booster battery (2). Proceed to connect one end of the other jumper cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery (3), then the other end to a solid, stationary, metallic point (for example, the engine lifting bracket) away from the battery (4). Do not connect it to or near any part that moves when the engine is cranked. Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the correct battery terminals or the correct ground. Do not lean over the battery when making connections. CAUTION - Battery cables Do not connect the jumper cable from the negative terminal of the booster battery to the negative terminal of the discharged battery. This can cause the discharged battery to overheat and crack, releasing battery acid. 5. Start the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and let it run at 2,000 rpm, then start the engine of the vehicle with the discharged battery. If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent, you should have your vehicle checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. F040200AUN Push-starting Your manual transmission-equipped vehicle should not be push-started because it might damage the emission control system. Vehicles equipped with automatic transmission cannot be push-started. Follow the directions in this section for jump-starting. WARNING Never tow a vehicle to start it because the sudden surge forward when the engine starts could cause a collision with the tow vehicle. 6 5 What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS F050000AFD-UK If your temperature gauge indicates overheating, you experience a loss of power, or hear loud pinging or knocking, the engine is probably too hot. If this happens, you should: 1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so. 2. Place the gear selector lever in P (automatic transmission) or neutral (manual transmission) and set the parking brake. If the air conditioning is on, turn it off. 3. If engine coolant is running out under the car or steam is coming out from the bonnet, stop the engine. Do not open the bonnet until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped. If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam, leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operating. If the fan is not running, turn the engine off. 4. Check to see if the water pump drive belt is missing. If it is not missing, check to see that it is tight. If the drive belt seems to be satisfactory, check for coolant leaking from the radiator, hoses or under the car. (If the air conditioning had been in use, it is normal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop). 6 6 WARNING Whilst the engine is running, keep hair, hands and clothing away from moving parts such as the fan and drive belts to prevent injury. 5. If the water pump drive belt is broken or engine coolant is leaking out, stop the engine immediately and call the nearest HYUNDAI authorised repairer for assistance. WARNING Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot since steam and boiling water may be ejected from the radiator resulting in burns or scalding. 6. If the cause of the overheating cannot be found, wait until the engine temperature has returned to normal. Then, if coolant has been lost, carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the base of the radiator fill opening. Fill the coolant expansion tank to the halfway mark. To ensure the correct water to coolant mix is obtained after top up, testing by an authorised repairer is required. 7. Proceed with caution until it is established that the engine is operating normally. If the engine overheats repeatedly, the advice of a HYUNDAI authorised repairer should be sought. CAUTION Serious loss of coolant indicates there is a leak in the cooling system and this should be checked as soon as possible by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TYRE WARNING - Changing OTQ067003 OTQ067017 F070100ATQ-UK F070101AUN-UK Jack and tools The jack and wheel lug nut wrench (jack handle) are stored in the storage compartment under the front passenger’s seat. Open the storage box cover to reach the equipment. (1) Jack (2) Wheel lug nut wrench (Jack handle) Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergency tyre changing only. To prevent the jack from “rattling” whilst the vehicle is in motion, store it properly. Follow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury. tyres • Never attempt vehicle repairs in the traffic lanes of a public road or highway. • Always move the vehicle completely off the road and onto the shoulder before trying to change a tyre. The jack should be used on level firm ground. If you cannot find a firm, level place off the road, call a towing service company for assistance. (Continued) 6 7 What to do in an emergency (Continued) • Be sure to use the correct front and rear jacking positions on the vehicle; never use the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jack support. • The vehicle can easily roll off the jack causing serious injury or death. No person should place any portion of their body under a vehicle that is supported only by a jack; use vehicle support stands. • Do not start or run the engine whilst the vehicle is on the jack. • Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle whilst it is on the jack. • Make sure any children present are in a secure place away from the road and from the vehicle to be raised with the jack. 6 8 OTQ067004 F070200AEN-UK Removing and storing the spare tyre Your spare tyre is stored underneath your vehicle, directly below the cargo area. To remove the spare tyre: 1. Open the tailgate. 2. Find the plastic hex bolt cover and remove the cover. OTQ067005 3. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to loosen the bolt enough to lower the spare tyre. Turn the wrench counterclockwise until the spare tyre reaches the ground. What to do in an emergency OTQ067006 OTQ067007 4. After the spare tyre reaches the ground, continue to turn the wrench counterclockwise, and draw the spare tyre outside. Never rotate the wrench excessively, otherwise the spare tyre carrier may be damaged. 5. Remove the retainer (1) from the centre of the spare tyre. To store the spare tyre: 1. Lay the tyre on the ground with the valve stem facing up. 2. Place the wheel under the vehicle and install the retainer (1) through the wheel centre. 3. Turn the wrench clockwise until it clicks. WARNING OTQ047006K/H F070300ATQ-UK Changing tyres 1. Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake firmly. 2. Shift the shift lever into R (Reverse) with manual transmission or P (Park) with automatic transmission. 3. Activate the hazard warning flasher. Ensure the spare tyre retainer is properly aligned with the centre of the spare tyre to prevent the spare tyre “rattling”. Otherwise, it may cause the spare tyre to fall off the carrier and lead to an accident. 6 9 What to do in an emergency OTQ067022 4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench, jack and spare tyre from the vehicle. 5. Block both the front and rear of the wheel that is diagonally opposite the jack position. 6 10 WARNING - Changing a tyre • To prevent vehicle movement whilst changing a tyre, always set the parking brake fully, and always block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed. • We recommend that the wheels of the vehicle be blocked, and that no person remain in a vehicle that is being jacked. OTQ067008 6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts counterclockwise one turn each, but do not remove any nut until the tyre has been raised off the ground. What to do in an emergency OTQ067018 OTQ067016 7. Place the jack at the front or rear jacking position closest to the tyre you are changing. Place the jack at the designated locations under the frame. The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two tabs and a raised dot to index with the jack. 8. Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwise, raising the vehicle until the tyre just clears the ground. This measurement is approximately 1.2 in (30 mm). Before removing the wheel lug nuts, make sure the vehicle is stable and that there is no chance for movement or slippage. 9. Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them with your fingers. Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away. To put the wheel on the hub, pick up the spare tyre, line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them. If this is difficult, tip the wheel slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud. Then jiggle the wheel back and forth until the wheel can be slid over the other studs. WARNING - Jack location To reduce the possibility of injury, be sure to use only the jack provided with the vehicle and in the correct jack position; never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support. 6 11 What to do in an emergency WARNING Wheels may have sharp edges. Handle them carefully to avoid possible severe injury. Before putting the wheel into place, be sure that there is nothing on the hub or wheel (such as mud, tar, gravel, etc.) that interferes with the wheel from fitting solidly against the hub. If there is, remove it. If there is not good contact on the mounting surface between the wheel and hub, the wheel nuts could come loose and cause the loss of a wheel. Loss of a wheel may result in loss of control of the vehicle. This may cause serious injury or death. 10. To reinstall the wheel, hold it on the studs, put the wheel nuts on the studs and tighten them finger tight. The nuts should be installed with their tapered small diameter ends directed inward. Jiggle the tyre to be sure it is completely seated, then tighten the nuts as much as possible with your fingers again. 11. Lower the car to the ground by turning the wheel nut wrench counterclockwise. OTQ067011 Then position the wrench as shown in the drawing and tighten the wheel nuts. Be sure the socket is seated completely over the nut. Do not stand on the wrench handle or use an extension pipe over the wrench handle. Go around the wheel tightening every other nut until they are all tight. Then double-check each nut for tightness. After changing wheels, have a HYUNDAI authorised repairer tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible. Wheel nut tightening torque: Aluminium alloy wheel: 65~79 lb·ft (9~11 kg·m) 6 12 What to do in an emergency If you have a tyre gauge, remove the valve cap and check the air pressure. If the pressure is lower than recommended, drive slowly to the nearest service station and inflate to the correct pressure. If it is too high, adjust it until it is correct. Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting tyre pressure. If the cap is not replaced, air may leak from the tyre. If you lose a valve cap, buy another and install it as soon as possible. After you have changed wheels, always secure the flat tyre in its place and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations. CAUTION Your vehicle has metric threads on the wheel studs and nuts. Make certain during wheel removal that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled or, if replaced, that nuts with metric threads and the same chamfer configuration are used. Installation of a non-metric thread nut on a metric stud or vice-versa will not secure the wheel to the hub properly and will damage the stud so that it must be replaced. Note that most lug nuts do not have metric threads. Be sure to use extreme care in checking for thread style before installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels. If in doubt, consult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. WARNING - Wheel studs If the studs are damaged, they may lose their ability to retain the wheel. This could lead to the loss of the wheel and a collision resulting in serious injuries. To prevent the jack, wheel lug nut wrench and spare tyre from rattling whilst the vehicle is in motion, store them properly. WARNING - Inadequate spare tyre pressure Check the inflation pressures as soon as possible after installing the spare tyre. Adjust it to the specified pressure, if necessary. Refer to “Tyres and wheels” section 9. 6 13 What to do in an emergency TOWING dolly It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the front wheels on the ground (without dollies) and the rear wheels off the ground. If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the rear wheels on the ground, use a towing dolly under the rear wheels. When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used, the rear of the vehicle should always be lifted, not the front. OTQ067012 OTQ067009 F080100BTQ-UK OTQ067010 Towing service If emergency towing is necessary, we recommend having it done by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer or a commercial tow-truck service. Proper lifting and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended. 6 14 CAUTION • Do not tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle. • Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment. What to do in an emergency When towing your vehicle in an emergency without wheel dollies : 1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC position. 2. Place the transmission shift lever in N (Neutral). 3. Release the parking brake. CAUTION Failure to place the transmission shift lever in N (Neutral) may cause internal damage to the transmission. OTQ067019 F080200ATQ Removable towing hook (front, if equipped) 1. Remove the towing hook from the tool case. 2. Remove the hole cover on the front bumper by turning it. OTQ067020 3. Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured. 4. Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use. 6 15 What to do in an emergency Front (if equipped) OTQ067021 Rear OTQ067013 F080300AEN-UK Emergency towing If towing is necessary, we recommend you to have it done by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer or a commercial tow truck service. 6 16 If towing service is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be temporarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook under the front (or rear) of the vehicle. Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes. Towing in this manner may be done only on hard-surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds. Also, the wheels, axles, power train, steering and brakes must all be in good condition. • Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehicle out of mud, sand or other conditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power. • Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the vehicle doing the towing. • The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other frequently. CAUTION • Attach a towing strap to the tow hook. • Using a portion of the vehicle other than the tow hooks for towing may damage the body of your vehicle. • Use only a cable or chain specifically intended for use in towing vehicles. Securely fasten the cable or chain to the towing hook provided. • Before emergency towing, check that the hook is not broken or damaged. • Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook. • Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady and even force. • To avoid damaging the hook, do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle. Always pull straight ahead. What to do in an emergency F080301AUN WARNING Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle. • Avoid sudden starts or erratic driving manoeuvres which would place excessive stress on the emergency towing hook and towing cable or chain. The hook and towing cable or chain may break and cause serious injury or damage. • If the disabled vehicle is unable to be moved, do not forcibly continue the towing. Contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer or a commercial tow truck service for assistance. • Tow the vehicle as straight ahead as possible. • Keep away from the vehicle during towing. OTQ067014 • Use a towing strap less than 16 feet (5 m) long. Attach a white or red cloth (about 12 inches (30 cm) wide) in the middle of the strap for easy visibility. • Drive carefully so that the towing strap is not loosened during towing. Emergency towing precautions • Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the steering wheel isn’t locked. • Place the transmission shift lever in N (Neutral). • Release the parking bake. • Press the brake pedal with more force than normal since you will have reduced brake performance. • More steering effort will be required because the power steering system will be disabled. • If you are driving down a long hill, the brakes may overheat and brake performance will be reduced. Stop often and let the brakes cool off. CAUTION - Automatic transmission If the car is being towed with all four wheels on the ground, it can be towed only from the front. Be sure that the transmission is in neutral. Do not tow at speeds greater than 40 km/h (25 mph) and for more than 25 km (15 miles). Be sure the steering is unlocked by placing the ignition switch in the ACC position. A driver must be in the towed vehicle to operate the steering and brakes. 6 17 What to do in an emergency F080400AUN Tie-down hook (for flatbed towing) WARNING Do not use the hooks under the front (or rear) of the vehicle for towing purposes. These hooks are designed ONLY for transport tiedown. If the tie-down hooks are used for towing, the tie-down hooks or front bumper will be damaged and this could lead to serious injury. 6 18 Engine compartment / 7-2 Maintenance services / 7-4 Owner maintenance / 7-6 Scheduled maintenance service / 7-8 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items / 7-9 Engine oil / 7-12 Engine coolant / 7-13 Brake and clutch fluid / 7-16 Power steering fluid / 7-17 Automatic transmission fluid / 7-18 Washer fluid / 7-20 Parking brake / 7-20 Fuel filter / 7-21 Air cleaner / 7-22 Climate control air filter / 7-23 Wiper blades / 7-25 Battery / 7-27 Maintenance Tyres and wheels / 7-30 Fuses / 7-39 Light bulbs / 7-49 Appearance care / 7-56 Emission control system / 7-62 7 Maintenance ENGINE COMPARTMENT ■ Diesel Engine 1. Power steering fluid reservoir 2. Automatic transmission fluid dipstick (if equipped) 3. Engine oil filler cap 4. Fuel filter 5. Brake fluid reservoir 6. Fuse box 7. Negative battery terminal 8. Positive battery terminal 9. Engine coolant reservoir 10. Engine oil dipstick 11. Radiator cap 12. Windscreen washer fluid reservoir 13. Air cleaner * The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OTQ027003R 7 2 Maintenance ■ Petrol Engine 1. Power steering fluid reservoir 2. Automatic transmission fluid dipstick (if equipped) 3. Engine oil filler cap 4. Brake fluid reservoir 5. Fuse box 6. Negative battery terminal 7. Positive battery terminal 8. Engine coolant reservoir 9. Engine oil dipstick 10. Radiator cap 11. Windscreen washer fluid reservoir 12. Air cleaner * The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OTQ077066R 7 3 Maintenance MAINTENANCE SERVICES G020000AEN-UK G020100AEN-UK G020200AEN-UK You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection procedures. Should you have any doubts concerning the inspection or servicing of your vehicle, we strongly recommend that you have a HYUNDAI authorised repairer perform this work. A HYUNDAI authorised repairer has factory-trained technicians and genuine HYUNDAI parts to service your vehicle properly. For expert advice and quality service, see a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational problems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage, an accident, or personal injury. Owner’s responsibility Owner maintenance precautions 7 4 ✽ NOTICE Maintenance Service and Record Retention are the owner's responsibility. You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the following pages. You need this information to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle warranties. Detailed warranty information is provided in your Service Passport. Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered. We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. A HYUNDAI authorised repairer meets HYUNDAI’s high service quality standards and receives technical support from HYUNDAI in order to provide you with a high level of service satisfaction. Improper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform. As explained earlier in this section, several procedures can be done only by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer with special tools. ✽ NOTICE Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage. For details, read the separate Service Passport provided with the vehicle. If you're unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Maintenance G020300ATQ-UK WARNING - Maintenance work • Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous. You can be seriously injured whilst performing some maintenance procedures. If you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work, have it done by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. • Working under the bonnet with the engine running is dangerous. It becomes even more dangerous when you wear jewellery or loose clothing. These can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury. Therefore, if you must run the engine whilst working under the bonnet, make certain that you remove all jewellery (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and all neckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling fans. WARNING - Diesel Engine Never work on injection system with engine running or within 30 seconds after shutting off engine. High-pressure pump, rail, injectors and high-pressure pipes are subject to high pressure even after the engine stopped. The fuel jet produced by fuel leaks may cause serious injury, if it touches the body. People using pacemakers should not move than 30cm closer to the ECU or wiring harness within the engine room whilst engine is running, since the high currents in the electronic engine control system produce considerable magnetic fields. 7 5 Maintenance OWNER MAINTENANCE G030000AEN-UK The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be performed by the owner or a HYUNDAI authorised repairer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe, dependable operation of your vehicle. Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible. These Owner Maintenance Checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labour, parts and lubricants used. 7 6 Owner maintenance schedule G030101AUN-UK When you stop for fuel: • Check the engine oil level. • Check coolant level in coolant reservoir. • Check the windscreen washer fluid level. • Look for low or under-inflated tyres. WARNING Be careful when checking your engine coolant level when the engine is hot. Scalding hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure. This could cause burns or other serious injury. G030102AUN-UK Whilst operating your vehicle: • Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle. • Check for vibrations in the steering wheel. Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or change in its straight-ahead position. • Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or “pulls” to one side when travelling on smooth, level road. • When stopping, listen and check for unusual sounds, pulling to one side, increased brake pedal travel or “hardto-push” brake pedal. • If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transmission occurs, check the transmission fluid level. • Check automatic transmission P (Park) function. • Check parking brake. • Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle (water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal). Maintenance G030103AUN-UK G030104AUN-UK G030105AUN-UK At least monthly: • Check coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir. • Check the operation of all exterior lights, including the stoplights, turn signals and hazard warning flashers. • Check the inflation pressures of all tyres including the spare. At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall) : • Check radiator, heater and air conditioning hoses for leaks or damage. • Check windscreen washer spray and wiper operation. Clean wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with washer fluid. • Check headlight alignment. • Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields and clamps. • Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear and function. • Check for worn tyres and loose wheel lug nuts. At least once a year: • Clean body and door drain holes. • Lubricate door hinges and checks, and bonnet hinges. • Lubricate door and bonnet locks and latches. • Lubricate door rubber weatherstrips. • Check the air conditioning system. • Check the power steering fluid level. • Inspect and lubricate automatic transmission linkage and controls. • Clean battery and terminals. • Check the brake fluid level. 7 7 Maintenance SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE G040000AFD-UK Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, follow Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions. • Repeated short distance driving. • Driving in dusty conditions or sandy areas. • Extensive use of brakes. • Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used. • Driving on rough or muddy roads. • Driving in mountainous areas. • Extended periods of idling or low speed operation. • Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and/or extremely humid climates. • More than 50% driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 32°C (90°F). 7 8 If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions, you should inspect, replace or refill more frequently than “Normal Maintenance Schedule which is provied in your Service Passport.” Maintenance EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS G050100AUN G050300ATQ-UK G050400AEN-UK Engine oil and filter Fuel filter (cartridge) The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. If the car is being driven in severe conditions, more frequent oil and filter changes are required. A clogged filter can limit the speed at which the vehicle may be driven, damage the emission system and cause multiple issues such as hard starting. If an excessive amount of foreign matter accumulates in the fuel tank, the filter may require replacement more frequently. After installing a new filter, run the engine for several minutes, and check for leaks at the connections. Fuel filters should be installed by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections G050200AUN Drive belts Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil saturation and replace if necessary. Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and adjusted as necessary. CAUTION In case the fuel filter is clogged due to not conforming to the maintenance period, the fuel injection equipment may supply the fuel insufficiently, which may damage the fuel injection equipment and cause the engine to stall at worst cases. Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections for leakage and damage. Have a HYUNDAI authorised repairer replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately. WARNING - Diesel only Never work on injection system with engine running or within 30 seconds after shutting off engine. High pressure pump, rail, injectors and high pressure pipes are subject to high pressure even after the engine stopped. The fuel jet produced by fuel leaks may cause serious injury, if it touch the body. People using pacemakers should not move than 30cm closer to the ECU or wiring harness within the engine room whilst engine is running, since the high currents in the Common Rail system produce considerable magnetic fields. 7 9 Maintenance G050600AUN-UK G050800AEN G051200AUN Vapour hose and fuel filler cap Air cleaner filter Coolant The vapour hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. Make sure that a new vapour hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced. A Genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter is recommended when the filter is replaced. The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. G050900AUN-UK G051300AUN Spark plugs (for petrol engine) Manual transmission fluid (if equipped) G050700AUN Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses (if equipped) Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and/or mechanical damage. Hard and brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and excessive swelling indicate deterioration. Particular attention should be paid to examine those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sources, such as the exhaust manifold. Inspect the hose routing to assure that the hoses do not come in contact with any heat source, sharp edges or moving component which might cause heat damage or mechanical wear. Inspect all hose connections, such as clamps and couplings, to make sure they are secure, and that no leaks are present. Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage. 7 10 Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range. Inspect the manual transmission fluid according to the maintenance schedule. G051000AEN-UK Valve clearance (if equipped) Inspect excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. A HYUNDAI authorised repairer should perform the operation. G051100AUN Cooling system Check cooling system components, such as radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses and connections for leakage and damage. Replace any damaged parts. G051400ATQ-UK Automatic transmission fluid (if equipped) The fluid level should be in the "HOT" range of the dipstick, after the engine and transmission are at normal operating temperature. Check the automatic transmission fluid level with the engine running and the transmission in neutral, with the parking brake properly applied. ✽ NOTICE If your vehicle is not equipped with the automatic transmission level gauge, have the automatic transmission fluid inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer according to the maintenance schedule. Maintenance G051500AUN G052100AUN G052500AUN Brake hoses and lines Suspension mounting bolts Visually check for proper installation, chafing, cracks, deterioration and any leakage. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately. Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage. Retighten to the specified torque. Air conditioning refrigerant (if equipped) Check the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and damage. G052200AUN G051600AUN Brake fluid Check brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir. The level should be between “MIN” and “MAX” marks on the side of the reservoir. Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification. Steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint With the vehicle stopped and engine off, check for excessive free-play in the steering wheel. Check the linkage for bends or damage. Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration, cracks, or damage. Replace any damaged parts. G051700AUN Parking brake G052300AEN Inspect the parking brake system including the parking brake lever and cables. Power steering pump, belt and hoses G051900AUN Brake discs, pads, calipers and rotors Check the pads for excessive wear, discs for run out and wear, and calipers for fluid leakage. Check the power steering pump and hoses for leakage and damage. Replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately. Inspect the power steering belt (or drive belt) for evidence of cuts, cracks, excessive wear, oiliness and proper tension. Replace or adjust it if necessary. 7 11 Maintenance ENGINE OIL 3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil to return to the oil pan. 4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and re-insert it fully. WARNING - Radiator hose Be very careful not to touch the radiator hose when checking or adding the engine oil as it may be hot enough to burn you. OTQ077002L G060100AEN Checking the engine oil level 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground. 2. Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. OTQ077003L 5. Pull the dipstick out again and check the level. The level should be between F and L. CAUTION Do not overfill with engine oil. Engine damage may result. CAUTION - Diesel engine Overfilling the engine oil may cause severe dieseling due to churning effect. It may lead to engine damage accompanied with abrupt engine speed increment, combustion noise and white smoke emission. 7 12 If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bring the level to F. Do not overfill. Use a funnel to help prevent oil from being spilled on engine components. Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants and capacities” in section 9.) Maintenance ENGINE COOLANT G060200AEN-UK G070000AUN-UK Changing the engine oil and filter The high-pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year-round antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is filled at the factory. Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year, at the beginning of the winter season, and before travelling to a colder climate. Have engine oil and filter changed by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer according to the Maintenance Schedule. WARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oils may result in serious skin disorders including dermatitis and cancer. Avoid contact with skin as far as possible and always wash thoroughly after any contact. Keep used oils out of reach of children. It is illegal to pollute drains, water courses and soil. Use only authorised waste collection facilities including civic amenity sites and garages for the disposal of used oil and oil filters. If in doubt, contact the local authority for disposal instructions. G070100AEN-UK Checking the coolant level WARNING - Removing radiator cap • Never attempt to remove the radiator cap whilst the engine is operating or hot. Doing so might lead to cooling system and engine damage and could result in serious personal injury from escaping hot coolant or steam. (Continued) 7 13 Maintenance (Continued) • Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down. Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop. Step back whilst the pressure is released from the cooling system. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press down on the cap, using a thick towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it. • Even if the engine is not operating, do not remove the radiator cap or the drain plug whilst the engine and radiator are hot. Hot coolant and steam may still blow out under pressure, causing serious injury. 7 14 G070101AUN-UK OTQ077004 Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses. Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses. The coolant level should be filled between F and L marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool. If the coolant level is low, add enough specified coolant to provide protection against freezing and corrosion. Bring the level to F, but do not overfill. If frequent additions are required, see a HYUNDAI authorised repairer for a cooling system inspection. Recommended engine coolant • Use only soft (de-mineralized) water in the coolant mixture. • The engine in your vehicle has aluminium engine parts and must be protected by an ethylene-glycol-based coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing. • DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant. • Do not use a solution that contains more than 60% antifreeze or less than 35% antifreeze, which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution. For mixture percentage, refer to the following table. Mixture Percentage (volume) Ambient Temperature Antifreeze Water -15°C (5°F) 35 65 -25°C (-13°F) 40 60 -35°C (-31°F) 50 50 -45°C (-49°F) 60 40 Maintenance G070200AEN-UK Changing the coolant Have coolant changed by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer according to the Maintenance Schedule. CAUTION OTQ077005 Put a thick cloth or fabric around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant in order to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts such as generator. WARNING - Coolant • Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. • Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windscreen and may cause loss of vehicle control or damage to paint and body trim. WARNING - Radiator cap Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine and radiator are hot. Scalding hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure causing serious injury. 7 15 Maintenance BRAKE AND CLUTCH (IF EQUIPPED) FLUID If the level is low, add fluid to the MAX level. The level will fall with accumulated mileage. This is a normal condition associated with the wear of the brake linings. If the fluid level is excessively low, have the brake system checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Use only the specified brake fluid. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants or capacities” in section 9.) OTQ077006R Never mix different types of fluid. G080100AEN-UK Checking the brake fluid level Check the fluid level in the reservoir periodically. The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir. Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake fluid, clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake fluid contamination. 7 16 WARNING - Loss of brake fluid In the event the brake system requires frequent additions of fluid, the vehicle should be inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. WARNING - Brake fluid When changing and adding brake fluid, handle it carefully. Do not let it come in contact with your eyes. If brake fluid should come in contact with your eyes, immediately flush them with a large quantity of fresh tap water. Have your eyes examined by a doctor as soon as possible. CAUTION Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle's body paint, as paint damage will result. Brake fluid, which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should never be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed. It should be disposed of properly. Don't put in the wrong kind of fluid. A few drops of mineral-based oil, such as engine oil, in your brake system can damage brake system parts. Maintenance POWER STEERING FLUID ✽ NOTICE Check that the fluid level is in the "HOT" range on the reservoir. If the fluid is cold, check that it is in the "COLD" range. In the event the power steering system requires frequent addition of fluid, the vehicle should be inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. OTQ077007 G090100AEN-UK Checking the power steering fluid level With the vehicle on level ground, check the fluid level in the power steering reservoir periodically. The fluid should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir at the normal temperature. Before adding power steering fluid, thoroughly clean the area around the reservoir cap to prevent power steering fluid contamination. If the level is low, add fluid to the MAX level. Use only the specified power steering fluid. (Refer to "Recommended lubricants or capacities" in section 9.) G090200AEN Checking the power steering hose Check the connections for oil leaks, damage and twists in the power steering hose before driving. CAUTION • To avoid damage to the power steering pump, do not operate the vehicle for prolonged periods with a low power steering fluid level. • Never start the engine when the reservoir tank is empty. • When adding fluid, be careful that dirt does not get into the reservoir. • Too little fluid can result in increased steering effort and/or noise from the power steering system. • The use of the non-specified fluid could reduce the effectiveness of the power steering system and cause damage to it. 7 17 Maintenance AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID (IF EQUIPPED) OTQ077008 G100100ATQ-UK Checking the automatic transmission fluid level ✽ NOTICE If your vehicle is not equipped with the automatic transmission level gauge, have the automatic transmission fluid inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer according to the maintenance schedule. 7 18 If your vehicle is equipped with the automatic transmission level gauge, inspect the fluid level as follows. The automatic transmission fluid level should be checked regularly. Keep the vehicle on the level ground with the parking brake applied and check the fluid level according to the following procedure. 1. Place the selector lever in N (Neutral) position and confirm the engine is running at normal idle speed. 2. After the transmission is warmed up sufficiently (fluid temperature 70~80°C (158~176°F), for example by 10 minutes usual driving, move the shift lever through all positions then place the selector lever in “N (Neutral) or P (Park)” position. OTQ077009 3. Confirm that the fluid level is in “HOT” range on the level gauge. If the fluid level is lower, add the specified fluid from the fill hole. If the fluid level is higher, drain the fluid from the drain hole. 4. If the fluid level is checked in cold condition (fluid temperature 20~30°C (68~86°F) add the fluid to “C” (COLD) line and then recheck the fluid level according to the above step 2. Maintenance WARNING - Transmission fluid The transmission fluid level should be checked when the engine is at normal operating temperature. This means that the engine, radiator, radiator hose and exhaust system etc., are very hot. Exercise great care not to burn yourself during this procedure. CAUTION • Low fluid level causes transmission slippage. Overfilling can cause foaming, loss of fluid and transmission malfunction. • The use of a non-specified fluid could result in transmission malfunction and failure. WARNING - Parking brake To avoid sudden movement of the vehicle, apply parking brake and depress the brake pedal before moving the shift lever. ✽ NOTICE “C” (COLD) range is for reference only and should NOT be used to determine transmission fluid level. ✽ NOTICE New automatic transmission fluid should be red. The red dye is added so the assembly plant can identify it as automatic transmission fluid and distinguish it from engine oil or antifreeze. The red dye, which is not an indicator of fluid quality, is not permanent. As the vehicle is driven, the automatic transmission fluid will begin to look darker. The colour may eventually appear light brown. Therefore, have a HYUNDAI authorised repairer change the automatic transmission fluid according to the Scheduled Maintenance. Use only the specified automatic transmission fluid. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants and capacities” in section 9.) G100200AFD-UK Changing the automatic transmission fluid Have automatic transmission fluid changed by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer according to the Maintenance Schedule. 7 19 Maintenance WASHER FLUID PARKING BRAKE However, use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing. Front WARNING - Coolant OTQ077010 Rear (if equipped) OTQ077011 G120100AUN-UK Checking the washer fluid level The reservoir is translucent so that you can check the level with a quick visual inspection. Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available. 7 20 • Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. • Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windscreen and may cause loss of vehicle control or damage to paint and body trim. • Windscreen washer fluid agents contain some amounts of alcohol and can be flammable under certain circumstances. Do not allow sparks or flame to contact the washer fluid or the washer fluid reservoir. Damage to the vehicle or occupants could occur. • Windscreen washer fluid is poisonous to humans and animals. Do not drink and avoid contacting windscreen washer fluid. Serious injury or death could occur. OTQ057008 G140100AFD-UK Checking the parking brake Check the stroke of the parking brake by counting the number of “clicks’’ heard whilst fully applying it from the released position. Also, the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the stroke is more or less than specified, have the parking brake adjusted by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Stroke : 7 “clicks’’ at a force 44 lbs (20 kg, 196 N). of Maintenance FUEL FILTER (FOR DIESEL) G150100AFD-UK Draining water from fuel filter The fuel filter for diesel engine plays an important role of separating water from fuel and accumulating the water in its bottom. If water accumulates in the fuel filter, the warning light comes on when the ignition switch is in the ON position. If the light is turned on, take your car to the HYUNDAI authorised repairer and have drain the water and checked the system. CAUTION If the water accumulated in the fuel filter is not drained at proper times, damages to the major parts such as the fuel system can be caused by water permeation in the fuel filter. OTQ077012R G150200AEN Fuel filter cartridge replacement ✽ NOTICE When replacing the fuel filter cartridge, use HYUNDAI genuine parts. 7 21 Maintenance AIR CLEANER OTQ077015 OTQ077013 G160100AEN Filter replacement OTQ077014 1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching clips and open the cover. It must be replaced when necessary, and should not be cleaned and reused. OTQ077016 2. Replace the air cleaner filter. 3. Lock the cover with the cover attaching clips. 7 22 Maintenance CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED) Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas, replace the element more often than the usual recommended intervals. CAUTION • Do not drive with the air cleaner removed; this will result in excessive engine wear. • When removing the air cleaner filter, be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake, or damage may result. • Use a HYUNDAI genuine part. Use of non-genuine parts could damage the air flow sensor or turbocharger. OTQ077017/H OTQ077018R G170100AEN G170200ATQ Filter inspection Filter replacement The climate control air filter should be replaced every 10,000 miles (15,000 km). If the vehicle is operated in severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period, it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier. When you replace the climate control air filter, replace it performing the following procedure, and be careful to avoid damaging other components. 1. Open the glove box and remove the support rod (1). 7 23 Maintenance OTQ077019R OTQ077020R OTQ077021 2. With the glove box open, remove the stoppers on both sides to allow the glove box to hang freely on the hinges. 3. Remove the climate control air filter cover by turning the cover stopper (1) and then remove the air filters. 4. Replace the climate control air filter. 5. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly. ✽ NOTICE When replacing the climate control air filter install it properly. Otherwise, the system may produce noise and the effectiveness of the filter may be reduced. 7 24 Maintenance WIPER BLADES Contamination of either the windscreen or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windscreen wipers. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments used by some commercial car washes. If the blades are not wiping properly, clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse thoroughly with clean water. 1JBA5122/H G180100AUN-UK Blade inspection ✽ NOTICE Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic car washes have been known to make the windscreen difficult to clean. G180200AUN Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean adequately, the blades may be worn or cracked, and require replacement. CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manually. CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper blades, do not use petrol, kerosene, paint thinner, or other solvents on or near them. CAUTION The use of a non-specified wiper blade could result in wiper malfunction and failure. 7 25 Maintenance 1LDA5023 G180201ATQ-UK Front windscreen wiper blade 1. Raise the wiper arm. CAUTION Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windscreen, since it may chip or crack the windscreen. 7 26 1JBA7037 1JBA7038 2. Compress the clip and slide the blade assembly downward. 3. Lift it off the arm. 4. Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal. Maintenance BATTERY OEN076018 G180202AFD-UK Rear window wiper blade (if equipped) 1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the wiper blade assembly. OEN076019 2. Install the new blade assembly by inserting the centre part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place. 3. Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly. To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, have a HYUNDAI authorised repairer replace the wiper blade. OTQ077022 G190100AUN For best battery service • Keep the battery securely mounted. • Keep the battery top clean and dry. • Keep the terminals and connections clean, tight, and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease. • Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda. • If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time, disconnect the battery cables. 7 27 Maintenance WARNING - Battery dangers Always read the following instructions carefully when handling a battery. Keep lighted cigarettes and all other flames or sparks away from the battery. Hydrogen, a highly combustible gas, is always present in battery cells and may explode if ignited. Keep batteries out of the reach of children because batteries contain highly corrosive SULFURIC ACID. Do not allow battery acid to contact your skin, eyes, clothing or paint finish. (Continued) 7 28 (Continued) If any electrolyte gets into your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If electrolyte gets on your skin, thoroughly wash the contacted area. If you feel a pain or a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately. Wear eye protection when charging or working near a battery. Always provide ventilation when working in an enclosed space. • When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak, resulting in personal injury. Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners. • Never attempt to recharge the battery when the battery cables are connected. (Continued) (Continued) • The electrical ignition system works with high voltage. Never touch these components with the engine running or the ignition switched on. Failure to follow the above warnings can result in serious bodily injury or death. Maintenance G190200AUN-UK Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance-free, calcium-based battery. • If the battery becomes discharged in a short time (because, for example, the headlights or interior lights were left on whilst the vehicle was not in use), recharge it by slow charging (trickle) for 10 hours. • If the battery gradually discharges because of high electric load whilst the vehicle is being used, recharge it at 2030A for two hours. WARNING - Recharging battery When recharging the battery, observe the following precautions: • The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in an area with good ventilation. • Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or flame near the battery. • Watch the battery during charging, and stop or reduce the charging rate if the battery cells begin gassing (boiling) violently or if the temperature of the electrolyte of any cell exceeds 49°C (120°F). • Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging. (Continued) (Continued) • Disconnect the battery charger in the following order. 1. Turn off the battery charger main switch. 2. Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal. 3. Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal. • Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery, turn off all accessories and stop the engine. • The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is disconnected. G190300ATQ Reset items Items should be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected. • Climate control system (See section 4) • Clock (See section 4) • Audio (See section 4) 7 29 Maintenance TYRES AND WHEELS G200100AUN-UK CAUTION Tyre care For proper maintenance, safety, and maximum fuel economy, you must always maintain recommended tyre inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle. G200200AEN-UK Recommended cold tyre inflation pressures All tyre pressures (including the spare) should be checked when the tyres are cold. “Cold Tyres” means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or driven less than one mile (1.6 km). Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride, top vehicle handling, and minimum tyre wear. For recommended inflation pressure, refer to “Tyre and wheels” in section 9. 7 30 OTQ087003/H All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label attached to the vehicle. WARNING - Tyre underinflation Severe underinflation can lead to severe heat build-up, causing blowouts, tread separation and other tyre failures that can result in the loss of vehicle control leading to severe injury or death. This risk is much higher on hot days and when driving for long periods at high speeds. • Underinflation also results in excessive wear, poor handling and reduced fuel economy. Wheel deformation also is possible. Keep your tyre pressures at the proper levels. If a tyre frequently needs refilling, have it checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. • Overinflation produces a harsh ride, excessive wear at the centre of the tyre tread, and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards. Maintenance G200300AUN-UK CAUTION • Warm tyres normally exceed recommended cold tyre pressures by 4 to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not release air from warm tyres to adjust the pressure or the tyres will be underinflated. • Be sure to reinstall the tyre inflation valve caps. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible. WARNING - Tyre Inflation Overinflation or underinflation can reduce tyre life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tyre failure. This could result in loss of vehicle control and potential injury. CAUTION - Tyre pressure Always observe the following: • Check tyre pressure when the tyres are cold. (After vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or hasn't been driven more than 1.6 km (one mile) since startup.) • Check the pressure of your spare tyre each time you check the pressure of other tyres. • Never overload your vehicle. Be careful not to overload a vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one. • Worn, old tyres can cause accidents. If your tread is badly worn, or if your tyres have been damaged, replace them. Checking tyre inflation pressure Check your tyres once a month or more. Also, check the tyre pressure of the spare tyre. G200301AEN-UK How to check Use a good quality gauge to check tyre pressure. You can not tell if your tyres are properly inflated simply by looking at them. Radial tyres may look properly inflated even when they're underinflated. Check the tyre's inflation pressure when the tyres are cold. - "Cold" means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile (1.6 km). 7 31 Maintenance Remove the valve cap from the tyre valve stem. Press the tyre gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement. If the cold tyre inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tyre and loading information label, no further adjustment is necessary. If the pressure is low, add air until you reach the recommended amount. If you overfill the tyre, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the centre of the tyre valve. Recheck the tyre pressure with the tyre gauge. Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture. 7 32 G200400AUN-UK WARNING • Inspect your tyres frequently for proper inflation as well as wear and damage. Always use a tyre pressure gauge. • Tyres with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling, loss of vehicle control, and sudden tyre failure leading to accidents, injuries, and even death. The recommended cold tyre pressure for your vehicle can be found in this manual and on the tyre label located on the driver's side centre pillar. • Worn tyres can cause accidents. Replace tyres that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. • Remember to check the pressure of your spare tyre. HYUNDAI recommends that you check the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tyres on your vehicle. Tyre rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recommended that the tyres be rotated every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or sooner if irregular wear develops. During rotation, check the tyres for correct balance. When rotating tyres, check for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tyre pressure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking or severe cornering. Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tyre. Replace the tyre if you find either of these conditions. Replace the tyre if fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, be sure to bring the front and rear tyre pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness. Refer to “Tyre and wheels” in section 9. Maintenance Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tyres are rotated. With a full-size spare tyre ✽ NOTICE Rotate radial tyres that have an asymmetric tread pattern only from front to rear and not from right to left. S2BLA790 Without a spare tyre WARNING S2BLA790A Directional tyres (if equipped) • Do not use the compact spare tyre for tyre rotation. • Do not mix bias ply and radial ply tyres under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling characteristics that could result in death, severe injury, or property damage. G200500AUN-UK Wheel alignment and tyre balance The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tyre life and best overall performance. In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels aligned again. However, if you notice unusual tyre wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other, the alignment may need to be reset. If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your wheels may need to be rebalanced. CAUTION Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle's aluminum wheels. Use only approved wheel weights. CBGQ0707A 7 33 Maintenance WARNING - Replacing Tread wear indicator OEN076053 G200600AEN-UK Tyre replacement If the tyre is worn evenly, a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread. This shows there is less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread left on the tyre. Replace the tyre when this happens. Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replacing the tyre. 7 34 tyres To reduce the chance or serious or fatal injuries from an accident caused by tyre failure or loss of vehicle control: • Replace tyres that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tyres can cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering control, and traction. • Do not drive your vehicle with too little or too much pressure in your tyres. This can lead to uneven wear and tyre failure. • When replacing tyres, never mix radial and bias-ply tyres on the same car. You must replace all tyres (including the spare) if moving from radial to bias-ply tyres. (Continued) (Continued) • Using tyres and wheel other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics and poor vehicle control, resulting in a serious accident. • Wheels that do not meet HYUNDAI’s specifications may fit poorly and result in damage to the vehicle or unusual handling and poor vehicle control. • The ABS works by comparing the speed of the wheels. Tyre size can affect wheel speed. When replacing tyres, all 4 tyres must use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tyres of a different size can cause the ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) and ESP (Electronic Stability Program) (if equipped) to work irregularly. Maintenance G200700BUN-UK G200800AUN-UK Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels for any reason, make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter, rim width and offset. Tyre traction Tyre traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tyres, tyres that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces. Tyres should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear. To reduce the possibility of losing control, slow down whenever there is rain, snow or ice on the road. WARNING A wheel that is not the correct size may adversely affect wheel and bearing life, braking and stopping abilities, handling characteristics, ground clearance, body-to-tyre clearance, snow chain clearance, speedometer and odometer calibration, headlight aim and bumper height. 1 5,6 7 4 2 3 1 G200900AUN-UK Tyre maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tyre wear. If you find a tyre is worn unevenly, have your repairer check the wheel alignment. When you have new tyres installed, make sure they are balanced. This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tyre life. Additionally, a tyre should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel. I030B04JM G201000AUN-UK Tyre sidewall labeling This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tyre and also provides the tyre identification number (TIN) for safety standard certification. The TIN can be used to identify the tyre in case of a recall. G201001AUN 1. Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown. 7 35 Maintenance G201002AEN-UK 2. Tyre size designation A tyre’s sidewall is marked with a tyre size designation. You will need this information when selecting replacement tyres for your car. The following explains what the letters and numbers in the tyre size designation mean. Example tyre size designation: (These numbers are provided as an example only; your tyre size designator could vary depending on your vehicle.) P245/65R17 105T P - Applicable vehicle type (tyres marked with the prefix “P’’ are intended for use on passenger cars or light trucks; however, not all tyres have this marking). 245 - Tyre width in millimeters. 65 - Aspect ratio. The tyre’s section height as a percentage of its width. R - Tyre construction code (Radial). 17 - Rim diameter in inches. 7 36 105 - Load Index, a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tyre can carry. T - Speed Rating Symbol. See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information. Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with important information that you need if you ever have to replace one. The following explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designation mean. Example wheel size designation: 7.0JX17 7.0 - Rim width in inches. J - Rim contour designation. 17 - Rim diameter in inches. Tyre speed ratings The chart below lists many of the different speed ratings currently being used for passenger car tyres. The speed rating is part of the tyre size designation on the sidewall of the tyre. This symbol corresponds to that tyre's designed maximum safe operating speed. Speed Rating Symbol S T H V Z Maximum Speed 112 mph (180 km/h) 118 mph (190 km/h) 130 mph (210 km/h) 149 mph (240 km/h) Above 149 mph (240 km/h) Maintenance G201003AEN-UK 3. Checking tyre life (TIN : Tyre Identification Number) Any tyres that are over 6 years old, based on the manufacturing date, (including the spare tyre) should be replaced by new ones. You can find the manufacturing date on the tyre sidewall (possibly on the inside of the wheel), displaying the DOT Code. The DOT Code is a series of numbers on a tyre consisting of numbers and English letters. The manufacturing date is designated by the last four digits (characters) of the DOT code. DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO The front part of the DOT means a plant code number, tyre size and tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured. For example: DOT XXXX XXXX 1608 represents that the tyre was produced in the 16th week of 2008. G201005AUN-UK WARNING - Tyre age Tyres degrade over time, even when they are not being used. Regardless of the remaining tread, it is recommended that tyres generally be replaced after six (6) years of normal service. Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process. Failure to follow this warning can result in sudden tyre failure, which could lead to a loss of control and an accident involving serious injury or death. G201004AEN-UK 5. Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tyre. Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure. Refer to the Tyre and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pressure. G201006AUN-UK 6. Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tyre. When replacing the tyres on the vehicle, always use a tyre that has the same load rating as the factory installed tyre. 4. Tyre ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tyre. Tyre manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tyre, which include steel, nylon, polyester, and others. The letter "R" means radial ply construction; the letter "D" means diagonal or bias ply construction; and the letter "B" means belted-bias ply construction. 7 37 Maintenance G2010007BEN-UK 7. Uniform tyre quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tyre sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example: TREAD wear 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATUE A Tread wear The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tyre when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tyre graded 150 would wear one-and-ahalf times (1½) as well on the government course as a tyre graded 100. The relative performance of tyres depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate. 7 38 These grades are molded on the side-walls of passenger vehicle tyres. The tyres available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade. Traction - AA, A, B & C The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the tyre’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tyre marked C may have poor traction performance. WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tyre is based on straightahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics. Temperature -A, B & C The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tyre’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tyre to degenerate and reduce tyre life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tyre failure. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law. WARNING - Tyre temperature The temperature grade for this tyre is established for a tyre that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat build-up and possible sudden tyre failure. This can cause loss of vehicle control and serious injury or death. Maintenance FUSES Blade type Normal Blown Cartridge type Normal Blown Fusible link Normal This vehicle has 3 fuse panels, one located in the driver’s side panel bolster, the other in the engine compartment. If any of your vehicle’s lights, accessories, or controls do not work, check the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has blown, the element inside the fuse will be melted. If the electrical system does not work, first check the driver’s side fuse panel. Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating. If the replacement fuse blows, this indicates an electrical problem. Avoid using the system involved and immediately consult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Three kinds of fuses are used: blade type for lower amperage rating, cartridge type, and fusible link for higher amperage ratings. WARNING - Fuse replacement • Never replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the same rating. • A higher capacity fuse could cause damage and possibly a fire. • Never install a wire instead of the proper fuse - even as a temporary repair. It may cause extensive wiring damage and a possible fire. CAUTION Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system. Blown 1VQA4037 G210000AEN-UK A vehicle’s electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses. 7 39 Maintenance If the headlights or other electrical components do not work and the fuses are OK, check the fuse panel in the engine compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must be replaced. OTQ077040R G210100AFD-UK Instrument panel fuse replacement 1. Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off. 2. Open the fuse panel cover. 7 40 OTQ077041R 3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out. Use the removal tool provided in the engine compartment fuse panel. 4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. Spare fuses are provided in the inner fuse panel (or in the engine compartment fuse panel). 5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. If you do not have a spare, use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle, such as the cigarette lighter fuse. Maintenance ✽ NOTICE • If the memory fuse is pulled up from the fuse panel, the warning chime, audio, clock and interior lamps, etc., will not operate. Some items must be reset after replacement. Refer to “Battery” in this section. • Even though the memory fuse is pulled up, the battery can still be discharged by operation of the headlights or other electrical devices. OTQ077042 OTQ077043R Diesel only G210101AUN Memory fuse Your vehicle is equipped with a memory fuse to prevent battery discharge if your vehicle is parked without being operated for prolonged periods. Use the following procedures before parking the vehicle for prolonged periods. 1. Turn off the engine. 2. Turn off the headlights and tail lights. 3. Open the driver’s side panel cover and pull up the memory fuse. OTQ077044R G210200AEN-UK Engine compartment fuse replacement 1. Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off. 2. Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tab and pulling up. 7 41 Maintenance 3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. To remove or insert the fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse panel. 4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. ✽ NOTICE If the main fuse is blown, consult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. CAUTION After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment, securely install the fuse panel cover. If not, electrical failures may occur from water contact. 7 42 OTQ077045 G210201AEN-UK Main fuse If the main fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows: 1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 2. Remove the nuts shown in the picture above. 3. Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating. 4. Reinstall in the reverse order of removal. Maintenance G210300ATQ-UK Fuse/relay panel description Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity. Instrument panel fuse panel Engine compartment fuse panel ✽ NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label. Diesel only OTQ077046R/OTQ077047R/OTQ077048R 7 43 Maintenance Instrument panel fuse panel Description Fuse rating AUDIO-2 C/LIGHTER S/HTD DRI DRL RR FOG LP H/LP FRT WIPER BCM HTR 10A 20A 10A 10A 15A 10A 25A 10A 10A B/UP LP ABS T/SIG LP A/BAG A/BAG IND CLUSTER ECU START MIRR HTD STOP LP BWS 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 15A 10A 7 44 Protected component Audio, Digital clock, BCM, Power outside mirror switch Cigarette lighter, Front power outlet Driver seat warmer switch (if equipped) BCM (if equipped) Rear fog lamp relay Head lamp High/Low relay Front wiper relay, Front wiper motor BCM Front/Rear blower relay, Front/Rear A/C control module, Condenser fan relay, Electro chromic mirror, Thermo switch, PTC heater relay(D4CB), EGR solenoid valve(D4BH) Back-up lamp relay, Back-up lamp switch, Transmission range switch ABS/ESP control module, ESP switch(D4CB) Hazard switch SRS control module Instrument cluster Instrument cluster, BCM, Immobiliser control module(D4BH), A/C relay(D4BH), Generator resister Vehicle speed sensor, ECM, Air flow sensor(D4CB), Injection pump(D4BH), TCM, Fuel filter warning sensor Start relay, Burglar alarm relay Front A/C control module, Power outside mirror & defogger LH/RH Stop lamp switch Buzzer Maintenance Description DR LOCK FRT FOG LP B/ALARM AUDIO-1 (POWER CONNECTOR) ROOM LP (POWER CONNECTOR) HAZARD FUEL LID P/WDW LH P/WDW RH Fuse rating Protected component 20A 10A 10A 15A Door lock/unlock relay Front fog lamp relay Burglar alarm horn relay Audio 10A Digital clock, Instrument cluster, Courtesy lamp LH/RH, Step lamp LH/RH, Cargo lamp, Room lamp switch, Door warning switch, Data link connector, BCM, Vanity lamp switch LH/RH, Overhead console lamp Hazard relay, Hazard switch Fuel filler door relay Power window main switch, Power window switch LH Power window main switch, Power window switch RH 15A 15A 25A 25A 7 45 Maintenance Engine compartment main fuse panel Description ALT BATT 1 BATT 2 BATT 3/RAD FAN IGN 1 IGN 2 ECU MAIN FRT HTR RR HTD RR HTR ABS 1 ABS 2 C/FAN F/FILTER ECU/TCU HORN BURNER F/PUMP ALT H/LP HI A/CON FRT DEICER TAIL LH 7 46 Fuse rating Protected component 150A Fuse(A/CON, FRT DEICER), Fusible link(FRT HTR, RR HTR, RR HTD, C/FAN, F/FILTER, ABS 1/2), Generator, E/R fuse & relay box RH Fuse(DR LOCK, FRT FOG LP, B/ALARM, Power connector(AUDIO-1, ROOM LP)) Fuse(FUEL LID, P/WDW LH/RH, HAZARD), Multipurpose check connector Fuse(STOP LP, BWS), Radiator fan relay(G4KC) Ignition switch(ACC, IG1) Ignition switch(IG2, START), Start relay Engine control relay Front blower relay Rear defogger relay Rear blower relay ABS control module(G4KC) ABS control module(G4KC) Condenser fan relay 1 Fuel filter heater relay(DIESEL) TCM, ECM (Petrol) Horn relay Fuel fired heater control module(D4CB) Fuel pump relay(G4KC) Generator(D4BH) Head lamp(HIGH) relay, Head lamp(LOW) relay A/C relay Windscreen defogger relay (if equipped) Head lamp LH(Position lamp), Rear combi lamp LH, License lamp LH 50A 30A 40A 40A 40A 30A/20A 40A 40A 40A 40A 40A 30A 30A 10A 10A 20A 15A 10A 15A 10A 15A 10A Maintenance Description Fuse rating TAIL RH H/LP LO LH H/LP LO RH SNSR 1 10A 10A 10A 10A SNSR 2 15A IGN COIL ECU 1 ECU 2 SAFETY P/WDW 15A 10A 20A 20A Protected component Head lamp RH(Position lamp), Rear combi lamp RH, License lamp RH Head lamp LH Head lamp RH A/C relay, Condenser fan relay(D4CB), Lambda sensor(D4CB), PTC heater relay #1(D4CB), Stop lamp switch(D4CB) D4CB:Camshaft position sensor, Glow plug relay, EGR actuator, VGT control valve, Immobiliser control module G4KC:Fuel pump relay, Canister purge solenoid valve, Oil control valve, Crankshaft position sensor, Oxygen sensor, Immobiliser control module, Idle speed control actuator Ignition coil #1~#4(G4KC), Condenser(G4KC) ECM(D4CB) ECM(D4CB, G4KC), Injector #1~#4(G4KC) Safety power window 7 47 Maintenance Engine compartment sub fuse panel (Diesel engine) Description GLOW PTC 1 PTC 2 PTC 3 ABS 1 ABS 2 GLOW 7 48 Fuse rating 80A 40A 40A 40A 40A 40A 10A Protected component Glow plug relay PTC heater relay #1 PTC heater relay #2 PTC heater relay #3 ABS/ESP control module ABS/ESP control module ECM (D4BH) Maintenance LIGHT BULBS G220000AEN-UK CAUTION WARNING - Working on the lights Prior to working on the light, firmly apply the parking brake, ensure that the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position and turn off the lights to avoid sudden movement of the vehicle and burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock. Use only the bulbs of the specified wattage. CAUTION Be sure to replace the burned-out bulb with one of the same wattage rating. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the fuse or electric wiring system. If you don’t have necessary tools, the correct bulbs and the expertise, consult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. In many cases, it is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the bulb. This is especially true if you have to remove the headlight assembly to get to the bulb(s). Removing/installing the headlight assembly can result in damage to the vehicle. ✽ NOTICE After heavy, driving rain or washing, headlight and taillight lenses could appear frosty. This condition is caused by the temperature difference between the lamp inside and outside. This is similar to the condensation on your windows inside your vehicle during the rain and doesn’t indicate a problem with your vehicle. If the water leaks into the lamp bulb circuitry, have the vehicle checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. OTQ077049 G220100AUN Headlight, position light, turn signal light, front fog light bulb replacement (1) Headlight (High) (2) Headlight (Low) (3) Position light (4) Front turn signal light (5) Front fog light (if equipped) 7 49 Maintenance (Continued) • If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it. • Wear eye protection when changing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down before handling it. OTQ077063 G220101ATQ-UK Headlight bulb WARNING - Halogen bulbs • Halogen bulbs contain pressurized gas that will produce flying pieces of glass if broken. • Always handle them carefully, and avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids. Never touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit. A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlight. (Continued) 7 50 OTQ077062 1. Open the bonnet. 2. Remove the headlight bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise. 3. Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly. 4. Install a new headlight bulb assembly. 5. Install the headlight bulb cover by turning it clockwise. Maintenance G220102ATQ-UK Turn signal light/position light, fog light bulb (if equipped) Turn signal light 1. If necessary, remove the headlight assembly by loosening the headlight installation bolts. When you remove the headlight assembly, you may need to remove the bumper according to the vehicle. 2. Replace the malfunctioned light bulb. 3. Install the headlight assembly. Fog light bulb (if equipped) 1. Remove the fog light under cover by loosening the screw. 2. Replace the malfunctioned light bulb. 3. Install the fog light under cover. OTQ077050 Position light 1. Open the bonnet. 2. Remove the socket by turning it counterclockwise. 3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 4. Insert a new bulb in the socket. 5. Install the position light socket. OTQ077056 G220200AUN Side repeater light bulb replacement (if equipped) 1. Remove the light assembly from the vehicle by prying the lens and pulling the assembly out. 2. Disconnect the bulb electrical connector. 3. Separate the socket and the lens parts by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the lens part. 4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 5. Insert a new bulb in the socket. 6. Reassemble the socket and the lens part. 7. Connect the bulb electrical connector. 8. Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle. 7 51 Maintenance - Without rear fog light (1) Tail light (2) Back-up light (3) Rear turn signal light (4) Stop light Type A OTQ077051 Type B OTQ077051G G220300ATQ Rear combination light bulb replacement 7 52 - With rear fog light (1) Tail and stop light (2) Back-up light (3) Rear turn signal light (4) Rear fog light OTQ077052 OTQ077053 1. Open the tailgate. 2. Loosen the light assembly retaining screws with a philips head screwdriver. 3. Remove the rear combination light assembly from the body of the vehicle. Maintenance 6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place. 7. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. 8. Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle. OTQ077060G OTQ077054 OTQ077091 OTQ077055 4. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 5. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket. G220400ATQ High mounted stop light replacement (if equipped) 1. Open the tailgate. 2. Loosen the light assembly retaining bolts with a proper tool. 7 53 Maintenance 4. Install a new bulb. 5. Reinstall the lens securely with the lens retaining screws. Type A OEN076039 OTQ077092 3. Remove the light assembly from the body of the vehicle. 4. Separate the socket and the lens parts by removing the screws with a philips head screwdriver. 5. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 6. Insert a new bulb in the socket. 7. Reassemble the socket and the lens part. 8. Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle. Type B OTQ077081 G220500AUN License plate light bulb replacement 1. Loosen the lens retaining screws with a philips head screwdriver. 2. Remove the lens. 3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 7 54 Maintenance 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens from the interior light housing. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. Type A WARNING OTQ077065 Type B Prior to working on the Interior Lights, ensure that the “OFF” button is depressed to avoid burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock. 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Align the lens tabs with the interior light housing notches and snap the lens into place. OTQ077065G Type C CAUTION Use care not to dirty or damage lens, lens tab, and plastic housings. OTQ077065L G220600AUN Interior light bulb replacement 7 55 Maintenance APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care G230101AUN Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish. Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label. G230102AEN-UK Finish maintenance Washing To help protect your vehicle’s finish from rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water. If you use your vehicle for off-road driving, you should wash it after each offroad trip. Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign materials. Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean. 7 56 Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle’s finish if not removed immediately. Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on painted surfaces, may be used. After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow soap to dry on the finish. OJB037800 CAUTION Do not use strong soap, chemical detergents or hot water, and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm. WARNING - Wet brakes After washing the vehicle, test the brakes whilst driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly whilst maintaining a slow forward speed. CAUTION • Water washing in the engine compartment including high pressure water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment. • Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them. Maintenance Waxing Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint. Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing. Use a good quality liquid or paste wax, and follow the manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster. Removing oil, tar, and similar materials with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need waxing. CAUTION G230103AUN G230104AUN Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly. Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense. Bright-metal maintenance • To remove road tar and insects, use a tar remover, not a scraper or other sharp object. • To protect the surfaces of bright-metal parts from corrosion, apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster. • During winter weather or in coastal areas, cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preservative. If necessary, coat the parts with non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound. ✽ NOTICE If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement, be sure the body shop applies anti-corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced. • Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish. • Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome-plated or anodized aluminium parts. This may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration. 7 57 Maintenance G230106AUN-UK G230105AUN-UK Underbody maintenance Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may collect on the underbody. If these materials are not removed, accelerated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaust system, even though they have been treated with rust protection. Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month, after off-road driving and at the end of each winter. Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it. The lower edges of doors, rocker panels, and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt; trapped water in these areas can cause rusting. 7 58 WARNING After washing the vehicle, test the brakes whilst driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly whilst maintaining a slow forward speed. Aluminium wheel maintenance The aluminium wheels are coated with a clear protective finish. • Do not use any abrasive cleaner, polishing compound, solvent, or wire brushes on aluminium wheels. They may scratch or damage the finish. • Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water. Also, be sure to clean the wheels after driving on salted roads. This helps prevent corrosion. • Avoid washing the wheels with highspeed car wash brushes. • Do not use any acid detergent. It may damage and corrode the aluminium wheels coated with a clear protective finish. Maintenance G230107AUN-UK Corrosion protection Protecting your vehicle from corrosion In using the most advanced design and construction practices, every HYUNDAI is built to retain its original factory finish for many years. However, long term durability is also greatly dependant upon maintaining the various protection systems and coatings used in manufacture since constant exposure to the elements will eventually result in their breakdown and loss of effectiveness. The following suggestions are made to assist in the maintenance of the vehicle bodywork. Common causes of corrosion The most common causes of corrosion on your car are: • Road salt, dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the car. • Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion. High-corrosion areas If you live in an area where your car is regularly exposed to corrosive materials, corrosion protection is particularly important. Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts, dust control chemicals, ocean air and industrial pollution. Moisture breeds corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur. For example, corrosion is accelerated by high humidity, particularly when temperatures are just above freezing. In such conditions, the corrosive material is kept in contact with the car surfaces by moisture that is slow to evaporate. Mud is particularly corrosive because it is slow to dry and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle. Although the mud appears to be dry, it can still retain the moisture and promote corrosion. High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to keep your car clean and free of mud or accumulations of other materials. This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the car. 7 59 Maintenance To help prevent corrosion You can help prevent corrosion from getting started by observing the following: Keep your car clean The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your car clean and free of corrosive materials. Attention to the underside of the car is particularly important. • If you live in a high-corrosion area — where road salts are used, near the ocean, areas with industrial pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you should take extra care to prevent corrosion. In winter, hose off the underside of your car at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over. 7 60 • When cleaning underneath the car, give particular attention to the components under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view. Do a thorough job; just dampening the accumulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials. • When cleaning lower door panels, rocker panels and frame members, be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion. Keep your garage dry Don't park your car in a damp, poorly ventilated garage. This creates a favorable environment for corrosion. This is particularly true if you wash your car in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow, ice or mud. Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed. Keep paint and trim in good condition Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with "touch-up" paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of corrosion. If bare metal is showing through, the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended. Bird droppings : Bird droppings are highly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours. Always remove bird droppings as soon as possible. Don't neglect the interior Moisture can collect under the floor mats and carpeting to cause corrosion. Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry. Use particular care if you carry fertilisers, cleaning materials or chemicals in the car. These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up, flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried. Maintenance Interior care G230201AUN Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oil from contacting the dashboard because they may cause damage or discoloration. If they do contact the dashboard, wipe them off immediately. See the instructions that follow for the proper way to clean vinyl. CAUTION Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them. G230202AUN-UK G230203AUN Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner. Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt webbing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow the instructions provided with the soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing because this may weaken it. Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or carpets. Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention, the fabric can be stained and its colour can be affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained. CAUTION Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric’s appearance and fireresistant properties. G230204AUN Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy film), they should be cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container. CAUTION Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window. This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid. 7 61 Maintenance EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) G270000AEN-UK The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty. Please see the warranty information contained in the Service Passport in your vehicle. Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system to meet all applicable emission regulations. There are three emission control systems, as follows. (1) Crankcase emission control system (2) Evaporative emission control system (3) Exhaust emission control system In order to assure the proper function of the emission control systems, it is recommended that you have your car inspected and maintained by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual. 7 62 Caution for the Inspection and Maintenance Test (With Electronic Stability Program (ESP) system) • To prevent the vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing, turn the Electronic Stability Program (ESP) system off by pressing the ESP switch. • After dynamometer testing is completed, turn the ESP system back on by pressing the ESP switch again. G270100AUN 1. Crankcase emission control system The positive crankcase ventilation system is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow-by gases being emitted from the crankcase. This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose. Inside the crankcase, the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases, which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system. G270200AUN-UK 2. Evaporative emission control (including ORVR: Onboard Refuelling Vapour Recovery) system The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapours from escaping into the atmosphere. (The ORVR system is designed to allow the vapours from the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister whilst refuelling at the fuel station, preventing the escape of fuel vapours into the atmosphere.) Maintenance G270201AUN-UK G270300AUN-UK G270302AUN-UK Canister Fuel vapours generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister. When the engine is running, the fuel vapours absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control solenoid valve. 3. Exhaust emission control system Engine exhaust gas precautions (carbon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if you smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside your vehicle, have it inspected and repaired immediately. If you ever suspect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle, drive it only with all the windows fully open. Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately. G270202AUN Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV) The purge control solenoid valve is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM); when the engine coolant temperature is low during idling, the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the engine. After the engine warmsup during ordinary driving, the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine. The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions whilst maintaining good vehicle performance. G270301AUN Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified. Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty. WARNING - Exhaust Engine exhaust gases contain carbon monoxide (CO). Though colourless and odourless, it is dangerous and could be lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions following to avoid CO poisoning. 7 63 Maintenance • Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas (such as garages) any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area. • When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running, adjust the ventilation system (as needed) to draw outside air into the vehicle. • Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle for any extended time with the engine running. • When the engine stalls or fails to start, excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system. 7 64 G270303AEN-UK Operating precautions for catalytic converters (if equipped) WARNING - Fire A hot exhaust system can ignite flammable items under your vehicle. Do not park, idle, or drive the vehicle over or near flammable objects, such as grass, vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control device. Therefore, the following precautions must be observed: • Use only UNLEADED FUEL for petrol engines. • Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction, such as misfire or a noticeable loss of performance. • Do not misuse or abuse the engine. Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off. • Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods (5 minutes or more). • Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must be made by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. • Avoid driving with a very low fuel level. If you run out of petrol, it could cause the engine to misfire and result in excessive loading of the catalytic converter. Failure to observe these precautions could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle. Additionally, such actions could void your warranties. Vehicle identification number (VIN) / 8-2 Vehicle certification label / 8-2 Tyre specification and pressure label / 8-2 Engine number / 8-3 Consumer information 8 Consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL TYRE SPECIFICATION AND PRESSURE LABEL Frame number OTQ087001 VIN label (if equipped) OTQ087002 OEN086004N H010000ATQ The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the number used in registering your car and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc. 8 2 OTQ087003/H H020000AUN-UK H030000AUN-UK The vehicle certification label located on the driver’s (or front passenger’s) side centre pillar gives the vehicle identification number (VIN). The tyres supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving. The tyre label located on the driver's side centre pillar gives the tyre pressures recommended for your car. Consumer information ENGINE NUMBER Diesel engine OTQ087004 Petrol engine B060D01P H04000AUN The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing. 8 3 Dimensions / 9-2 Bulb wattage / 9-2 Tyres and wheels / 9-3 Recommended lubricants and capacities / 9-4 Specifications 9 Specifications DIMENSIONS BULB WATTAGE I010000ATQ I030000ATQ Item in (mm) Overall length 201.8 (5125) Overall width 75.6 (1920) Overall height 75.8 (1925) Front tread 66.3 (1685) Rear tread 65.4 (1660) Wheelbase 126.0 (3200) The above dimensions are based on 12-seater/8-seater vehicle. Light Bulb Headlights (Low) Headlights (High) Front turn signal lights Position lights Side repeater lights* Front fog lights* Rear fog light* Stop and tail lights Rear turn signal lights Back-up lights High mounted stop light* License plate lights Room lamps Luggage lamp* Step lamp* * : If equipped 9 2 Wattage 55 55 21 5 5 27 21 21/5 21 16 5 5 10 10 5 Specifications TYRES AND WHEELS I020000ATQ-UK Inflation pressure bar (psi, kPa) Item Full size tyre Tyre size 215/70R16 Wheel size 6.5Jx16 Wagon Normal load *1 Wheel lug nut torque Van Maximum load kg•m (lb•ft, N•m) Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear 2.9 3.25 2.9 3.5 2.9 3.5 (42, 290) (47,325) (42, 290) (51,350) (42, 290) (51,350) 9~11 (65~79, 88~107) * Normal load : Up to 3 persons ✽ NOTICE • Purchase of Regular tyre : Consult with a repairer about tyre replacement (Originally Equipped tyre maker : Hankook tyre Co.Ltd). Refer to web page : http://www.hankooktire.com/eur_eng/indexNew.asp • Recommended Snow tyre & Inflation pressure specification : 195/75R16C 8PR (Load index=107/105), 475 kPa (69 psi) 9 3 Specifications RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES I040000ATQ-UK To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy. These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle. Lubricant Engine oil * * 1 Volume 2 (drain and refill) Classification VGT* : API Service CH-4 or above, ACEA B4 3 Diesel engine 7.4 l (6.51 Imp. qts.) Petrol engine 4.3 l (3.78 Imp. qts.) WGT*4 : API Service CF-4 or above, ACEA B4 Recommends Manual API Service SJ, SL or above, ILSAC GF-3 or above Diesel engine 3.2 l (2.81 Imp. qts.) transmission fluid Petrol engine 1.95 l (1.71 Imp. qts.) Automatic Diesel engine 10.0 l (8.79 Imp. qts.) APOLLOIL ATF RED-1 transmission fluid Petrol engine 8.0 l (7.03 Imp. qts.) CASTLE AUTO FLUID T-IV, DIAMOND ATF SP-I 0.9~1.0 l (0.79~0.87 Imp. qts.) PSF-3 Power steering API Service GL-4 SAE 75W/85 *1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on page 9-6. *2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings. *3 VGT : Variable Geometry Turbocharger *4 WGT : Waste Gate Turbocharger 9 4 Specifications Lubricant Wagon Coolant Van Volume Classification Diesel engine 13 l (11.43 Imp. qts.) Petrol engine 10.2 l (8.97 Imp. qts.) Mixture of antifreeze and water Diesel engine 10 l (8.79 Imp. qts.) (Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminium radiator) Petrol engine 7.1 l (6.24 Imp. qts.) Brake fluid 0.7~0.8 l (0.61~0.70 Imp. qts.) Rear axle oil 1.8~2.4 l (1.58~2.11 Imp. qts.) FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4 The temperate zone (-30°C ~ 30°C) : API GL-4 (SAE 90) The torrid zone (30°C ~ ) : API GL-4 (SAE 140) The frigid zone ( ~ -30°C) : API GL-5 (SAE 80) Fuel 75 l (16.49 Imp. gal.) - 9 5 Specifications I040100AUN-UK Recommended SAE viscosity number CAUTION Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged. Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather. Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in engine damage. Temperature When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart. Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers °C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 (°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 50 120 20W-50 15W-40 Petrol Engine Oil *1 10W-30 5W-20, 5W-30 15W-40 10W-30 Diesel Engine Oil 5W-30 0W-30 *2 1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W20,5W-30 (API SJ, SL / ILSAC GF-3 or above). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart. 2. It is only for extreme cold area and to be restricted by driving condition and area. (Especially, not recommended for sustained high loaded and high speed operation.) 9 6 Index I Index A E Air bag - supplemental restraint system ······················ 3-35 Air cleaner ··································································· 7-22 Appearance care ·························································· 7-56 Audio system ······························································· 4-79 Automatic transmission ··············································· 5-11 Automatic transmission fluid ······································ 7-18 Economical operation ·················································· 5-29 Emergency starting ························································ 6-4 Emission control system ·············································· 7-62 Engine compartment ·············································· 2-4, 7-2 Engine coolant ····························································· 7-13 Engine number ······························································· 8-3 Engine oil ····································································· 7-12 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ··············· 7-9 B F Battery ········································································· 7-27 Before driving ································································ 5-3 Bonnet ·········································································· 4-21 Brake and clutch fluid ················································· 7-16 Brake system ······························································· 5-18 Bulb wattage ·································································· 9-2 Fuel filler lid ································································ 4-23 Fuel filter ····································································· 7-21 Fuel requirements ·························································· 1-2 Fuses ············································································ 7-39 C H Child restraint system ·················································· 3-24 Climate control air filter ·············································· 7-23 Hazard warning flasher ··············································· 4-46 How to use this manual ················································· 1-2 D I Defroster ······································································ 4-58 Dimensions ···································································· 9-2 Door locks ····································································· 4-8 If the engine overheats ·················································· 6-6 If the engine will not start ············································· 6-3 If you have a flat tyre ···················································· 6-7 I 2 Index In case of an emergency whilst driving ························ 6-2 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster ················· 1-6 Instrument cluster ························································ 4-32 Instrument panel overview ············································ 2-3 Interior features ··························································· 4-74 Interior light ································································· 4-55 Interior overview ··························································· 2-2 O Owner maintenance ······················································· 7-6 P Parking brake ······························································ 7-20 Power steering fluid ····················································· 7-17 K R Key positions ································································· 5-4 Keys ··············································································· 4-2 L Light bulbs ··································································· 7-49 Lighting ······································································· 4-47 Locking differential ····················································· 5-28 M Maintenance services ····················································· 7-4 Manual climate control system ··································· 4-59 Manual transmission ······················································ 5-8 Mirrors ········································································· 4-28 Rear parking assist system ·········································· 4-44 Recommended lubricants and capacities ······················· 9-4 Remote keyless entry ····················································· 4-4 Road warning ································································· 6-2 S Scheduled maintenance service ····································· 7-8 Seat belts ······································································ 3-13 Seats ··············································································· 3-2 Special driving conditions ··········································· 5-31 Starting the engine ························································· 5-6 Steering wheel ····························································· 4-26 Storage compartment ··················································· 4-72 I 3 Index T Tailgate ········································································ 4-13 Theft-alarm system ························································ 4-6 Towing ········································································· 6-14 Trailer towing ······························································ 5-40 Tyre specification and pressure label ···························· 8-2 Tyres and wheels ·················································· 7-30, 9-3 V Vehicle certification label ·············································· 8-2 Vehicle handling instructions ········································ 1-5 Vehicle identification number (VIN) ····························· 8-2 Vehicle run-in process ··················································· 1-5 Vehicle weight ····························································· 5-47 W Washer fluid ································································· 7-20 Windows ······································································ 4-16 Windscreen defrosting and defogging ························· 4-70 Winter motoring ··························································· 5-36 Wiper blades ································································ 7-25 Wipers and washers ····················································· 4-52 I 4